2025--2026年人教版中考英语语篇：填空题综合分类能力提高练习（含解析，共6份）

2025--2026年人教版中考英语语篇：汉语提示填空题综合分类能力提高练习
一、人与自我（本大题共6小题）
根据短文内容和所给中文提示，用单词的正确形式完成以下填空，每空一词。
From: Zhu Xiaomeng
To: Lucy
Subject: My school life
Dear Lucy,
Thank you for your letter. I’m happy to tell you something about my school life.
My school life is interesting. We have seven classes in a day and I usually 1 (进入) the classroom early. After each class, we have a 2 (休息) for ten minutes. My favourite subject is music because the class is fun. My music teacher is very 3 (友好的). There are many activities in my school. I joined the school 4 (乐队) this term. I have made many friends there. We play the guitar 5 (一起). And we often talk about our new songs when we have 6 (餐；饭) in the dining hall. After school, we don’t 7 (冲，奔) home. Most students usually stay in the classroom and 8 (完成) homework. Sometimes, we do sports on the playground.
I’m 9 (准备好的) to face every new day and make good memories with my friends. I enjoy 10 (我自己) in my new school. What about your school life？ Write to me soon.
Yours,
Zhu Xiaomeng
根据短文意思，在空格处填写恰当的单词，使短文通顺、意思完整。每空限填一词。
Here is a photo. You 11 see a lot of children in the zoo. 12 are many trees in the zoo, but there aren’t any flowers. Some birds are 13 in the trees. Under the tree there are some old men. They are sitting 14 a table. They’re 15 tea and talking. Two girls are sitting near them.
根据对话内容和所给中文提示，在空白处写出单词的正确形式。每空限填一词。
I can’t forget that day. It was a cold snowy morning, the 16 (天空) was gray and dark. I got up early and went to a new school, which is the most 17 (著名的) one in the foreign city. I was walking alone and worried about lots of things because it was the first time for me to stay 18 (在国外).
It was early, so it was 19 (寂静的) outside. Suddenly a girl who was riding her bike got into trouble. She fell off the bike and tried to get up. But she failed. Without thinking, I went over and 20 (设法完成) to help her to get up. She said “thank you” with a smile and then 21 (离开). Her words warmed me a lot.
Finally, I got to school. The teacher introduced me to the whole class. Then he asked me to sit 22 (在……旁边) a girl. I felt so nervous. Soon the bell rang for the geography class. Their textbooks were different! Just when I wanted to ask teacher for help, a geography book with a national 23 (旗帜) on its cover was in front of me. “Let’s share”, the friendly girl next to me said, “Hi, I’m Carrie. I’m 24 (加拿大人).” To my surprise, it was the girl that I helped this morning. Later on, we became good friends.
From that I learned, to help others is actually to help 25 (我们自己). What life teaches us is not only knowledge but also experience.
根据括号内所给汉语的注释写出单词的正确形式。
In our community, daily life is filled with various activities. One sunny morning, an old man had a 26 (发烧). He needed some medicine right away. Kind-hearted volunteers from our community rushed to the pharmacy (药店) to get it for him. The 27 (生病) man felt better soon. This shows the strong sense of helping each other here.
Many teenagers are encouraged to be 28 (独立). They start by doing simple things like cleaning their rooms and 29 (叠) the clothes. It’s a great way for them to learn life skills.
There’s a community garden where everyone can grow their own vegetables. Sometimes, the tools in the garden are 30 (坏掉). But the community members are always ready to 31 (修理) them up. They believe it’s necessary to share the responsibility of protecting the garden.
In the evenings, some 32 (邻居) like to get together at the community center. A young man who lives 33 (独自) often joins these activities. He enjoys talking with others and sharing his experiences.
We also have a community wide recycling program. Everyone is responsible for separating rubbish into different bins. That 34 (意味着) we will have a clean and green environment.
During festivals, the community comes together to organize celebrations. People share snacks and stories, showing their 35 (善良) and getting closer.
阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后根据括号内所给汉语意思，写出单词的正确形式，使短文完整，达意，每空限填一词。
What can we learn
We learn lots of skills as we grow up. Some are important for making a living. 36 (其他) are just for fun. Which skill do you want to learn Let’s take a look at some answers.
I would like to learn how to set up my 37 (自己的) website. I want to learn this because many people use 38 (电脑) nowadays.
I also want to learn page design, because I want to make my website look good. I think these skills will also be 39 (有用的) when I look for a job in the future.
—Wang Yufan, 13, Beijing
The skill I want to learn most is electric guitar because I want to stand on a stage (舞台) and play music with my band 40 (成员).
This has been my dream 41 (自从) I was young. I have not been able to 42 (实现) this dream yet because I don’t have 43 (足够的) money or time. But in the future, I will learn electric guitar and make my dream come true!
—Lao Yuting, 13, Beijing
I want to learn how to 44 (交流) with others because of the following reasons.
On one hand, good communication skills can make life easier because people can understand you 45 (更好地) and you can make more friends.
On the other hand, people may judge (判断) you according to how you talk to them. If you are a good communicator, you will get more chances and be more successful in the future.
—Huang Yuxuan, 14, Sichuan
根据短文内容和所给给中文提示，写出空白处各单词的正确形式。
Some people may think that students who study 46 (在国外) have more time for fun and less homework. But in fact, Grade 12 students in 47 (加拿大) are just as busy as students in China. The students there have to pay equal attention to all the tests and homework. 48 (减少) the pressure from the important courses, like math and English, students will often choose one or two elective courses (选修课) in the last year of high school. They are usually easier so that students will get quite an excellent final 49 (成绩).
Take me as an example — I chose an interesting course, cooking and health. This course 50 (提供) to help students develop a healthy lifestyle and diet. One of 51 (有用的) things of this course is that students can experience cooking. I believe this is the main reason why there are a large number of students on the waiting list. Teachers always let students decide what they want to cook. They 52 (分开) the students into four groups with six people, and they enjoy the cooking time a lot.
After 53 (参加) this class for more than three months, I don’t believe it’s as easy as others think, because it requires basic knowledge of science, life 54 (技能) and practice.
Some people might think elective courses are just for fun, so they don’t take them 55 (严肃). But I believe it is important and it’s a great way to forget our stress. We can learn a lot from them.
二、人与社会（本大题共21小题）
根据短文内容及中文，写出空白处各单词的正确形式。每空限填一词。
Abel Baxley is a seventh-grader at Bulls Middle School. He’s not strong or 56 (英俊的), but in his school almost 57 (每个人) likes him.
Abel has a good friend. Her name is Natalia. They are 58 (同班同学). Natalia is ill and can’t walk well, so she 59 (需要) to sit in the wheelchair and moves with the help of it. To make sure Natalia can move well, Abel 60 (经常) sweeps the gravel off the road leading to the school playground. Abel and Natalia both like playing the 61 (吉他) and singing. Sometimes they sing their favorite songs 62 (一起). They even perform for their friends. They think music is 63 (重要的) in our life. It can make people feel happy.
Abel’s mother, April Catherman, is proud of what her 64 (儿子) does. “I’m so happy that he knows how to help others and I 65 (希望) more people can join him!” says she.
阅读下面短文，然后根据括号内所给汉语意思写出单词的正确形式(每空一词)。
In Seattle, U. S. A．, there is a special nursing home. People call it the Mount. It is 66 (不平常) because it is more than a nursing home. It has its own preschool, open every school day. This 67 (允许) the elderly to be in the same room with young people. The Mount hopes that this will make them feel better.
Making friends with younger people is good for older people’s 68 (健康). It makes them happier. Children can also learn good lessons, such as how to get on with older people. At the Mount, older people have many 69 (机会) to spend time with children. They can join classes and take part in children’s daily activities. The two groups of people can also have 70 (乐趣) together when there are parties.
These kinds of things really help. They make the Mount’s elders feel more alive. One old lady, for example, couldn’t speak 71 (清楚). After she spent some time in the baby room, she was able to say meaningful words. At the Mount, this touching story is one of many to be told.
根据短文内容，用所给词的适当形式填空，每词限用一次。
Our new 72 (外国的) students are going to arrive very soon, and here are some ways to welcome them.
What should you do when you meet them for the first time In 73 (最多；大多数) countries, it’s polite to 74 (摇动) hands. But in Brazil, you should kiss 75 (两个；两个都) sides of the face.
How close do you stand when you talk to a friend You can stand close to people in the Middle East but don’t stand too close to North Americans. Give them more personal 76 (空间).
How about 77 (触摸) people Chinese girls often walk arm in arm with their friends. South Americans sometimes hold your arm when they talk to you so you can’t move away! But in Britain many people don’t like that.
Do you look at people when you talk In some places, it isn’t polite to look at people when you talk, but in other countries it isn’t polite to look somewhere 78 (别的；其他的). In Britain and the US, people usually look at each other when they talk.
And how do you say 79 (再见). That’s easy, wave your hand. But be 80 (小心的；慎重的)! In Greece, it’s not polite at all. In 81 (现实；事实), it’s very rude!
阅读下面短文，然后根据括号内所给汉语意思写出单词的正确形式 (每空一词)。
If you’re a fan (迷) of the film Zootopia (《疯狂动物城》), you’ll be excited to hear that Zootopia Land opened at Shanghai Disney Resort a few months ago! It was 82 (这样的) great news. As the world’s first Zootopia-themed land and the 83 (八) themed land (主题乐园) at Shanghai Disney Resort, it’s popular with visitors of all ages.
One of the most 84 (精彩的) areas of the land is Mane Street. There are many cool movie designsand you can take beautiful photos here. Savanna Central is also a great place to try. There you can find a big 85 (屏幕) showing colorful advertisements. Make sure to stop by Zootopia Central Station. You’ll find some of your favorite animal characters are 86 (等待) for you there. The most exciting place to visit is Hot Pursuit. Here, visitors can play the 87 (角色) of a police officer. If you want to try some delicious food, be sure to 88 (选择) Jumbeaux’s Café. The Big Donut, Clawhauser’s favorite, is a must-eat at the land. It has really good 89 (服务) and you can sit comfortably. But remember to enjoy the food 90 (安静).
If you are interested in Disney, go and see for 91 (你自己)!
阅读下面短文，根据括号内所给汉语注释写出单词的正确形式（每空一词）。
I often return to visit my hometown, Pittsburgh. It was pretty busy fifty years ago because many factories 92 (生产) iron and steel. However, in the 1970s and 1980s the steel factories closed down because of the air 93 (污染), and the town hurt badly. The streets where people once hurried to work became dangerous and 94 (安静). Today, a lot of these streets are full of life again with shops, restaurants and theaters. There are 95 (小山丘) all around Pittsburgh and you can enjoy great views of the city. It is also home to the Andy Warhol Museum with a huge collection of pictures by some famous 96 (当地) artists.
Pittsburgh is full of people who have lived through good times and bad, which makes me proud to call Pittsburgh my hometown.
阅读下面短文，根据括号内所给汉语注释写出单词的正确形式（每空一词）。
In life, we often 97 (决定) what we want to do because of a 98 (原因，理由) that pushes us. It is not always easy to choose the right way, especially when we face hard situations. However, we can 99 (解决) problems by staying positive and thinking 100 (智慧地).When we have a clear plan, we can finish our goals.
One thing that helps us keep going is the help we get from others. They 101 (鼓励) us when we face problems. With their support, we are more likely to achieve our dreams. Being excited is important because it helps us get better in everything we do. 102 (除非) we keep going, we will not reach our goals.
Every 103 (有创造力) person knows that planning is important. If we make a plan, tasks become more manageable. We might face problems, but the knowledge we learn through experience makes us stronger. Even if we meet a problem, we must keep going and never give up. We must keep going, no matter how hard 104 (它的) difficulty might be.
At the end of the day, 105 (成功) is not about luck. It is about working hard, staying concentrated, and doing what is right. Every journey begins with the first 106 (步骤), no matter how difficult it seems. Small efforts lead to big things, and our dreams can become real. People who keep trying will reach their goals slowly over time.
根据短文内容和所给中文提示，写出空白处各单词的正确形式。
Peking Opera is one of China’s important traditional art forms. People 107 (认为) it as one of the national treasures of China. It was formed in the late 108 (第十八) century and became really popular in the mid-19th century.
Why is Peking Opera so popular in China The reason is that it shows rich Chinese culture, including 109 (极好的; 绝妙的) stories, paintings and clothes. It has four main kinds of performers called Sheng, Dan, Jing and Chou. Each of them has 110 (它的) own clothes and face-paintings, which have different colours with different meanings. For example, young male (男性的) characters are known as Xiaosheng. Laosheng is an older role than Xiaosheng. Dan is a female role. Jing is a colourful face-painted role and Chou is a male clown (小丑) role.
Peking Opera tells stories when the actors or actresses 111 (唱歌) with different movements. Some of them are from the history books, while 112 (大多数) of them are from classical novels. The performance tells stories which have been passed down for 113 (千) of years in Chinese history.
So far, Peking Opera 114 (成为) an important opera form for Chinese audience. Besides, the people from Western countries show a great interest in it. 115 (最近) , more and more Western fans have learnt the art. Some even come to China 116 (表演) in popular talent shows on CCTV.
阅读下面短文，然后根据括号里所给汉语意思写出单词的正确、完全形式（每空一词）。
Yesterday, we had a talk about TV programs. Now, I can’t wait to share the 117 (讨论) with you.
Many students don’t have 118 (计划) to see a film. They have no special interest in films, especially those related to the army. Mike is fond of sitcoms because many famous characters in 119 (他们) do a good job. He thinks they’re 120 (成功的). Bob thinks soap operas are simple, but he loves them. One of the main 121 (原因) is that they are becoming more and more popular. Peter and Jim have a common interest. They are both interested in comedies. They find that comedies are funny like jokes. Mary likes cartoons because the characters in them like dressing up and taking on a 122 (真的) person’s place.
As for me, in the beginning, I couldn’t stand action movies, and I thought they were meaningless. I expect people to watch the news 123 (因为) it’s educational and rich in information. I can 124 (几乎不) wait for the news to appear each morning. From the news, we can learn about various cultures, traditions as well as values because it becomes a bridge that connects people from different 125 (部分) of the world. We may understand what is happening in the world. Therefore, I sincerely hope that people will not lose their 126 (兴趣) in watching the news.
阅读短文，然后根据括号内所给汉语意思写出单词的正确形式。每空限填一词。
There is an old people’s home beside my house. Recently, I made a 127 (决定) to go to look after the old people there with some volunteers. It’s usually an 128 (极好的) experience for me. Sometimes we spend the 129 (全部的) day helping them clean their rooms and chat with them.
I have made a good friend named Mary there. Mary is kind and full of energy. She 130 (种植) many vegetables for others in the yard. Her son has lived 131 (在国外) for three years, leaving her an empty house. So she would like to live in the old people’s home instead of her. 132 (自己的) house. Last week, I invited Mary to 133 (出席) an exhibition with my family. On the way, she told us a lot about her son and her two 134 (孙女) and she even remembered each conversation with them. At that time, I realized how strong their 135 (关系) was. Next time, if I have a chance to meet her son, I will tell him, “ 136 (虽然) you are very far away, your mother always loves you.”
In the end, everything went well and our trip was filled with joy.
阅读下面短文，根据括号内所给汉语注释写出单词的正确形式，每空一词。
Zheng Qinwen, a 137 (职业的) tennis player, won China’s first Olympic gold in the tennis singles at the Paris Olympics in 138 (法国) on August 3. From 2020 to 2024, Zheng’s world ranking jumped from over 600 to No 7. Years of training taught her to be 139 (耐心). Because of her amazing performance, Zheng is 140 (广泛地) known to the world and her fans call her “Queen Wen”. In their eyes, she is a real 141 (英雄).
Without 142 (疑问), playing for China at the Olympics gave Zheng power. She tried her best in the tiring matches that went on for three hours. “What I can be sure is that I am going to fight until the last moment, because I am not only 143 (比赛) for myself but also for my country.” Zheng told China Daily. This great 144 (成功) is just the start of a new journey for Zheng. Just a few days after her Olympic game, she took part in the Cincinnati Open but lost. “I was 145 (自豪的) to win the Olympic gold, but it’s time to forget it and start over again.” Zheng said. She also encouraged young people to work hard to achieve their 146 (梦想).
根据短文内容和所给中文，在空白处写出单词的正确形式。每空限填一词。
Do you know Jingdezhen well Jingdezhen is the 147 (中心) of ceramic. It’s in the northeast of Jiangxi Province. And it’s an important window of 148 (理解) and learning Chinese ceramic culture. Many westerners are very 149 (感兴趣的) in the ceramic of Jingdezhen.
In the Ming Dynasty, Zhu Yuanzhang set up Imperial Kiln (官窑) in Jingdezhen in the 150 (第二) year of Hongwu reign. Till now, it has a history of 151 (超过) 630 years. During its long history, Jingdezhen learned from other famous kilns’ successful 152 (经验) across the country and improved their making skills. 153 (最后), ceramic in Jingdezhen had its clear feature. It is as white as jade, as bright as a mirror, as 154 (薄的) as a piece of paper.
Every year, 155 (千) of people from different places meet in Jingdezhen. They do research and 156 (创造) more wonderful products. Now, Jingdezhen has 18 national A-level scenic spots.
阅读下面短文，请根据所给中文正确拼写单词，使短文意思完整，每空限填一词。
During the period of Spring and Autumn, the Qi and Lu armies once had a sudden war. The Qi made the first drum roll (连续的击鼓声) to 157 (宣布) war on the Lu.
King Zhuang of Lu wanted to fight. But his 158 (将军) Cao Gui stopped him, “Not now! Let’s wait!” The Qi army didn’t see any response (反应) from the Lu army. They made the second drum roll. Still, there was no response. “We will wait 159 (直到) they make the third drum roll,” Cao Gui said. After the Qi army had finished the third drum roll, the Lu army made the first drum roll and started to fight. The Qi was 160 (打败) by the Lu in the end.
After the war, King Zhuang of Lu asked Cao Gui. “How can we make it so 161 (容易地) Comparing with us, the soldiers in the Qi army were much 162 (强壮的).” “Fighting needs spirit.” Cao Gui answered. “The first drum roll kept up the fighters’ spirit. The next could 163 (几乎不) keep it up. The third made them 164 (感觉) tired, and their spirit was getting low. But on our side, all the members were ready with full and 165 (宝贵的) fighting spirit at our first drum roll. That is why we won.”
Do things in one go so that you have enough 166 (精力) and spirit to complete the task.
阅读下面短文，根据括号内所给汉语注释写出单词的正确形式 (每空一词)。
With the development of China, there is more need for learning Chinese. So many learners of Chinese start to use online apps. There are many 167 (有帮助的) online apps, such as wukong, Duolingo and Chineasy: Learn Chinese easily.
Today, Duolingo offers new 168 (课程) for learning Chinese. Learners can learn more about Chinese culture, such as the Spring Festival, martial arts (武术), and Peking Opera. There is also cultural learning about 169 (每天的) life.
Sixteen-year-old Isabelle comes from a Chinese family in 170 (法国). She lived in China from 3 to 7 before 171 (搬家) to the US. Three years ago, she started learning Chinese again, and found that it was fun.
She 172 (花费) about five minutes a day on language-learning app Duolingo, which has lasted for over 300 days. With her teacher from Shanghai on screen, she reads books and practices 173 (谈话). “I think Chinese will be really more and more important. My grandma and other family 174 (成员) speak it, so I hope to talk with them in Chinese,” she says.
Ken, a Japanese man, whose wife is from China, uses Duolingo to 175 (提高) his Chinese twice a week. For him, reading is the most difficult part because many of the Chinese characters have two or three 176 (发音), so he often makes mistakes.
阅读下面短文，根据括号内所给汉语注释写出单词的正确形式 (每空一词)。
Have you ever heard about “E-sticks” People 177 (很少) connect sticks with BDS. Wang Zikuan, a teenager from Shenzhen, made a big 178 (区别) by inventing the walking sticks for the elderly people. Zikuan found that elderly people always get hurt badly or hit 179 (碰、撞) things when they walked around. Inspired by the car alarm system, he built a sensor (感应器) into his walking sticks. If the stick comes within 25 cm of a wall or other things, it will sound the alarm to 180 (警告) the user. The stick’s BDS system also allows users to be found if they get lost.
His teacher Mr. Zhang noticed his talent and 181 (建议) that he should take part in inventing competition, which was organized by 182 (当地的)government. After trying for many times, he finally made it and won the first place in the competition. Now the walking sticks are 183 (广泛地) used by the old and the disabled. Many accidents are 184 (避免) with the help of the walking sticks.
Zikuan’s parents took 185 (骄傲)in what he had done. In order to develop Zikuan’s creativity, his parents always 186 (鼓励) him to think more ideas that pandas are well worth considering and take him to different invention fairs.
阅读下面短文，请根据所给中文提示填入单词，使文章完整。每空一词。
Learning English is not an easy job. Almost every student sometimes asks questions like these: Can I really learn English well Can I really learn it well 187 (足够的) to talk with others
The answer is yes. From some research we know that 188 (几乎，差不多) anyone can learn a foreign language well if he or she wants to. 189 (虽然) some people might learn more slowly and some might learn faster, anyone can learn it well if he or she has the 190 (正确的) ways.
Many students have their own special ways to learn English. Here are some 191 (例子).
Han Mei gets up early and the 192 (第一) thing she does is to listen to an English radio program. This helps her a lot and she can 193 (理解) what the speaker says step by step.
Lin Tao often 194 (练习) speaking English not only in class but also after class. He was very 195 (紧张的) at the beginning. After trying several times, he found it was not as difficult as he thought. Now he speaks English 196 (最好地) of all the students.
Wang Bin likes to watch American movies. If it is a good film, he will watch it many times. And he also likes to read English aloud.
阅读下面短文，根据括号内所给汉语注释写出单词的正确形式(每空一词)。
In the world of books, there are many tales of tiny people living secretly. Among them, The Borrowers by Mary Norton and Gulliver’s Travels by Jonathan Swift are famous 197 (范例). The Minute Minders by Mary Murphy has 198 (带来) something special too.
The Minute Minders is highly 199 (赞扬) by readers. It’s about Stevie and her dad, who are fidders. Fidders are very tiny people who help humans, 200 (尽管) humans don’t know they are there.
Stevie and her dad do many good things for humans. They work 201 (在……的后面) the scenes, helping humans in all sorts of ways. They quickly solve all kinds of human problems in just one minute per person per day. There’s a very important rule for fidders 202 (他们自己): They must never let humans know they are there.
But Stevie is a bit 203 (不同). She is by nature a rule breaker, and how can she keep the rules when she meets a human who is in “big, big trouble” Can she 204 (应付) not to help while the rule is being followed The story is told in a much 205 (滑稽好笑) way by Stevie herself. It’s a great adventure about helping others and 206 (有时) breaking rules for a good reason. If you like stories about tiny helpers with a lot of heart, The Minute Minders is a book you’ll enjoy.
Stan Lee, original name Stanley Martin Lieber, was 207 (出生) in New York City in 1922. At the age of 17, he got a job at Timely Comics, the company that later developed into Marvel. There he 208 (精确地) learned writing duties and superhero stories.
Lee spent nearly 80 years of his life creating hundreds of characters and teams.
People widely 209 (传播) some of his works around the world, such as the Fantastic Four, Spider-Man, Iron Mar the Avengers, X-Men and Thor.
Actually, Marvel’s superheroes existed long before Lee got into the 210 (商业). They were perfect in comic books. However, Lee’s heroes are quite different. They do have superpowers that common people don’t have. But they are also troubled by 211 (日常的) problems. People who like Lee’s heroes think that they can even feel sorry for these superheroes.
Lee has also played many cameo roles in Marvel movies, a 212 (传统) that continued after Walt Disney. In these films, he waters the flowers, sends 213 (邮件). Once he even worked as a safety 214 (警卫), In 2008, Lee was awarded the National Medal of Arts.
On November 12, 2018, this 215 (活跃的) old man died of illness in Los Angeles，California, at the age of 95. But we will always 216 (记住) him and his superheroes. He will live in our world forever.
阅读下面短文，然后根据括号内所给汉语意思写出单词的正确形式（每空一词）。
Recently, Ne Zha 2 has been the talk of the country — if not the world. It has topped the box office for weeks. The story has a few 217 (教训) for us. One of them is about friendship.
In the film, Ne Zha and Ao Bing share a 218 (强烈) connection even though their backstories are very different. Ne Zha is 219 (出生) from the Demon Orb (魔丸), while Ao Bing comes from the Spirit Pearl (灵珠). They don’t know that when they first meet and play jianzi on the 220 (海滩). But after learning about their different futures, the two takes action 221 (生气). Later, Ne Zha and Ao Bing learn to accept their differences and become good friends. In Ne Zha 2, they 222 (继续) to fight side by side.
The friendship between Ne Zha and Ao Bing mirrors real life. After all, we are all different. 223 (也许) you’re doing well in school, but your friend is fighting. Or your friend’s family is wealthier than 224 (你). Perhaps you just haven’t 225 (发现) these differences yet. But if you ever did, would you turn your back on your friend
I hope not, because as Ne Zha and Ao Bing show us, differences can bring good friends 226 (更亲密). As you learn to accept your differences, you’ll find that life is only more interesting.
阅读下面短文，根据括号内所给汉语注释写出单词的正确形式（每空一词）。
On Sept. 21, 2024 a special toy store in Shanghai has gained great popularity. Many 227 (当地的) people waited in a long line to see those lovely soft toys that look like different cute things. It draws 228 (注意；关注) of adult fans who want to feel like kids again.
Wang Zhiying, one of these Jellycat fans, has collected 117 Jellycat 229 (产品) since discovering this 230 (品牌) in 2022. Adults like Wang are known as “kidults”. The term, a mix of “kid” and “adult”, refers to grown-ups who love and buy toys for 231 (他们自己). The “kidult” trend is 232 (增长) fast to reach a wide audience, from children to adults. For Wang, the cute look and soft feel of Jellycat toys make them especially 233 (迷人的). Collecting them brings joy and comfort (慰藉) to people of all ages. Toy designer Sun Meng, 34, said that while some people find emotional 234 (价值) in toys, others look for fun. No matter the reason, toys provide something for everyone.
For many toy fans, the “kidult” trend 235 (影响) what it means to be an adult. “It’s important to understand the difference between ‘childish’ and ‘childlike’,” said Sun. While collecting toys might seem childlike, it doesn’t mean being immature (不成熟的). Toys are a way to 236 (回忆起) simpler times. “I’m proud of being a kidult because it helps me stay young at heart and take a break from the stress of being a grown-up,” said Wang.
阅读下面短文，根据括号内所给汉语注释写出单词的正确形式（每空一词）。
静夜思 李白 床前明月光， 疑是地上霜。 举头望明月， 低头思故乡。 Thoughts on a Tranquil NightBy Li Bai Before my bed a pool of 237 (光); O can it be hoarfrost on the ground Looking up, I find the moon 238 (明亮); Bowing, in homesickness I’m drowned. — Translated by Xu Yuanchong
Xu Yuanchong is a famous translator in China. He built a cultural 239 (桥梁) among Chinese, English and French speakers. He showed the special beauty of ancient Chinese 240 (诗歌) when translating them into another language. Through Xu’s translations, English and French speaking readers are able to understand Chinese works better. Meanwhile, Chinese readers can enjoy 241 (外国的) works more.
Xu Yuanchong started to translate during his college years. In 1939, he published his earliest English translation. In the late 1940s, he 242 (花费) a few years studying in France. After he graduated, he 243 (返回) to China and put all his efforts to translation. He said, “The greatest joy on the earth is to introduce the beauty created by people to the 244 (整个) world.” Xu Yuanchong believed that translation was a kind of art and it was endless.
On June 17, 2021, after giving his life to translation for more than 245 (六十) years, Xu passed away in Beijing at the age of 100. Today, more than 100 kinds of Xu’s books have been popular at home and 246 (在国外).
As Xu said, “Life is not how long you live, but how long you can remember.” He enjoyed a life worth remembering.
阅读下面短文，根据括号内所给汉语注释写出单词的正确形式 (每空一词)。
A group of students in Hangzhou are thinking about making their favorite traditional snacks (点心) popular.
Su Jincheng, 15
Dingsheng Cake is a pink colored cake. There is sweet red bean paste (红豆沙) 247 (在里面). Because of the word “Ding Sheng” on the cake, it is a symbol of success. Last year, our teacher 248 (准备) Dingsheng cake for us just before final exams. To make the snack more 249 (著名), I think we can let people know the meaning of eating it.
Ye yifan, 15
Pian Er Chuan is a popular Hangzhou noodle. The best Pian Er Chuan has 250 (新鲜) cabbage and bamboo shoots in it. 251 (大多数) people will fall in love with it at the first try. At least 252 (一次) a month, I enjoyed a bowl of it at Kuiyuan Noodle Restaurant. I think we can make some short 253 (视频) of people cooking this noodle and put them online.
Lin Yuexi, 15
People in Hangzhou know Cong Bao Hui well. It is said that they were so 254 (生气) with Qin Hui that they made this snack in the shape of him. You can buy it 255 (便宜) at stalls (小摊) around the city. It is a good idea to invite more people to experience making Cong Bao Hui by 256 (他们自己).
三、人与自然（本大题共1小题）
阅读下面短文，然后根据括号内所给汉语意思写出单词的正确形式(每空一词)。
Early in the morning, a family in Rockaway Township, New Jersey were really 257 (惊奇的) at what they saw through the window — a mother bear and her five babies were enjoying a pool party in the backyard of the family.
The special 258 (客人) were quite happy. In the swimming pool, they enjoyed 259 (它们自己) playing with water, just like any human family on hot days. They 260 (好像) to love the pool and have much fun there. However, the family didn’t know what to do.
“They look like Teddy bears,” one girl in the family said, watching the animals carefully 261 (在……里面) the house. Although the scene was cute, the girl didn’t think so. “They took my toys. They may 262 (损坏) our pool with their feet. I wish the bears were not here.”
Just like 263 (小孩), those baby bears also liked other fun places in the backyard. They even wanted to try out the slide. What was 264 (更坏的), the mother bear tried playing with the pool pump (泵). It was an electric (带电的) 265 (机械装置), so the family were really worried that the bear might be in danger. Luckily, nothing happened. Finally the pool party was over and all the bears left.
“In fact, we didn’t 266 (邀请) them to our house,” Mr. Basile said. “I hope they won’t go to someone else’s backyard later.”
四、时段（本大题共1小题）
A：You have some great things in this yard sale，Jeff.
B：Thanks，Amy.Our family has collected so many things over the years，but we don't use the many more.
A：But isn't it hard to sell some of your things？There are many things I've had 　 267 　 I was a child.I don't think I could 　 268 　 with them.
B：Yes，it's hard to say goodbye to certain things.
A：By the 　 269 　，that bike over there looks pretty cool.How 　 270 　 have you had it？
B：I've had it for three years!I learned how to ride a bike on it.
A：Old things really bring back sweet memories.But it's true that we may never use some of these things again.
B：Yes，like old toys or books we've already read.Those can be sold or 　 271 　 away to kids or people who need them.
A：Good idea.It feels good to help others，even in small ways.
五、原因和结果（本大题共1小题）
A：Hey，Nancy.I think I've made my friend Alice mad and I'm not sure what to do about it.
B：What 　 272 　 ？
A：In the beginning，Linda is 　 273 　 best friend but not mine.But the more I get to know Linda，the more I realize that we have a lot in common.So we've been spending more time together lately.
B：But what's wrong with that？
A：It makes Alice unhappy because she thinks Julie is now 　 274 　 friends with me than with her.
B：Why not ask Alice to join you each time you do something with Linda？Then she won't feel 　 275 　out in the future.
A：Good idea!That can make our friendship stronger.Thank you for your advice.
B：No 　 276 　.
参考答案
一、人与自我
【知识点】应用文、日常活动
【答案】1．enter 2．rest/break 3．friendly 4．band 5．together 6．meals 7．rush 8．finish 9．ready 10．myself
【分析】本文是一篇应用文。文章主要是Zhu Xiaomeng在邮件中向Lucy分享自己有趣的学校生活。
【解析】1．句意：我们一天有七节课，我通常很早就到教室。根据句意和汉语提示可知，此处考查enter“进入”，动词；又根据空前“I usually…”可知，句子时态为一般现在时，且主语为“I”，谓语动词应用原形。故填enter。
2．句意：每节课后，我们会休息十分钟。根据句意和汉语提示可知，此处考查have a rest/break“休息一下”，动词短语。故填rest/break。
3．句意：我的音乐老师非常友善。根据句意和汉语提示可知，此处考查friendly“友好的”，形容词，在句中作表语。故填friendly。
4．句意：这学期我加入了学校乐队。根据句意和汉语提示可知，此处考查band“乐队”，名词，the school band“学校乐队”，固定搭配。故填band。
5．句意：我们一起弹吉他。根据句意和汉语提示可知，此处考查together“一起”，副词，在句中作状语，修饰动词“play”。故填together。
6．句意：而且，在食堂吃饭的时候，我们常常会讨论我们的新歌。根据句意和汉语提示可知，此处考查meal“餐，饭”，可数名词；have meals“用餐，吃饭”，常用短语。故填meals。
7．句意：放学后，我们不会急着回家。根据句意和汉语提示可知，此处考查rush“奔，冲”，动词；空前有助动词“don’t”，这里应用动词原形。故填rush。
8．句意：大多数同学通常会留在教室里完成作业。根据句意和汉语提示可知，此处考查finish“完成”，动词；根据“Most students usually stay…”可知，句子时态为一般现在时，且主语为复数，谓语动词应用原形。故填finish。
9．句意：我已准备好迎接新的一天，和朋友们一起留下美好的回忆。根据句意和汉语提示可知，此处考查ready“准备好的”，形容词；be ready to do sth.“准备好做某事”，形容词短语。故填ready。
10．句意：我在新学校过得很愉快。根据句意和汉语提示可知，此处考查myself“我自己”，反身代词；enjoy oneself“玩得开心”，固定搭配。故填myself。
【知识点】日常活动、记叙文
【答案】
11．can；
12．There；
13．singing；
14．at；
15．drinking
【分析】
短文描述一张动物园景象的照片内容。
11．句意：你可以看到动物园里有很多孩子。
此空放在谓语动词前，根据句意和之后内容可知不可能表示否定，所以用情态动词can能够，可以。故答案为can。
12．句意：动物园里有很多树。
由句意可知本题考查“某处有某物”的表达，用there be结构，句首首字母大写。故答案为There。
13．句意：一些鸟儿正在树上唱歌。
空格前有are，可知时态是现在进行时，鸟啼声可以用sing。故答案为singing。
14．句意：他们坐在桌旁。
根据横线前后单词和句意可知此处表达“坐在桌旁”：sit at a table。故答案为at。
15．句意：他们正在喝茶聊天。
喝茶drink tea；they’re是they和are的缩写，此句是be动词+动词的-ing形式构成现在进行时。故答案为drinking。
【知识点】个人经历、学校活动、记叙文
【答案】
16．sky
17．famous
18．abroad
19．silent/quiet
20．managed
21．left
22．beside
23．flag
24．Canadian
25．ourselves
【详解】
16．句意：那是一个寒冷多雪的早晨，天空灰蒙蒙的。“the”后填名词，sky为名词，表示“天空”，故填sky。
17．句意：我早早起床，去了一所新的学校，这是外国城市最有名的一所。根据“the most ... one”可知，此处填形容词，形容词famous“著名的”，故填famous。
18．句意：我一个人走着，担心着很多事情，因为这是我第一次待在国外。abroad为副词，表示“在国外”，此处是指待在国外，应用副词修饰动词，故填abroad。
19．句意：时间还早，所以外面很安静。silent/quiet为形容词，表示“寂静的”，此处是指外面很安静，此处应用形容词作表语，故填silent/quiet。
20．句意：我不假思索地走过去，设法帮她站起来。manage为动词，表示“设法完成”，and为并列连词，此处与went形式保持一致，应用过去式，manage的过去式为managed，故填managed。
21．句意：她微笑着说了声“谢谢”，然后离开了。leave为动词，表示“离开”，and为并列连词，此处与said形式保持一致，应用过去式，leave的过去式为left，故填left。
22．句意：然后他让我坐在一个女孩旁边。根据“sit ... a girl”可知，此处填方位介词，beside为介词，表示“在……旁边”。故填beside。
23．句意：正当我想请老师帮忙的时候，一本封面上有一面国旗的地理书出现在我面前。flag为名词，表示“旗帜”，根据“a”可知，此处填名词单数，故填flag。
24．句意：我是加拿大人。Canadian为名词，表示“加拿大人”，此处是指我是加拿大人，应用单数名词。故填Canadian。
25．句意：从那以后，我明白了，帮助别人实际上就是帮助自己。ourselves为反身代词，表示“我们自己”，此处是指帮助自己，所以填反身代词。故填ourselves。
【知识点】居住环境、日常活动、记叙文
【答案】
26．fever
27．sick
28．independent
29．folding
30．broken
31．fix
32．neighbors
33．alone
34．means
35．kindness
【分析】本文是一篇记叙文，主要讲述了社区生活中的各种活动，展现了社区居民互帮互助、共同维护环境的良好氛围。
【详解】
26．句意为：一个阳光明媚的早晨，一位老人发烧了。“发烧”常用短语“have a fever”，此处需填名词fever。故填fever。
27．句意为：这位生病的男子很快感觉好多了。这里修饰名词man，需用形容词“生病的”，sick符合语境。故填sick。
28．句意为：许多青少年被鼓励要独立。be动词后接形容词作表语，“独立的”是independent。故填independent。
29．句意为：他们从做一些简单的事情开始，比如打扫房间和叠衣服。like是介词，后接动名词形式，“叠”的英文是fold，此处用folding。故填folding。
30．句意为：有时，花园里的工具坏了。设空处作表语，说明工具的状态，“坏掉的”用broken。故填broken。
31．句意为：但是社区成员总是乐于把它们修好。be ready to do sth.表示“乐于做某事”，“修理”是fix，用原形。故填fix。
32．句意为：晚上，一些邻居喜欢在社区中心聚在一起。“邻居”是neighbor，some后接可数名词复数。故填neighbors。
33．句意为：一个独自居住的年轻人经常参加这些活动。设空处修饰动词lives，用副词“独自”，即alone。故填alone。
34．句意为：那意味着我们将有一个干净、绿色的环境。主语That是第三人称单数，句子时态是一般现在时，“意味着”mean用第三人称单数形式means。故填means。
35．句意为：人们分享小吃和故事，展现他们的善良并变得更加亲近。their是形容词性物主代词，后接名词，“善良”的名词是kindness。故填kindness。
【知识点】计划与安排、记叙文
【答案】
36．Others；
37．own；
38．computers；
39．useful；
40．members；
41．since；
42．achieve；
43．enough；
44．communicate；
45．better
【详解】
〖导语〗
本文是五个人分别介绍自己想学习的技能以及原因。
36．
句意：其他的只是为了娱乐。此空后无名词，应填others表示“其他”，故填Others。
37．
句意：我想学习如何建立我自己的网站。one’s own“某人自己的”，故填own。
38．
句意：我想学这个，因为现在很多人都使用电脑。computer“电脑”，空前无限定词，此空应填复数形式，故填computers。
39．
句意：我认为这些技能在我将来找工作的时候也会很有用。useful“有用的”，形容词作表语，故填useful。
40．
句意：我最想学习的技能是电吉他，因为我想站在舞台上和我的乐队成员一起演奏音乐。member“成员”，乐队成员不止一位，因此此空应填名词的复数形式，故填members。
41．
句意：这是我从小的梦想。since“自从”，引导时间状语从句，故填since。
42．
句意：我还没有能够实现这个梦想，因为我没有足够的钱和时间。achieve“实现”，be able to do sth“能够做某事”，此空填动词原形，故填achieve。
43．
句意：我还没有能够实现这个梦想，因为我没有足够的钱和时间。enough“足够的”，形容词作定语，故填enough。
44．
句意：我想学习如何与他人沟通，因为以下原因。communicate“交流”，疑问词how+动词不定式作宾语，故此空应填动词原形，故填communicate。
45．
句意：一方面，良好的沟通技巧可以使生活更容易，因为人们可以更好地理解你，你可以结交更多的朋友。better“更好地”，副词well的比较级修饰动词understand，故填better。
【知识点】劳动实践、学习科目、爱好、记叙文
【答案】46．abroad 47．Canada 48．To reduce 49．grade/mark/score 50．is offered/is provided 51．the most useful/the most helpful 52．divide 53．attending 54．skills 55．seriously
【分析】本文介绍了加拿大学生为了减轻来自重要课程的压力，在高中的最后一年选择一到两门有趣的选修课程，作者具体介绍了自己的选修课程及收获。
【解析】46．句意：有些人可能认为在国外学习的学生有更多的时间玩乐和更少的作业。“在国外”是abroad，副词，在此作后置定语修饰前面的动词study。故填abroad。
47．句意：但事实上，加拿大的12年级学生和中国学生一样忙。“加拿大”是Canada，专有名词，在此作介词in的宾语。故填Canada。
48．句意：为了减轻来自重要课程的压力，比如数学和英语，学生通常会在高中的最后一年选择一两门选修课。“减少”是reduce，动词，在此用动词不定式作目的状语。故填To reduce。
49．句意：它们通常更容易，以便学生能获得相当优秀的期末成绩。“成绩”用grade 、mark或score，名词，在此表示泛指，用单数形式。故填grade/mark/score。
50．句意：这门课程旨在帮助学生养成健康的生活方式和饮食习惯。“提供”是provide或者offer，动词，主语This course和谓语动词provide是被动关系，且根据语境可知，本句是一般现在时，所以此空用一般现在时的被动语态，其结构是am/is/are+过去分词，主语是第三人称单数，所以be动词用is。故填is provided/is offered。
51．句意：这门课程最有用的一点是学生可以体验烹饪。“有用的”是useful，或helpful，形容词，根据“One of”和“things”可知，此处应用形容词的最高级，即the most useful。故填the most useful/the most helpful。
52．句意：他们把学生分成四人一组，每组六人，他们很享受烹饪时间。“分开”是divide，动词，根据语境可知，本句是一般现在时，主语they是复数，所以谓语动词用原形。故填divide。
53．句意：在参加了三个多月的这个课程之后，我不认为它像其他人想的那么容易。“参加”是take part in，动词短语，after是介词，其后跟动词时，应用动名词形式。故填taking。
54．句意：因为这需要科学基础知识、生活技能和实践经验。“技能”是skill，名词，根据“life”和语境可知，此处应用名词的复数形式。故填skills。
55．句意：有些人可能认为选修课只是为了好玩，所以他们不认真对待。“严肃地”是seriously，副词，在此修饰前面的动词take。故填seriously。
二、人与社会
【知识点】朋友、爱好、记叙文、音乐与舞蹈
【答案】56．handsome 57．everyone/everybody 58．classmates 59．needs 60．often 61．guitar 62．together 63．important 64．son 65．hope
【分析】本文讲述了Bulls Middle School七年级的学生Abel Baxley的故事，他帮助因病行动不便的朋友Natalia，他们喜欢音乐和唱歌，Abel的母亲April Catherman也为他感到骄傲。
【解析】56．句意：他不强壮也不英俊，但在学校里几乎每个人都喜欢他。根据“He’s not strong or”及汉语提示可知，此处用形容词handsome“英俊的”，与strong并列，作表语。故填handsome。
57．句意：他不强壮也不英俊，但在学校里几乎每个人都喜欢他。根据“but in his school almost”及汉语提示可知，此处用不定代词everyone/everybody“每个人”，作主语。故填everyone/everybody。
58．句意：他们是同班同学。根据“Abel has a good friend. Her name is Natalia.”及汉语提示可知，此处用可数名词classmate的复数形式classmates，在句中作表语。故填classmates。
59．句意：Natalia病了，不能很好地走路，所以她需要坐在轮椅上，在它的帮助下移动。根据“Natalia is ill and can’t walk well”及汉语提示可知，此处用动词need“需要”，描述客观事实，用一般现在时，主语she为第三人称单数，所以动词用第三人称单数形式needs。故填needs。
60．句意：为了确保Natalia能很好地移动，Abel经常清扫通往学校操场的路上的碎石。根据“sweeps the gravel off the road leading to the school playground”及汉语提示可知，此处用副词often“经常”，修饰动词sweeps。故填often。
61．句意：Abel和Natalia都喜欢弹吉他和唱歌。根据“playing the”及汉语提示可知，此处用名词guitar“吉他”，表示“弹吉他”用play the guitar，此处用单数名词作宾语。故填guitar。
62．句意：有时他们一起唱他们最喜欢的歌。根据“Sometimes they sing their favorite songs”及汉语提示可知，此处用副词together“一起”，修饰动词sing。故填together。
63．句意：他们认为音乐在我们的生活中很重要。根据“They think music is”及汉语提示可知，此处用形容词important“重要的”，作表语。故填important。
64．句意：Abel的母亲April Catherman为她儿子所做的一切感到骄傲。根据“Abel’s mother, April Catherman”及汉语提示可知，此处用名词son“儿子”，作宾语，用单数形式。故填son。
65．句意：“我很高兴他知道如何帮助别人，我希望更多的人能加入他！”她说。根据“I’m so happy that he knows how to help others and I”及汉语提示可知，此处用动词hope“希望”，描述希望，用一般现在时，主语I为第一人称单数，所以动词用原形。故填hope。
【知识点】景点/建筑、说明文
【答案】66．unusual 67．allows 68．health 69．opportunities 70．fun 71．clearly
【分析】本文是一篇说明文。文章主要介绍了位于美国西雅图的一个特别的养老院Mount，以及它如何通过提供与年轻人互动的机会来改善老年人的生活质量和健康状况。
【解析】66．句意：它是不平常的，因为它不仅仅是一个养老院。根据“It is... because it is more than a nursing home.”和汉语提示可知，应填形容词来修饰后面的句子，unusual“不平常的”。故填unusual。
67．句意：这允许老年人和年轻人共处一室。根据“This... the elderly to be in the same room with young people.”和汉语提示可知，此处应填动词，allow“允许”，主语This第三人称单数，动词变单三allows。故填allows。
68．句意：和年轻人交朋友对老年人的健康有好处。根据“Making friends with younger people is good for older people’s....”和汉语提示可知，此处应填名词，health “健康”，不可数名词。故填health。
69．句意：在山上，老年人有很多和孩子们相处的时间。根据“At the Mount, older people have many... to spend time with children.”可知，此处应填名词复数，opportunities “机会”，名词复数。故填opportunities。
70．句意：当举行聚会时，这两组人也可以一起玩得开心。根据“The two groups of people can also have... together when there are parties.”和汉语提示可知，此处应填名词，fun “乐趣”，不可数名词，have fun“玩得高兴”。故填fun。
71．句意：例如，有一位老太太，说话不清楚。根据“couldn’t speak...”和汉语提示可知，此处应填副词修饰动词speak，clearly “清楚地”。故填clearly。
【知识点】人际交往、肢体语言、说明文
【答案】72．foreign 73．most 74．shake 75．both 76．space 77．touching 78．else 79．goodbye 80．careful 81．fact
【分析】本文是一篇说明文。主要介绍了和外国人打交道要注意的一些肢体语言和礼仪。
【解析】72．句意：我们的新外国学生很快就要到了，这里有一些欢迎他们的方式。形容词foreign“外国的”作定语修饰名词students。故填foreign。
73．句意：在大多数国家，握手是礼貌的。in most countries“在大多数国家”，固定短语。故填most。
74．句意：在大多数国家，握手是礼貌的。shake hands“握手”，固定短语，不定式to后接动词原形。故填shake。
75．句意：但在巴西，你应该亲吻脸部两侧。both“两者都”，后接名词复数sides。故填both。
76．句意：给他们更多的个人空间。形容词personal修饰不可数名词space“空间”。故填space。
77．句意：触摸别人怎么样？介词about后接动名词，touch“触摸”的动名词为touching。故填touching。
78．句意：在某些地方，说话时看着对方是不礼貌的，但在其他国家，看别的地方是不礼貌的。else“别的；其他的”，通常放在不定代词、疑问代词或疑问副词后面，作后置定语，所以，此处修饰somewhere。故填else。
79．句意：并且你如何说再见。goodbye“再见”，say goodbye“告别”，固定短语。故填goodbye。
80．句意：但是小心！be careful“小心”，固定短语，此处careful作表语。故填careful。
81．句意：实际上，这很粗鲁。in fact“实际上”，固定短语。故填fact。
【知识点】景点/建筑、记叙文
【答案】82．such 83．eighth/8th 84．wonderful 85．screen 86．waiting 87．role 88．choose 89．service 90．quietly 91．yourself
【分析】本文介绍了上海迪士尼乐园全新Zootopia主题园区开放，设有活力街区、热力追踪等项目，美食众多，令人兴奋难忘。
【解析】82．句意：这真是个好消息。此处修饰名词“news”，应用形容词such“这样的”。故填such。
83．句意：作为世界上第一个动物城主题乐园和上海迪士尼度假区的第八个主题乐园，它深受各个年龄段游客的欢迎。根据“the…themed land”可知，此处应用序数词表示顺序，应用eighth/8th“第八”。故填eighth/8th。
84．句意：这片土地上最美妙的地区之一是Mane Street。根据“One of the most…areas”可知，此处应用形容词作定语，应用wonderful“精彩的”。故填wonderful。
85．句意：在那里你可以看到一个大屏幕播放着色彩鲜艳的广告。根据“a big”可知，此处应用名词单数形式，应用screen“屏幕”。故填screen。
86．句意：你会发现你最喜欢的动物角色在那里等着你。句子时态为现在进行时，其结构为“be doing”，空前为are，空处应用动词的现在分词形式，wait“等待”的现在分词形式为waiting。故填waiting。
87．句意：在这里，游客可以扮演警官的角色。play role of“扮演……的角色”，固定搭配，此处应用role“角色”。故填role。
88．句意：如果你想尝试一些美味的食物，一定要选择Jumbeaux’s Café。be sure to do sth.“一定要做某事”，固定短语，此处应用动词choose“选择”。故填choose。
89．句意：它服务真的很好，你可以舒适地坐着享用。根据“It has really good…”可知，此处指“好的服务”，应用不可数名词service“服务”。故填service。
90．句意：但是记得安静地享用食物。根据“enjoy the food”可知，此处应用副词修饰动词，应用quietly“安静地”。故填quietly。
91．句意：如果你对迪士尼感兴趣，那就自己去看看吧！此处指“自己去看看”，应用反身代词yourself“你自己”。故填yourself。
【知识点】居住环境、时代变迁、说明文
【答案】92．produced 93．pollution 94．quiet 95．hills 96．local
【分析】本文主要讲述了作者的家乡50年前和现在的环境变化。
【解析】92．句意：五十年前这里非常繁忙，因为许多工厂生产钢铁。根据中文提示和“It was pretty busy fifty years ago”可知，句子时态是一般过去时态，produced“生产”符合句意，故填produced。
93．句意：然而，在20世纪70年代和80年代，由于空气污染，钢铁厂关闭，小镇受到严重伤害。根据中文提示可知，air pollution“空气污染”，故填pollution。
94．句意：人们曾经匆忙上班的街道变得危险而安静。根据中文提示和“became dangerous”可知，此处需要形容词，quiet符合句意，故填quiet。
95．句意：匹兹堡周围都是山，你可以欣赏到这座城市的美景。根据“There are”可知，需要名词复数，hills符合句意，故填hills。
96．句意：这里也是安迪·沃霍尔博物馆（Andy Warhol Museum）的所在地，那里收藏了大量当地著名艺术家的作品。根据中文提示和“artists”可知，形容词作定语，local符合句意，故填local。
【知识点】方法/建议、说明文
【答案】
97．decide
98．reason
99．solve
100．wisely
101．encourage
102．Unless
103．creative
104．its
105．success
106．step
【分析】本文是一篇说明文，主要介绍了成功不是靠运气，而是靠努力、专注和做正确的事。
【详解】
97．句意为：在生活中，我们经常因为一个原因促使我们决定我们想要做什么。decide决定，此处是一般现在时，主语是复数，动词用原形即可。故填decide。
98．句意为：在生活中，我们经常因为一个原因促使我们决定我们想要做什么。reason原因，理由，此处冠词a之后应用名词单数形式。故填reason。
99．句意为：然而，我们可以通过保持积极和明智得思考来解决问题。solve解决，根据can可知，此处应用动词原形。故填solve。
100．句意为：然而，我们可以通过保持积极和明智得思考来解决问题。wisely智慧地，此处修饰动词，应用副词形式。故填wisely。
101．句意为：当我们面对问题时，他们鼓励我们。encourage鼓励，此处时态是一般现在时，结合主语是复数，应用动词原形。故填encourage。
102．句意为：除非我们继续前行，否则我们将不能达成我们的目标。unless除非，此处是连词，连接一个完整的句子，位于句首，首字母需大写。故填Unless。
103．句意为：每个有创造力的人都知道计划是重要的。creative有创造力的，此处修饰名词person应用形容词。故填creative。
104．句意为：我们必须继续前行，无论有多困难。its它的，此处人称代词应用形容词性物主代词。故填its。
105．句意为：最终，成功并不是运气。success成功，此处名词作句子的主语。故填success。
106．句意为：每一次的旅程都从第一步开始，无论看起来多困难。step步骤，结合first可知，此处应用单数形式。故填step。
【知识点】中华文化、电影与戏剧、记叙文
【答案】107．consider/regard 108．eighteenth/18th 109．wonderful/terrific/fantastic/excellent/amazing 110．its 111．sing/are singing 112．most 113．thousands 114．has become 115．Recently/Lately 116．to act/to perform/to play
【分析】本文叙述了京剧这一中国重要传统艺术形式 。
【解析】107．句意：人们认为它是中国的国宝之一。根据“People…it as one of the national treasures of China.”可知，此处考查短语consider/regard…as，表示“把……认为是……”，句子陈述一般事实，用一般现在时，主语People是复数，动词用原形。故填consider/regard。
108．句意：它形成于18世纪晚期。根据“in the late…century”可知，此处表示“第十八世纪”，用序数词，第十八的英文是eighteenth，也可写成18th。故填eighteenth/18th。
109．句意：原因是它展示了丰富的中国文化，包括绝妙的故事、绘画和服饰。根据中文提示“极好的；绝妙的”，英文可用wonderful/terrific/ fantastic/excellent/ amazing，修饰名词stories。故填wonderful/terrific/fantastic/excellent/amazing。
110．句意：它们每一个都有自己的服饰和脸谱。根据“Each of them has…own clothes and face-paintings” 可知，此处表示“它的”，用形容词性物主代词，each of them对应的形容词性物主代词是its。故填its。
111．句意：当男女演员用不同的动作唱歌时，京剧讲述故事。根据“when the actors or actresses…with different movements”可知，此处表示“唱歌”，用动词sing，句子描述一般情况，可用一般现在时，主语是复数，动词用原形；也可理解为当演员正在唱歌时讲述故事，用现在进行时be+doing，主语是复数，be动词用are。故填sing/are singing。
112．句意：它们中的一些来自历史书籍，而大多数来自古典小说。根据“Some of them are from the history books, while…of them are from classical novels.”可知，此处表示“大多数”，用most of…结构。故填most。
113．句意：这场表演讲述的故事在中国历史上已经流传了数千年。根据“for…of years”可知，此处考查短语thousands of，表示“数千的”。故填thousands。
114．句意：到目前为止，京剧已经成为中国观众重要的戏曲形式。根据“So far”可知，句子用现在完成时have/has+过去分词，主语Peking Opera是单数，助动词用has，become的过去分词是become。故填has become。
115．句意：最近，越来越多的西方粉丝学习了这门艺术。根据中文提示“最近”，英文用Recently或Lately，在句中作时间状语，句首单词首字母大写。故填Recently/ Lately。
116．句意：一些人甚至来到中国，在中央电视台受欢迎的才艺节目中表演。根据“Some even come to China…in popular talent shows on CCTV.”可知，此处表示“表演”，用动词act/perform/play，此处表示目的，用动词不定式to do结构。故填to act/to performto play。
【知识点】情感与情绪、电视与电台、记叙文
【答案】
117．discussion
118．plans
119．them
120．successful
121．reasons
122．real
123．because
124．hardly
125．parts
126．interest
【分析】本文主要讲述了作者他们关于电视节目的讨论。
【详解】
117．句意为：现在，我迫不及待地想和你分享这个讨论。discussion“讨论”，名词。故填discussion。
118．句意为：许多学生没有看电影的计划。plan“计划”，此处用复数形式，表示概数概念。故填plans。
119．句意为：迈克喜欢情景喜剧，因为其中许多著名人物都演得很好。they“他们”，此处用人称代词宾格形式，作宾语。故填them。
120．句意为：他认为他们很成功。successful“成功的”，形容词。故填successful。
121．句意为：其中一个主要原因是它们越来越受欢迎。reason“原因”，根据空前的“One of”可知，此处用复数形式。故填reasons。
122．句意为：玛丽喜欢动画片，因为里面的人物喜欢打扮成真人的样子。real“真的”，形容词。故填real。
123．句意为：我希望人们看新闻，因为它具有教育意义，信息丰富。because“因为”，引导原因状语从句。故填because。
124．句意为：我几乎等不及每天早上都有消息出现。hardly“几乎不”，副词。故填hardly。
125．句意为：从新闻中，我们可以了解到各种文化、传统和价值观，因为它成为连接世界各地人民的桥梁。part“部分”，根据空前的“different”可知，此处用复数形式。故填parts。
126．句意为：因此，我衷心希望人们不要失去看新闻的兴趣。interest“兴趣”，不可数名词。故填interest。
【知识点】个人经历、志愿服务、记叙文
【答案】
127．decision
128．excellent
129．whole
130．plants
131．abroad
132．own
133．attend
134．granddaughters
135．relationship
136．Although
【分析】本文讲述了作者在养老院做志愿者的经历，重点描述了与一位老人Mary的友谊以及Mary对家人的深厚感情。
【详解】
127．句意为：最近，我决定和一些志愿者一起去照顾那里的老人。根据中文提示可知此处考查“决定”的英文，decide意为“决定”符合题意，又因前面有冠词“a”，此处需要名词单数形式，故填decision。
128．句意为：对我来说，这通常是一次极好的经历。根据中文提示可知此处考查“极好的”的英文，excellent意为“极好的”符合题意，又因修饰名词“experience”，此处需要形容词形式，且前有冠词 an，需元音开头的单词。故填excellent。
129．句意为：有时我们会花一整天的时间帮他们打扫房间并和他们聊天。根据中文提示可知此处考查“全部的”的英文，whole意为“全部的”符合题意，又因修饰名词“day”，此处需要形容词形式，故填whole。
130．句意为：她在院子里为别人种植了许多蔬菜。根据中文提示可知此处考查“种植”的英文，plant意为“种植”符合题意，又因句子为一般现在时，主语“She”为第三人称单数，动词需加“s”，故填plants。
131．句意为：她的儿子已经在国外生活了三年。根据中文提示可知此处考查“在国外”的英文，abroad意为“在国外”符合题意，又因句子需要副词作状语，故填abroad。
132．句意为：所以她宁愿住在养老院，也不愿住在自己的房子里。根据中文提示可知此处考查“自己的”的英文，own意为“自己的”符合题意，own与物主代词连用。又因修饰名词“house”，此处需要形容词形式，故填own。
133．句意为：上周，我邀请Mary和我的家人一起出席一个展览。根据中文提示可知此处考查“出席”的英文，attend意为“出席”符合题意，搭配invite sb. to do sth.，动词用原形，故填attend。
134．句意为：在路上，她告诉我们很多关于她儿子和两个孙女的事情。根据中文提示可知此处考查“孙女”的英文，granddaughter意为“孙女”符合题意，又因前面有“two”，此处需要名词复数形式，故填granddaughters。
135．句意为：那时，我意识到他们的关系是多么牢固。根据中文提示可知此处考查“关系”的英文，relationship意为“关系”符合题意，此处指母子之间的具体关系，此处需要名词单数形式，故填relationship。
136．句意为：虽然你离得很远，但你的母亲一直爱着你。根据中文提示可知此处考查“虽然”的英文，Although意为“虽然”符合题意，又因句子需要连词引导让步状语从句，结合放在句首首字母要大写，故填Although。
【知识点】体育名人、新闻
【答案】137．professional 138．France 139．patient 140．widely 141．hero 142．doubt 143．competing 144．success 145．proud 146．dreams
【分析】本文是一篇新闻报道。文章主要报道了中国网球运动员郑钦文在巴黎奥运会上赢得中国首枚网球单打奥运金牌的事迹，以及她之后的比赛情况和对未来的展望。
【解析】137．句意：8月3日，在法国巴黎奥运会网球单打比赛中，职业网球运动员郑钦文为中国赢得了首枚奥运金牌。根据“a … tennis player”和汉语提示可知，此处是指一位职业网球运动员；考查professional“职业的”，形容词，在句中作定语，修饰“tennis player”。故填professional。
138．句意：8月3日，在法国巴黎奥运会网球单打比赛中，职业网球运动员郑钦文为中国赢得了首枚奥运金牌。根据句意和汉语提示可知，此处是指在法国；考查France“法国”，专有名词。故填France。
139．句意：多年的训练让她学会了耐心。根据空前“be”和汉语提示可知，此处考查patient“耐心的”，形容词，在句中作“be”的表语。故填patient。
140．句意：由于她惊人的表现，郑钦文在世界范围内广为人知，她的粉丝称她为“文后”。根据空后“known”和汉语提示可知，此处是指广为人知，考查widely“广泛地”，副词，在句中作状语，修饰形容词“known”。故填widely。
141．句意：在他们眼中，她是真正的英雄。根据空前“a real”和汉语提示可知，此处是指一位真正的英雄；考查hero“英雄”，名词；空前有不定冠词“a”，这里应用名词单数形式。故填hero。
142．句意：毫无疑问，代表中国参加奥运会给了郑钦文力量。根据空前“Without”和汉语提示可知，此处考查without doubt“毫无疑问”，介词短语。故填doubt。
143．句意：我可以确定的是，我会战斗到最后一刻，因为我不仅是在为自己比赛，也是为我的国家比赛。根据“I am not only … for myself but also for my country”和汉语提示可知，此处是指不仅是为自己比赛，也是为了国家而比赛；考查compete“比赛”，动词；再根据空前“am”可知，句子时态为现在进行时，其结构为be doing，动词compete的现在分词为competing。故填competing。
144．句意：这次巨大的成功只是郑钦文新征程的开始。根据“This great”和汉语提示可知，此处是指这次巨大的成功；考查success“成功”，名词；再根据空前指示代词“This”和空后“is”可知，这里应用名词单数形式。故填success。
145．句意：我为赢得奥运金牌感到自豪，但现在是时候忘记它，重新开始了。根据空前“was”和汉语提示可知，此处是指她很自豪；考查proud“自豪的”，形容词，在句中作系动词“was”的表语。故填proud。
146．句意：她还鼓励年轻人努力工作，实现自己的梦想。根据空前“their”和汉语提示可知，此处是指他们的梦想；考查dream“梦想”，名词，应用名词复数形式dreams。故填dreams。
【知识点】中国历史、传统工艺、记叙文
【答案】
147．centre/center
148．understanding
149．interested
150．second
151．over
152．experience
153．Finally
154．thin
155．thousands
156．create
【详解】
147．句意：景德镇是陶瓷的中心。the centre/center of“……的中心”。故填centre或者center。
148．句意：它是理解和学习中国陶瓷文化的重要窗口。根据“and learning”可知，需要填入动词ing形式，understand“理解”。故填understanding。
149．句意：许多西方人对景德镇的陶瓷非常感兴趣。be interested in“对……感兴趣”。故填interested。
150．句意：明代洪武二年，朱元璋在景德镇设官窑。这里需要填入序数词，second“第二”。故填second。
151．句意：至今，它已有超过630多年的历史。这里需要填入介词over“超过”。故填over。
152．句意：在悠久的历史中，景德镇借鉴了全国其他名窑的成功经验，提高了制作技艺。experience“经验”，不可数名词。故填experience。
153．句意：最后，景德镇陶瓷有其鲜明的特色。这里需要填入副词，finally“最后”，注意首字母大写。故填Finally。
154．句意：它像玉一样白，像镜子一样亮，像一张纸一样薄。thin“薄的”。故填thin。
155．句意：每年都有成千上万来自不同地方的人在景德镇相会。thousands of“成千上万的”。故填thousands。
156．句意：他们进行研究并创造出更多精彩的产品。根据“do research and”可知，这里需要填动词原形，create“创造”。故填create。
【知识点】历史人物、方法/建议、记叙文
【答案】157．announce 158．general 159．until/till 160．beaten/defeated 161．easily 162．stronger 163．hardly 164．feel 165．valuable 166．energy
【分析】本文通过“曹刿论战”的故事告诉我们把事情一次做完，这样你就有足够的精力和精神去完成任务。
【详解】157．句意为：在春秋时期，齐军和鲁军曾突然交战。齐军首先擂鼓宣布对鲁军开战。根据中文提示可知，此处应填入announce，意为“宣布”，根据“to”可知，此处用动词不定式to do。故填announce。
158．句意为：但是鲁庄公的将军曹刿阻止了他。2025--2026年人教版中考英语语篇：首字母填空题综合分类能力提高练习
一、人与自我（本大题共4小题）
根据短文内容及首字母提示，填写所缺单词，使短文意思完整。
Hello, everyone! I’m Cynthia. I was b 1 in a small village in the east of Shandong Province in 2001. Both my parents are teachers. They are s 2 with me but kind to their students. We had a large h 3 with a cute garden. It was a two-floor building. My bedroom was on the first floor, but the bathroom was on the ground floor. We had a very big living room with a TV, some sofas and some o 4 things. There wasn’t a movie t 5 there at that moment. If we wanted to see a film, we h 6 to go to the town by bus. There were many children in my home town. Some were f 7 and nice, and some were very difficult. B 8 they were all my good friends. We often played happily together and I never felt bored with them around me. Then we m 9 to the town nearby because my parents had jobs there. We lived in a fat (公寓). It was really nice and c 10 . We stayed here for about six years. Then we moved again to this big city. I get on well with my friends here, but sometimes I really miss my friends in my home town.
　　阅读下面短文,根据短文内容及首字母提示,在空白处填入一个适当的单词。
American schools begin in September a　　1　　 a long summer holiday.There are two terms in a school year: the f　　2　　 term is from September to January, and the second is from February to June.Most American children begin to go to school w　　3　　 they are five years old.Most students are seventeen or eighteen years old when they f　　4　　 high school.High school students have only four or five s　　5　　 to learn each term.They u　　6　　 have the same classes every day and they have to do their h　　7　　 for every class.After high school, many students go to college(大学).They can go to a s　　8　　 one or a large one.Students have to s　　9　　 a lot of money on their studies.So many college students w　　10　　 after class to make money (赚钱).
My dream home is on the beautiful beach of Hawaii.It is a nice country house, simple and q　　35　　.There is no noise from cars and buses.Instead, you can hear birds sing and bees buzz.
It has t　　36　　 floors, which is not high.But for our f　　37　　, it is enough.On the ground floor is the living room, where we receive guests.In my s　　38　　 time, I can play with my younger brother there.Our bedrooms, where we s　39　　　, are on the first floor.There is a bed in my bedroom.It’s like a ship, and it’s very soft.There is a desk with a c　40　　　 on it.I can get information from the internet.I often do my homework on the d　　41　　.My favourite place in the house is the balcony.I can c　　42　　 with my family and look out at the beach.At the back of our house, there is a g　　43　　, where we can grow flowers that we like.
This is my dream home.What about y　44　　　 dream home Or, do you think I need a guard dog in front of the gate
缺词填空 根据短文内容及首字母提示，补全空格内单词，使短文完整、通顺。(请在答题纸上写出完整单词)
It’s never too old to run. This is quite true for an old man named Ray. He just finishes 75 marathons (马拉松) in 75 days at the age of s 11 . It’s a record (记录)nobody can believe!
Ray wants to r 12 $75,000 for a school which helps children with special needs . So he wants to run the marathons. He begins his challenge (挑战) in July on his 75th birthday.
At first, the 75-year-old man just finishes most of his marathons in and around his hometown. Then he flies all over the world to f 13 all 75 marathons.
Ray is a sportsman when he is young. He also has a big company before. During the marathons, he needs e 14 to keep fit. But he doesn’t need to worry about that. Ray’s daughter is good at c 15 . She cooks delicious and healthy food for h 16 for the whole challenge.
When Ray finishes his l 17 marathon, he is in quite good condition (状态良好). He is very happy. But he says, “In some way, I don’t want it to end. I want to know what I am going to do n 18 .”
“It is a wonderful t 19 when I give something to schools. If I can help, that’s all I want.”Truly, it’s never too late to run and h 20 .
二、人与社会（本大题共20小题）
Sports play an important role in maintaining good health. Regular physical activity can improve both physical and mental well-being. It is widely known that exercise helps to strengthen muscles and bones, and it can also r 21 the risk of many diseases. People who engage in sports are generally f 22 and have more energy than those who lead a sedentary lifestyle.
There are various types of sports, from team sports like football and basketball to individual sports like running and swimming. Each sport has its own benefits, and the key is to find an activity that is e 23 and suitable for your body. For example, swimming is great for building endurance, while basketball is h 24 for improving coordination and teamwork.
It is important to exercise r 25 to gain the full benefits. Many experts recommend at least 30 minutes of moderate exercise every day to stay healthy and feel your best.
　　阅读下面短文,根据短文内容及首字母提示,在空白处填入一个适当的单词。
[2024江苏盐城期中·改编]We live in a small town which is far f　　1　　 the city.My grandma likes s　　2　　 very much.Usually it takes us two hours to go to the shops in the city by bus.It’s not c　　3　　 for us to go out to do this.So when we can shop o　　4　　, we are very happy.
But my grandma thinks this way is notg　　5　　.Because she can’t feel the real p　　6　　 when she wants to buy them.But in our home, lots of things are from the internet.They are not very expensive b　　7　　 of high quality(质量).My grandma wants to t　　8　　 finally.
Now she loves online shopping and always says, “It is really easy and convenient. E　　9　　 can learn it easily. M　　10　　 more and more people will love this shopping way later.”
根据短文意思和首字母提示，写出一个完整正确的单词。
Hot pot is a traditional food in China. It has a long history of m 26 than 1,700 years. You can eat it at home o 27 in a restaurant. It’s great for you to s 28 time with friends sitting around the hot pot. You can eat, chat and have f 29 together.
Cooking food in a hot pot is very easy. You can put d 30 food into the hot pot, like meat and vegetables. When it is ready, you can t 31 the food out of the pot into the bowls. After that you can eat it with all k 32 of sauces(酱汁).
Many Chinese like eating hot pot in winter to make them warm. But some also e 33 eating it in summer. People in Sichuan are very i 34 in spicy(辣的) hot pot because eating spicy food is good for their health.
Today, hot pot is also popular a 35 people from other countries. They come to China to try this wonderful food.
根据短文内容和首字母提示，在空格处填入适当的词使文章完整。
China has many wonderful traditional folk arts that show our c 36 and history. Among them, paper-cutting is very s 37 . People use red paper and sharp scissors to c 38 beautiful designs. During holidays, families often s 39 these artworks on windows for good luck.
Another interesting art is shadow puppetry. Artists move leather puppets b 40 a white screen while telling old stories. The moving shadows look very lively and r 41 . Many children enjoy w 42 these performances.
Kite-making is also a popular folk art. People use light bamboo and colorful p 43 to make different shapes. In spring, you can see many colorful kites f 44 in the sky. It’s a happy sight that makes people s 45 .
These traditional arts are important parts of Chinese culture. We should learn and protect them for the future.
If you are excited by solving puzzles, unlocking secrets and working as a team against the clock, then an escape room (密室逃脱) experience is perfect for you.
There are lots of escape room businesses around Shanghai. As a family or a group of friends, you enter a room through one door. You must s 46 for keys, find tools or clues (线索), and try to move forward so you can escape through the exit door. You might go through several different rooms and maybe even secret tunnels that you find.
Escape rooms often have a time l 47 of 60 minutes to solve all the problems. If you can’t finish it in the time given, you will f 48 in your task—but you will still have had an amazing time trying. Staff will offer clues if you get stuck. They watch the rooms on cameras and know how you are getting on.
One of the best things is that all escape rooms have special theme (主题). Choose something you will find exciting, s 49 as magic adventures, space journeys, aliens, sport. You can also pick whatever else is available at the escape room business. Perhaps you will wear special clothes to m 50 the theme you choose. Wearing glasses and a white lab coat while trying to solve science-based puzzles, for example, adds even more fun. You may also see staff members in the rooms acting as characters to offer some advice or t 51 .
If you can’t go along to an escape room in r 52 life, look for an online escape room experience. From the comfort of your home, you can begin a virtual (虚拟的) journey through the games, try to answer the questions and deal with the tests that will get you to the end.
根据短文内容及所给首字母提示写出所缺单词，使短文意思完整，每空一词。
“Travelling is the body on the road, and reading is the mind on the road. B 53 of them offer a way to meet our great curiosity,” Ye Zi, a young scholar (学者), said on the Chinese TV show I Read Books on an Island Season 3. On the show, some of China’s f 54 writers, such as Yu Hua and Su Tong, discuss their favourite literature.
The new season is set in Crete, the largest island in Greece. The viewers can experience the cultural exchange between China and w 55 countries. Also, it can help good literature from China and abroad reach more people.
The show shows us the important role of literature in c 56 different cultures. When the group of writers saw a beautiful sunrise in Crete, they talked about how well-known writers from China and the West write about su
nrise. Though these writers come from different cultures, their works show there’s s 57 similar about human experience. Yu Hua also discussed the different literary (文学的) traditions. He discovered that the sun often represents love in the West, w 58 the moon stands for love in China.
“Greece used to be a place o 59 in my imagination and in the books. Visiting Greece brought my imagination to life,” Su Tong said. This shows a close r 60 between travel and literature. Many places that are m 61 in literature now become places of interest for tourists.
The show offers a chance for writers, r 62 and literary works to “meet” each other. As we go further into the literary world, we can connect with ourselves and the world around us.
In recent years, there has been a shortage of people applying to work as waiters in the UK. Because of this, some b 63 are using robots in different jobs to replace humans. Some robots can already make pizzas, and others operate as waiters. Some of them look like bookshelves on wheels, with shelves for trays and plates. They can g 64 customers and show them to their table, while human employees take food orders and load the plates on and off the robots. Some people think robots are the future of dining, but others say it’s not a good idea. What do you think, should robots work in restaurants
Yes—robots are efficient and fun
Robots are a great s 65 for those restaurants that are short of waiters. They are expensive to buy but they don’t need to be paid, so they can work out cheaper than people. Also, machines don’t need breaks or holidays, and they can work long hours, which humans find t 66 . Some people say that robots make fewer mistakes than humans, plus they can do the basic jobs that are boring for people, freeing up the human waiters to do more complicated jobs. Besides, robots are a fun addition because they can a 67 new customers to restaurants.
No—robots can’t replace people
Who wants to talk to a machine Diners want human communication, and some people might even find a robot waiter upsetting. Also, considering how much they cost, robot waiters don’t do much. They can’t answer questions that they aren’t p 68 to answer, so a human will often have to step in anyway. Plus, most of the robot waiters used at the moment require staff to load and unload their trays. Even if they were amazing, we shouldn’t use them instead of humans, because it’s unfair to take people’s jobs away. Also, robot waiters may not react f 69 enough if an object or a person appears unexpectedly in their path, and what if they run out of power or drop things
根据下列语篇以及所给单词的首字母写出所缺单词。(每空只写一词)
Every year, there is a big celebration in our town called the Spring Festival. Many people come together to e 70 this special time. Local shops and restaurants get a lot of b 71 during the festival. They offer special deals and d 72 food that people can afford.
Participating in the festival is a big t 73 because you need to prepare everything in advance. The organizers work hard to make sure everything goes smoothly. If something goes wrong, they try to correct it quickly, so everyone has a great time.
Some people might r 74 not participating in this joyful event. It is a perfect time to meet friends, listen to music, and enjoy the fresh spring air. Don’t miss it next year!
Dear Danny,
You asked me for some i___ 75 ___ about eating out in my hometown.Well, eating out here is fantastic!
Highville has a lot of really good r___ 76 ___ and the best is The Steak House.It’s the best b___ 77 ___ it has the thickest steaks(牛排) and the freshest salads.
If you want s___ 78 ___ cheaper, you can go to The Fish House.The servings are the biggest in town.And it’s easier to g___ 79 ___ a table than at The Steak House.But The Steak House is closer to the c___ 80 ___ of the city than The Fish House.
There are also a few coffee s___ 81 ___.Hot Coffee is the most popular.You can listen to the latest songs and get the best coffee in town.More young people hang out here than at any o___ 82 ___ coffee shop.Each coffee shop has an i___ 83 ___ connection (连接), but Hot Coffee has the newest computers and the fastest connections.Hot Coffee also has the friendliest staff(员工).Please don’t m___ 84 ___ Hot Coffee.It has the best coffee ever!
Mark
根据短文内容及首字母提示，填写所缺单词，使短文意思完整。每空限填一词。
Do some colors make you feel calm while others give you energy Scientists studied the connection between color and mood (心情) for a long time. Many believe that color can i 85 our moods.
Warm, bright colors such as yellow and red are p 86 colors. They can give people a pleasant feeling. Cool colors such as blue, purple, and green are relaxing colors. They help people e 87 calm feelings.
Many public places are decorated (装饰) with c 88 colors in order to create certain moods. For e 89 , orange makes people feel h 90 , so many restaurants paint their walls in this color.
People use color in their homes to create moods as well. Blue is a peaceful color. It helps you rest, so it is a very good color for a b 91 .
Colors can create bad moods, too. Some types of blue m 92 people feel sad, and people sometimes feel a 93 when they see red color all around.
What is your mood right now Now look at the color of the walls round you. Does it m 94 your mood
[2024天津中考]Long ago, the early people did not live in houses as we do today.Most of the homes were in caves or shelters (遮蔽物) which were built in trees.These “homes” were only used as temporary (临时的) shelters to p　　1　　 them from the sun, the rain and the wild animals in the forests.Men of that time were called “cave people”.
These “cave people” usually lived in small groups and life was not e　2　　　 for them.They had to move from place to place to s　　3　　 for food.They would hunt, fish or pick wild fruit.When they couldn’t find a　4　　　 to eat, they would leave to find another proper place.Their tools were very simple.They ate raw (生的) food u　5　　　 they learnt how to make a fire.For clothing, they used only the bark (树皮) of trees or the skins (皮) of animals to c　　6　　 their bodies.
However, the lives of the “cave people” changed.They collected the seeds (种子) of wild plants that g　　7　　 in the forests.Soon they learnt to plant fruit, vegetables and other crops.They also kept cows, sheep and other kinds of farm a　　8　　 for milk, meat and skins.They became f　　9　　 and lived in only one certain area.Their groups became l　　10　　 than before as they lived more settled (固定的) lives.They built houses as long lasting homes, and as a result, villages and towns developed quickly.The “cave people” began to be civilised (文明的).
Dear Laura，
Thanks for your message.I'm having a great time in my student exchange programme in France.I was a bit nervous b 36 I arrived here, but there was no reason to be so.My host family is really nice.They try their best to make me f 37 relaxed.The grandmother knows that I m 38 Chinese food a lot.So she even learnt how to make Chinese food! She also has a teenage granddaughter of my age who is really kind.She always talks to me in French to help me practise.You wouldn't believe how q 39 my French has improved because of that.I'm very comfortable speaking French now.Although I still make lots of m 40， it doesn't worry me as it used to.
My b 41 challenge is learning how to behave at the dinner table.As you can imagine, things are very different from the way they are at home.For example, you're not supposed to put your bread on your plate.You're supposed to put it on the table! I thought that was quite s 42 at first, but now I'm used to it.Another example is that you're not supposed to eat anything with your hands e 43 bread, not even fruit.You have to cut it up and eat it with a fork.Another thing is that it is i 44 to say you're full.If you don't want any more food, you should just say “That was delicious.” Also, you're not supposed to put your elbows (肘部) on the table.I have to say that I find it difficult to remember e 45 but I'm gradually getting used to it.I don't find French customs so strange any more.
I'll write again soon and tell you more about my life in France.Hope you're having a good school year.
Yours，
Lin Yue
根据短文内容及首字母提示，填写所缺单词，使其意思完整，每空限一词。
It’s reported that a group of young people took part in a themed (主题的) event in Beijing days ago. They wore a traditional (传统的) style of clothing called hanfu (汉服). It was o 95 worn by the Han people.
Miss Liu, born in the 1980s, is the organizer of the event. She said, “My passion (激情) for hanfu came from two of my friends who are fans of traditional Chinese clothing.” Her interest grew as she learned more about the culture b 96 it and then she bought her first hanfu costume (服装). She founded (建立) a hanfu community with someone e 97 in 2011. S 98 then, she has been volunteering to support the group.
At first, people who wore hanfu in public were l 99 at, while more passersby (过路人) asked about their clothing style. S 100 , more and more young people began to wear hanfu as they believe the best way to keep the tradition fresh is to adapt (适应) it to modern life.
Yang Kunning was born in the 1990s. She likes s 101 her love for hanfu with others online. She opened an account on the video-sharing platform Bilibili and posted videos featuring (以……为主要内容) herself wearing the traditional clothing. T 102 of comments (评论) and likes pour into her channel as viewers find her videos interesting and creative. “Social media has made hanfu culture p 103 in China and abroad.” Yang said. Yang has a collection of around 30 hanfu outfits, suitable for different seasons and occasions (场合).
Yang says, “I’m looking forward to taking part in more hanfu-themed a 104 this year in Beijing.”
根据短文内容及首字母提示，填写所缺单词，使短文意思完整。每空限填一词。
Every year on May 18th, people around the world come together to celebrate World Museum Day. Museums are more than just buildings f 105 with old objects (物品)—they are gateways to the past, helping us understand different civilizations (文明) and inspiring curiosity about the world.
Museums protect and display valuable treasures, from a 106 fossils and Egyptian mummies to famous paintings like the Mona Lisa and modern inventions. W 107 museums, many of these objects might have been lost or forgotten. They also help us learn in fun and interactive ways. For example, science museums a 108 visitors to do experiments. Many museums now even offer virtual (虚拟) tours, making it p 109 for people everywhere to explore their collections online.
Another great thing about museums is that they bring people together. Schools often organize t 110 to museums, giving students a chance to see history and art up close. On World Museum Day, many museums host s 111 events, workshops, or even free entry to encourage more visitors. Some also invite experts to give talks, helping people appreciate the stories behind the exhibits.
You don’t have to visit a big, famous museum to celebrate this day. Even small local museums have fascinating stories to share. If you can’t visit one in person, you can explore online exhibitions about famous museums like the Louvre, the British Museum, or the Smithsonian. Another fun idea is to c 112 your own mini-museum at home, displaying your collections like coins, shells, or stamps.
World Museum Day reminds us that museums are not just about the past—they also help us imagine the f 113 . By exploring them, we get a deeper appreciation for different cultures and the great achievements of humanity. So this May 18th, take some time to visit a museum, w 114 in person or online, and discover something new!
Read the passage and fill in the blanks with proper words（在短文的空格内填入适当的词，使其内容通顺。每空格限填一词，首字母已给）
It’s a feeling you’ve experienced before. You worry about whether you’ve prepared well, and about the possible future. Two scientists, Ramirez and Beilock have found that students can do better in exams if they spend ten minutes writing about their worries before the exams.
In order to make people believe their idea, they did the experiment in the lab at first. They asked 20 college students to take a math test. Before the test, half of the students sat q 115 and the other half wrote about their feelings on the coming test. They found that the writing group did m 116 better than the students who sat silently. Their marks were 12% higher.
But did writing really work well in our life To answer it, the two scientists ran the experiment again before a real exam. This time, they worked with 51 ninth-grade students. The students were r 117 to have a 10-minute writing exercise before the exam. Half of them had to write about their thoughts on the coming exam, while the other half had to write about an unrelated topic. Their final scores showed that if the students wrote about unrelated topics, their scores were l 118 . If they wrote about their worries, their bad feelings had no influence on their marks.
But what if students do not have a chance to write about their fears immediately before an exam Mr Beilock says students alone can try it at home or in the library and s 119 improve their performance.
This study has an obviously practical e 120 . The scientists found a simple way of helping the anxious students to perform at their true level. What’s more, they’ve shown that the key to c 121 our worries is not to push them away, but to face them bravely.
根据短文内容及首字母提示，填写所缺单词，使短文意思完整。每空限填一词。
When you receive an invitation from others, please notice if it includes an RSVP. Some people may ask, “What is an RSVP ” In fact, “RSVP” is a short form of French words “répondez s’il vous plait”. An RSVP is a polite request (请求) from the sender to know w 122 or not you’ll attend their event. Just as Judith Martin, better known by the pen name Miss Manners, says, “If you receive an invitation w 123 an RSVP on it, you’d better give your answer to the host as soon as possible.” It’s best to do it within 24 hours.
Many people don’t RSVP because they don’t want to let the host down. However, this usually c 124 more trouble than a simple “no”. For example, if the host is unclear about the number of the guests, they won’t know how much food to o 125 or how many seats to prepare.
RSVP requests often include a deadline. A reasonable (合理的) RSVP deadline for guests is about two to four weeks before the event. If you want to attend but are u 126 to give a certain answer before the deadline, it’s best to refuse. You can get in touch with the host with your regrets and explain what is k 127 you from being sure about your coming. The e 128 you do that, the better.
Normally, invitations with an RSVP will have i 129 on how to reply. A formal (正式的) invitation, such as a wedding invitation, will have a reply card that you can return in its provided envelope (信封). Informal invitations may have a telephone number, an email a 130 , or other ways to reply, with instructions too. The most i 131 thing to remember is that if you say you’ll attend, you should be there.
Imagine exploring a beautiful country while staying in comfortable homes for free. All you need to do is care for the lovely pets! A website called Trusted Housesitters makes this dream come true. It c 132 pet owners who need someone to look after their furry friends with travelers looking for low-cost places to stay.
Here’s how it works. Before pet owners go on vacation, they list their homes and pets on the website. Travelers can then apply to stay in these homes and take care of the pets when the owners are a 133 .
For travelers, this service offers amazing benefits. It not only saves money on hotels, but also lets them experience daily life like a l 134 . Instead of staying in busy tourist areas, they can relax in peaceful neighborhoods, walk dogs in parks, or even look after a garden. Many travelers say the best part is getting close to animals. Spending time with a cute pet makes them feel like having a p 135 during their adventures.
Pet owners also gain a lot from this arrangement. Their pets don’t need to go to kennels (猫狗寄养处). Instead, they get to stay in a f 136 environment and won’t feel stressed. Besides, owners only need to pay a small fee to the website every year. Having someone stay in the house also makes it less l 137 for thieves to break in.
This unique system has already brought joy to thousands. A couple from the UK, for instance, used the service to travel across New Zealand, Australia, and the US. They milked cows on a farm, f 138 fish in a big tank and even played with a parrot which loves to dance!
So, if you’re an animal lover with a sense of adventure, Trusted Housesitters could be your ticket to exploring the world while making animal friends along the way.
请根据短文内容及首字母提示，填写所缺单词，并将答案填写在答题卡的相应位置。
Chinese educator Zhang Guimei, born in 1957, spent all her life helping girls’ education in China. After graduating from Lijiang Teachers College in 1990, Zhang became a middle-school teacher. Five years later, she went to teach in the mountainous Huaping county, Yunnan, a place that was totally s 139 to her.
In Huaping, she found that because of little money and old ideas, many parents didn’t support their d 140 education. Many girls dropped out of school and got m 141 at a young age.
“An educated mother would never let her children drop out of school,” Zhang said. “As long as I have one more breath, I will keep teaching in the classroom, with all my efforts, giving out e 142 I have.”
With this belief, Zhang decided to set up a f 143 high school for girls in 2002, an idea many called crazy. With help from the local government, as well as personal donations, Zhang finally founded Huaping High School for Girls in 2008.
To s 144 any student from dropping out of school, Zhang has kept a habit of visiting every student’s home, which means she may have to travel several hours deep in the mountains. So far, the school has helped around 2,000 girls from poor mountains to enter u 145 , successfully changing their lives.
Apart from providing a school, Zhang has kept encouraging them to believe that a 146 girls, they deserve (值得) everything good in the world. In the fall of 2020, Zhang o 147 the best local milk tea for her students. It surprised and excited all 468 of her students.
“I wish one day these children can drink whatever they want when they walk on the streets,” Zhang said. “If girls from the mountainous area want to leave, we just offer a hand to help them fly out to see a wider w 148 ,” Zhang told China Global Television Network.
This idea of shaping the girls’ mind is also seen in the first part of the school’s motto (座右铭): “I was built to be a mountain, not a creek.”
请认真阅读下面短文，并根据各题所给首字母的提示，写出一个合适的英语单词完整、正确的形式，使短文通顺。
Autumn Evening in the Mountains After fresh rain in mountains bare, autumn permeates evening air. Among pine-trees bright moonbeams peer, over crystal stones flows water clear. Bamboos whisper of washer-maids, let us stirs when fishing boat wades. Though fragrant spring may pass away, still here’s the place for you to stay.
Are you familiar with the poem above It was w 149 by Wang Wei, a well-known poet and painter who lived during the Tang Dynasty (618-907). He has been praised for “having poetry in his painting and painting in his poetry”.
W 150 Wang Wei describes the scenery, he does it carefully, like drawing a painting. In the b 151 , Wang shows readers a clear sky, with moonlight and a view of mountains far away. Moving closer, the poet describes the pine trees and flowing water. Wang also shows the power of colors in the poem. All the t 152 he describes are green, white and cyan.
These colors can c 153 a peaceful and harmonious feeling. This helps readers i 154 the beauty of the landscape and helps them dream of a relaxing lifestyle.
In the last part of the poem, Wang says that though spring may pass, the beautiful autumn and the peaceful mountain village r 155 there. In this way, he s 156 wants to show his love of a peaceful and harmonious life and dislike of the corruption (腐败) on the royal court(朝廷).
By describing the scenery, the poem also shows Wang’s characteristics. For example, pine trees and lotus (莲) stand for perseverance (坚忍不拔) and nobility (高洁), which also means Chinese s 157 nowadays.
Tang poetry is really the t 158 of Chinese traditional culture. It’s never too late to learn.
请认真阅读下面短文，并根据各题所给首字母的提示，写出一个合适的英语单词完整、 正确的形式，使短文通顺。
Everyone is born with the ability to learn. But whether or not you can do this well depends on your learning habits. Research shows that s 159 learners have some good habits in common.
Creating an interest in what they learn
Studies show that if you are interested in something, your b 160 is more active and it is also easier for you to pay attention to it for a long time. In some ways, good learners often c 161 what they need to learn with something interesting. For example, if they need to learn English and they like music or sports, they can listen to English songs or watch sports programs in English. This way they will not get b 162 .
Practicing and learning from mistakes
Good learners think about what they are good at and what they need to practice more. Remember, “Use it or lose it.” Even if you learn something well, you will forget it u 163 you use it. “Practice makes perfect.” Good learners will keep practicing what they have learned, and they are not afraid of making m 164 .
Developing their study skills
It is not enough to just study hard. Good learners know the best way they can study. For example, they may take notes by writing down key words or by drawing mind m 165 .
They also look for some other ways to review what they have learned. They may do this by reading their notes every day or by explaining the information to another student for f 166 understanding.
Asking questions
Good learners often ask questions d 167 or after class. They even ask each other and try to find out the answers. Knowledge comes from questioning.
Learning is a lifelong j 168 because every day brings something new. Everything that you learn becomes a part of you and changes you, so learn wisely and learn well.
三、人与自然（本大题共6小题）
　　阅读下面短文,根据短文内容及首字母提示,在空白处填入一个适当的单词。
Now many people keep animals as pets at home.Different people like to keep different a　　1　　.Most people like to keep some small animals, such as (例如) d　　2　　, cats and fish.But some people like to keep some s　　3　　 or strange (奇怪的) animals, such as snakes (蛇) and spiders.W　　4　　 do so many people keep pets now O　　5　　 people keep pets because they usually don’t l　　6　　 with their children and they are lonely.Young people keep animals because they think these animals are i　　7　　 and bring them pleasure (乐趣).But some people abandon (抛弃) the animals when they don’t l　　8　　 them.That is why you can see so m　　9　　 animals in the streets.Sally is only ten years old, but she is great.She helps look after some of these animals.She often gives them f　　10　　 to eat.Let’s help these animals with Sally!
根据短文内容及首字母提示，在下文空格处填入适当的词使短文完整，每空一词。
Phineas is no common cat. He suffers from a condition that causes him to wobble (摇晃) and fall over when he walks. However, his u 169 way of walking has made him a star on social media, with two million followers. This has also h 170 increase the attention to the rare diseases like the cat’s condition in humans. More and more people get to know the challenges faced by these p 171 and their families.
Phineas was born with a disorder in one part of his brain, which works for helping make a balance and coordination when walking or doing some other things. He was found as a stray kitten (流浪猫) and taken to an a 172 center. There Phineas was taken good care of and later adopted (领养) by a couple who heard about his s 173 on social media.
The couple are both biomedical (生物医学的) scientists and have lots of researches in the nervous system. They decided to care for Phineas with their much k 174 and experience. They considered living with him b 175 they want to learn more about the diseases and get ideas for their research. They even created a social media account for Phineas to s 176 his daily adventures with the followers and teach people how to face conditions like his. They a 177 call on the people to raise money to support animals and people in need.
Phineas has become a symbol of h 178 for many of those with conditions related to the nervous system. His wobbly walk also reminds us that we can still enjoy life even in the hardest times.
Wang Yaping is one of China’s famous astronauts. She was born in a small v 179 in Yantai, Shandong Province in 1980. She had been a long-distance runner since primary school, and c 180 in local sports meetings.
In 1997, Wang Yaping was a high school student. Her classmates encouraged her to be one of the seventh batch (批) of female p 181 in China because she was good at sports and didn’t wear glasses. L 182 , Wang passed all the tests as well as physical examinations!
Wang Yaping’s dream of becoming an a 183 started in 2003, when Yang Liwei finished his space flight. “Now China has its first man in space. When will our country have its first woman ” Thought Wang. At that time, she was working as a f 184 pilot in China’s air force (空军). In May 2010, Wang became a member of China’s first batch of female astronauts. Wang is also China’s s 185 woman in space, after Liu Yang make history by joining the Shenzhou-9 spacecraft in 2012.
On O 186 16, 2021, China sent the Shenzhou-13 spaceship into space successfully. Wang Yaping was one of the three astronauts in the flight crew. On November 7, 2021, Wang Yaping has become China’s first female astronaut to walk in outer space. She has left her mark on history thanks to her “bravery”.
For this mission, Wang Yaping has trained for over 6000 h 187 . One tough (艰苦的) exercise is the underwater training. It lasts seven hours each time. She had to wear a 200-kilogram suit and do tasks in 10-meter-deep water w 188 eating or going to the toilet. No matter what difficulties she faces, Wang Yaping never gives up!
根据短文内容及首字母提示，填写所缺单词，使短文意思完整。每空限填一词。
When you see a photo of a beach covered in dreamy pink sand on social media, you might wish to visit the place in person. But when you get there, you find nothing but a lakeshore with broken red bricks.
This is one of the many complaints (投诉) that users shared online about their disappointing e 189 following travel guides on Xiaohongshu, a lifestyle sharing platform. The app a 190 users to share travel blogs and lifestyle stories through short videos and photos.
Some angry users put “before” and “after” photos of scenic Spots (景点) to show the difference b 191 real life and the online posts, reported China Daily.
On Oct 17, Xiaohongshu a 192 for posting over-retouched (过度美化的) pictures. According to the company, some bloggers did not make clear that their pictures were w 193 of photography and those pictures were taken as travel guides by some app users.
Xiaohongshu said it’s going to bring out scenic spot ranking lists along with places-to-avoid lists. The move is to make sure users can get more d 194 information.
People don’t have the same opinions about the issue. Many agree that the beautiful but not real photos are “fraudulent (欺骗性的)”or misleading. Some, h 195 , argue that it is not wrong for people to post fascinating photos, and viewers should learn to recognize what is t 196 and what is false.
Gu Huimin, dean (院长) of the School of Tourism Sciences from Beijing International Studies University, said that social media companies should have rules about content (内容) posted on their platforms.
“Instead of over-retouched pictures, the platforms can show content digging into the c 197 of a tourist site,” Gu said. “The viewers, on the other hand, should understand that real traveling is far more than s 198 ‘checking in’ at an internet-famous site.”
Read the passage and fill in the blanks with proper words (在短文的空格内填入适当的词，使内容通顺，每空格限填一词，首字母已给)
Amy Phelps can’t remember a time when she didn’t love giraffes. She met her first giraffe when she was three years old. “My parents knew the giraffe keeper at the zoo,” she says. “He showed me the magic of giraffes, that they are gentle, intelligent, and funny.” When Amy finished college, she worked as a zookeeper at the City Zoo to follow her d 199 of caring for giraffes.
What does a giraffe keeper do “You spend a lot of time m 200 big things such as straw and branches (稻草和树枝),” Amy says with a laugh, “You have to be strong enough for this job and stay in shape.” Amy needs to look after nine giraffes. That’s too much work for one person, so she gets help from other three v 201 from local high schools. Her daily routine starts with saying hello to each giraffe and cleaning up after them, which can be tiring but makes her happy. “It’s not my favourite part of the job,” says Amy, “but I like the exercise.”
F 202 the giraffes is a big part of her job. They eat around 100 pounds of food every day, including branches, fruits and vegetables. She also gives them treats and puts food in puzzle toys (益智玩具) to keep them entertained. Besides, Amy takes care of their health and trains them every day. She’s amazed by how s 203 they are and teaches them different tricks, like recognizing parts of their bodies and even painting with a brush. Whenever Amy talks to zoo visitors, she points out how each giraffe is s 204 . “To people who don’t know them, all giraffes look alike. But I see them every day, each giraffe has a different face, way of walking and moving, body shape and markings.” she says.
Amy not only cares for the giraffes in the zoo, but also p 205 those in the wild. She works as a researcher to make sure the long-term survival of Africa’s giraffes. Besides she raises money for the Wild Animal Foundation (野生动物基金会) on World Giraffe Day every year.
“My favourite thing is just spending time with giraffes. I love taking people to meet the giraffes and seeing how much they make people smile.”
请认真阅读下面短文，并根据各题所给首字母的提示，写出一个合适的英语单词完整、正确的形式，使短文通顺。
Do animals communicate with each other
This question came to my mind the other day while I was sitting outside. I heard some birds making what sounded like a distress call (求救信号). I looked around and saw a cat crouched low in the grass, ready to attack the birds.
But the cat was too late. The birds suddenly flew to s 206 . The loud calls had alerted them to the danger. I did some r 207 and, to my amazement, I learned that all animals communicate. They don’t use language, but they do send signals and messages to each other, mainly t 208 sounds, smells, and body language.
The alarm call is one way that sounds are used for communication. When a predator (捕食者) is near, animals send out a warning sound. Those who h 209 it run, hide, or gather to fight the invader. Birds sing beautiful songs to attract mates during breeding season. Whales (鲸) are well known for their a 210 to communicate with complex vocal sounds. Humans don’t understand these sounds, but in their own social groups, whales understand w 211 they’re saying to each other.
Smell is another popular m 212 of animal communication. Simple animals such as the single-celled amoeba give off a chemical that other amoebae recognize as a signal for reproduction. Some animals send out a strong smell, which is c 213 as a warning signal to keep other animals staying away from them. For example, skunks release a terrible odour when they feel threatened.
There are many e 214 of animals that use body language to communicate. Chimpanzees touch hands when they meet. When angry, gorillas stick out their tongues. Think of a happy dog wagging its tail. Even humans understand this form of dog body language.
Humans have d 215 a complex system to communicate with each other. But if you watch other animals for a while, you quickly come to appreciate that they too have ways of getting their messages across.
参考答案
一、人与自我
【知识点】家人和亲人、居住环境、工作与职业、记叙文
【答案】
1．(b)orn 2．(s)trict 3．(h)ouse 4．(o)ther 5．(t)heatre 6．(h)ad 7．(f)riendly 8．(B)ut 9．(m)oved 10．(c)omfortable
【分析】本文主要介绍了作者家的情况以及作者随着父母工作的变动搬家的故事。
【详解】1．句意为：2001年，我出生在山东省东部的一个小村庄。be born in“出生于”，为固定短语。故填(b)orn。
2．句意为：他们对我很严格，但对学生很好。此处是固定短语be strict with sb“对某人严格”，故填(s)trict。
3．句意为：我们有一所带可爱花园的大房子。根据“with a cute garden.”可知，花园在房子里，应用名词house，故填(h)ouse。
4．句意为：我们有一个非常大的客厅，里面有电视，一些沙发和其他一些东西。根据“some o...things”可知，是指一些其他东西，应用some other things。故填(o)ther。
5．句意为：那时那里还没有电影院。movie theater表示“电影院”，故填(t)heatre。
6．句意为：如果我们想看电影，我们必须乘公共汽车去城里。根据“we h...to go to the town by bus”可知，这里是短语have to“必须”，句子是一般过去时，动词用过去式。故填(h)ad。
7．句意为：有些人很友好，有些人很难相处。根据“and nice”可知，空处应填形容词，修饰人的性格，结合首字母可知，friendly“友好的”符合语境，故填(f)riendly。
8．句意为：但他们都是我的好朋友。后句和前句是转折关系，应用but连接。故填(B)ut。
9．句意为：然后我们搬到了附近的小镇，因为我父母在那里工作。根据“to the town nearby because my parents had jobs there”可知，因为父母在小镇工作，所以搬到那里去了。move“搬家”，句子是一般过去时，动词用过去式。故填(m)oved。
10．句意为：真的很好很舒服。根据“We lived in a fat (公寓)”和“really nice”可知，这个公寓很舒适，应用形容词comfortable“舒适的”。故填(c)omfortable。
【知识点】学校、说明文
【答案】11．after
12．first
13．when
14．finish
15．subjects
16．usually
17．homework
18．small
19．spend　
20．work
【分析】本文主要介绍了美国的学校。
【详解】11．句意为:美国学校在漫长的暑假后于九月开学。根据American schools begin in September和首字母提示可知,应是在漫长的暑假后开学,after意为“在……之后”,符合语境。
12．句意为:一学年有两个学期:第一学期从九月到一月,第二学期从二月到六月。根据the second和首字母提示可知填序数词first。
13．句意为:大多数的美国孩子在五岁时开始上学。根据they are five years old和首字母提示可知,应用when表示“当……时”。
14．根据Most students are seventeen or eighteen years old 可知,此处指读完高中,时态为一般现在时,从句主语为they,结合首字母提示,故填finish。
15．句意为:高中生每学期只有四或五门课要学。根据to learn和首字母提示可知,此处指“学科”,空前有four or five,故填subjects。
16．句意为:他们通常每天都上同样的课,而且每节课都必须做作业。分析句子结构可知,此处应填副词作状语;结合语境及首字母提示,故填usually。
17．句意见上一题解析。do one’s homework为固定搭配,意为“做某人的作业”,符合语境。
18．根据空后的or和large及首字母提示可知填small。
19．句意为:学生们必须在学习上花很多钱。sb spend(s) money on sth为固定短语,意为“某人在某事上花钱”;have to后加动词原形,故填spend。
20．根据to make money和首字母提示可知,空处表示“工作”;根据上下文可知,时态是一般现在时,主语为many college students故填work。
【知识点】居住环境、说明文
【答案】11．quiet
12．two
13．family
14．spare
15．sleep
16．computer
17．desk
18．chat
19．garden
20．your
【详解】11．空处与simple并列,应用形容词;根据“There is no noise from cars and buses.”和首字母提示可知填quiet(安静的)。
12．根据which is not high 和首字母提示及后文描述可知,房子有两层,故填two。
13．句意为:但对我们家来说,这就足够了。根据语境和首字母提示可知填family。
14． in one’s spare time表示“在某人空闲时间”,符合语境,故填spare。
15．句意为:我们睡觉的卧室在二楼。根据Our bedrooms及首字母提示可知,此处指“睡觉”;时态为一般现在时,主语为we,故填sleep。
16．根据“I can get information from the internet.”和首字母提示可知此处指“电脑”,空前有a,故填computer。
17．句意为:我经常在桌子上做作业。根据There is a desk 及语境可知填desk。
18．根据语境和首字母提示可知,此处为chat with sb结构,表示“与某人聊天”,空前有情态动词can,故填chat。
19．句意为:在我们房子的后面,有一个花园,在那里我们可以种我们喜欢的花。根据where we can grow flowers that we like和首字母提示可知此处表示“花园”,空前有a,故填garden。
20．根据语境和首字母提示可知此处应用形容词性物主代词your修饰dream home,故填your。
【知识点】个人经历、记叙文
【答案】11．seventy-five 12．raise 13．finish 14．energy 15．cooking 16．him 17．last 18．next 19．time 20．help
【分析】本篇文章难度适中，主要讲述一位75岁的老人雷为了给学校募捐，在75天进行了75场马拉松比赛的故事。
【详解】11．句意为：在他75岁时用75天完成了75场马拉松比赛。
根据at the age of可知，表示年龄，且根据At first, the 75-year-old man just finishes most of his marathons in and around his hometown可知，表示75岁。故填seventy-five。
12．句意为：雷想要为一个帮助有特别需要的孩子的学校筹集七万五千美元。
根据句意可知，译为“筹钱”。raise money筹钱，且根据want to do可知，空处用动词原形，故填raise。
13．句意为：然后他飞往全世界完成所有75个马拉松。
根据At first, the 75-year-old man just finishes most of his marathons in and around his hometown可知，首先他在他的家乡周围完成大部分马拉松，然后到全世界完成所有的马拉松比赛。finish完成，且根据空前to可知，用to do表示目的，故填finish。
14．句意为：在马拉松期间，他需要能量来保持健康。
根据She cooks delicious and healthy food for h 11 for the whole challenge可知，他的女儿为他做可口的和健康的食物，所以表示他需要能量，energy能量，不可数名词，故填energy。
15．句意为：雷的女儿擅长做饭。
根据She cooks delicious and healthy food for h 12 for the whole challenge可知，表示做饭，且根据be good at doing可知，故填cooking。
16．句意为：在整个挑战期间，她为他做美味的和健康的食物。
根据句意可知，表示她的女儿为他做健康的食物。空处用代词，且根据空前for可知，用宾格，故填him。
17．句意为：当雷完成他的最后一个马拉松时，他的状态良好。
根据“In some way, I don’t want it to end. I want to know what I am going to do n 13 .”可知，表示最后一个马拉松。last最后的，故填last。
18．句意为：我想知道我下一步要做什么。
根据句意可知，他参加完所有的马拉松，所以他想知道下一步做什么，next接下来，故填next。
19．句意为：当我给学校一些东西时，这是非常美妙的时刻。
根据句意可知，译为时刻，故填time。
20．句意为：事实上，跑步和帮助从来都不会太晚。
根据Ray wants to r 14 $75,000 for a school which helps children with special needs可知，他帮助学校筹钱，用帮助，且and连接空处与run，故填help。
二、人与社会
【知识点】健身/锻炼、卫生与健康、记叙文
【答案】21．(r)educe 22．(f)itter 23．(e)njoyable 24．(h)elpful 25．(r)egularly
【分析】本文主要讲述了体育运动在维持健康方面的重要作用。
【详解】21．句意为：众所周知，运动有助于增强肌肉和骨骼，还可以降低许多疾病的风险。根据“the risk of many diseases”可知，运动可以帮助降低疾病的风险。reduce“降低”，动词，can后跟动词原形。故填(r)educe。
22．句意为：参与运动的人通常比那些久坐不动的人更健康，并且有更多的精力。根据“have more energy than those who lead a sedentary lifestyle”可知，参与运动的人更健康。fit“健康的”，形容词。根据“than”可知，应用比较级。故填(f)itter。
23．句意为：每种运动都有其自身的益处，关键是找到一种既有趣又适合你身体的运动。根据“suitable for your body”可知，运动应该是有趣的。enjoyable“有趣的”，形容词，修饰活动。故填(e)njoyable。
24．句意为：例如，游泳对增强耐力很有帮助，而篮球则有助于提高协调性和团队合作能力。根据“improving coordination and teamwork”可知，篮球有助于提高这些能力。helpful“有帮助的”，形容词，作表语。故填(h)elpful。
25．句意为：为了获得全部益处，定期锻炼很重要。根据“to gain the full benefits”可知，锻炼应该是定期的。regularly“定期地”，副词，修饰动词。故填(r)egularly。
【知识点】家人和亲人、网购、记叙文
【答案】26．from
27．shopping
28．convenient
29．online
30．good/great
31．products
32．but
33．try
34．Everyone/Everybody
35．Maybe
【分析】短文主要介绍了作者的奶奶最初不喜欢网上购物,现在却爱上了网上购物。
【详解】26．句意为:我们住在一个远离城市的小镇上。far from为固定短语,意为“离……远”,符合语境。
27．句意为:我奶奶非常喜欢购物。根据“Usually it takes us two hours to go to the shops in the city by bus.”及首字母提示可知,此处指购物。like doing sth意为“喜欢做某事”,故填shopping。
28．根据“Usually it takes us two hours to go to the shops in the city by bus.”可知,“我们”外出购物不方便;“it’s (not)+adj.+for sb+to do sth”表示“做某事对某人来说是(不)……的”,故填形容词convenient。
29．句意为:所以当我们可以在网上购物的时候,我们很开心。根据下文和首字母提示可知,此处指网上购物,故填副词online修饰shop。
30．句意为:但是我奶奶认为这种方式不好。根据后句“Because she can’t feel the real… when she wants to buy them.”和首字母提示可知,奶奶认为网购不好;空处应填形容词作表语,故填good/great。
31．根据语境及首字母提示可知,此处指她摸不到真实的商品,根据下文的them可知,此处应填复数名词,故填products。
32．句意为:它们不是很贵但是质量很高。设空前后内容为转折关系,故填but。
33．句意为:我奶奶最后想试一试。根据句意和首字母提示可知,奶奶最后想试一试,不定式符号to后接动词原形,故填try。
34．根据语境和首字母提示可知,应是每个人都能轻松学会,故填Everyone/Everybody。
35．句意为:也许以后越来越多的人会喜欢这种购物方式。此处修饰整个句子,应用副词作状语,结合句意和首字母提示,故填Maybe。
【知识点】中华文化、记叙文、饮食
【答案】
26．(m)ore
27．(o)r
28．(s)pend
29．(f)un
30．(d)ifferent/(d)elicious
31．(t)ake
32．(k)inds
33．(e)njoy
34．(i)nterested
35． (a)mong
【分析】
本文是一篇记叙文。文章介绍了中国的传统美食——火锅。
【详解】
26．句意：它有超过1700年的长历史。根据"than 1,700 years"及首字母可知，more than“超过”符合语境，故填(m)ore。
27．句意：你能在家或在餐馆吃它。根据"at home"和"in a restaurant"及首字母可知，or“或者”，并列连词，符合语境，故填(o)r。
28．句意：对于你来说花时间和朋友坐在火锅周围是很棒的。此处应填动词，根据"....time with friends sitting around the hot pot"并结合首字母可知，spend time with sb. doing sth.“和某人花费时间做某事”符合语境，其前的to为动词不定式的符号，所以此处应填其动词原形，故填(s)pend。
29．句意：你们能一起吃，聊天并玩得开心。根据"eat, chat and"并结合首字母可知，have fun“玩得开心”符合语境，故填(f)un。
30．句意：你能放不同的/美味的食物在火锅里。根据"like meat and vegetables"及首字母可知应是不同的食物或美味的食物，形容词作定语，故填(d)ifferent/(d)elicious。
31．句意：当它好了时，你能从锅里取出食物放进碗里。根据"When it is ready"及首字母可知，take sth.out of....“从……取出某物”符合语境，can为情态动词，所以此处应填动词原形，故填(t)ake。
32．句意：那之后，你就可以蘸着各种酱汁吃它了。根据"sauces"和"you can eat it"并结合备选词汇可知，all kinds of“各种各样”符合语境，故填(k)inds。
33．句意：但是一些人也在夏天享用它。此处应填动词，根据"Many Chinese like eating hot pot in winter to make them warm"及首字母可知，enjoy“享受”符合语境，由"Many Chinese like eating hot pot in winter to make them warm"可知此处时态为一般现在时，而主语some为复数，故填(e)njoy。
34．句意：四川人对辣火锅非常感兴趣因为吃辣的食物对他们的健康有好处。根据"because eating spicy food is good for their health."及首字母可知，be interested in“对……感兴趣”符合语境，故填(i)nterested。
35．句意：今天，火锅在其他国家的人们中间也是受欢迎的。根据"people from other countries"和"popular"并结合首字母可知，among“在……之间”，介词，符合语境，故填(a)mong。
【知识点】中华文化、传统工艺、说明文
【答案】
36．(c)ulture 37．(s)pecial 38．(c)ut 39．(s)tick 40．(b)ehind 41．(r)ealistic 42．(w)atching 43．(p)aper 44．(f)lying 45．(s)mile
【分析】本文介绍了中国三种传统民间艺术形式：剪纸、皮影戏和风筝制作。
【详解】36．句意为：中国有许多展示我们文化和历史的精彩传统民间艺术。根据“show our… and history”和首字母可知，此处指的是文化。culture“文化”，名词，作宾语。故填(c)ulture。
37．句意为：其中，剪纸非常特别。根据“paper-cutting is very”和首字母可知，剪纸很特别。special“特别的”，形容词作表语。故填(s)pecial。
38．句意为：人们用红纸和锋利的剪刀剪出美丽的设计。根据“use red paper and sharp scissors to…”可知，剪刀可以剪出美丽的设计。cut“剪”，动词，不定式符号to后跟动词原形。故填(c)ut。
39．句意为：节日期间，家庭常将这些艺术品贴在窗户上以求好运。根据“families often… these artworks on windows”和首字母可知，是把这些艺术品贴在窗户。stick“粘贴”，动词。时态是一般现在时，主语是复数，动词用原形。故填(s)tick。
40．句意为：艺术家在白色屏幕后移动皮影，同时讲述古老的故事。根据“move leather puppets… a white screen”和首字母可知，移动皮影是在白色屏幕后。behind“在……后面”，介词。故填(b)ehind。
41．句意为：移动的影子看起来非常生动和逼真。根据“look very lively and …”和首字母可知，此处应填与“生动”并列的形容词。realistic“真实的”，形容词，符合语境。故填(r)ealistic。
42．句意为：许多孩子喜欢观看这些表演。根据“Many children enjoy...these performances.”和首字母可知，孩子喜欢观看这些表演。watch“观看”，动词，enjoy后跟动名词作宾语。故填(w)atching。
43．句意为：人们用轻竹和彩色纸制作不同形状的风筝。根据“use light bamboo and colorful…”和首字母可知，此处应填制作风筝的材料。paper“纸”，不可数名词，符合语境。故填(p)aper。
44．句意为：春天，你能看到许多彩色风筝在天空飞翔。根据“many colorful kites… in the sky”可知，风筝在天空飞翔。fly“飞翔”，动词。see sth doing sth“看到某物正在做某事”，强调可以看到风筝正在天上飞，故填(f)lying。
45．句意为：这是一幅令人快乐的景象，让人们微笑。根据“makes people…”和首字母可知，令人快乐的景象会让人们微笑。smile“微笑”，动词，make sb. do sth.“使某人做某事”。故填(s)mile。
【知识点】信息技术、守则与制度、说明文
【答案】46．(s)earch 47．(l)imit 48．(f)ail 49．(s)uch 50．(m)atch 51．(t)ips 52．(r)eal
【分析】本文介绍了密室逃脱游戏的规则、时间限制、主题选择等内容。
【详解】46．句意为：你必须寻找钥匙，找到工具或线索，然后尝试前进，这样你就可以从出口门逃脱。根据“You must … for keys, find tools or clues”可知是寻找钥匙，此处表示“寻找”，search for“寻找”，为固定搭配；情态动词“must”后用动词原形。故填(s)earch。
47．句意为：密室逃脱通常有60分钟的时限来解决所有问题。根据“ of 60 minutes”可知是有60分钟的时间限制，time limit表示“时间限制”，为固定搭配。故填(l)imit。
48．句意为：如果你不能在规定的时间内完成，你将会失败；但你仍然会度过一段令人惊叹的时光。根据“If you can’t finish it in the time given”可知，此处要与“完成任务”形成语义对立，应用“fail in”，表示“在某方面失败”，will后加动词原形。故填(f)ail。
49．句意为：选择一些你觉得兴奋的事情，比如魔法冒险、太空旅行、外星人、运动。根据“… as magic adventures, space journeys, aliens, sport.”可知，此处是在举例子，such as表示“例如”，用于举例。故填(s)uch。
50．句意为：或许需要穿特殊衣服来搭配你所选主题。根据“ the theme you choose”可知是穿特殊衣服来匹配所选的主题，此处表示“匹配，搭配”，match the theme表示“匹配主题”，此处是不定式，动词用原形。故填(m)atch。
51．句意为：你可能会看到房间里的工作人员扮演角色，提供一些建议或提示。根据“offer some advice or …”可知，此处与“advice”并列，要用名词；根据首字母提示，应为tip，表示“提示”；前面有some修饰，因此用复数形式。故填(t)ips。
52．句意为：如果你在现实生活中无法去一个密室逃脱，那就找一个在线密室逃脱体验。根据“look for an online escape room”可知，此处与后面的“在线密室逃脱”形成对比。in real life是固定搭配，表示“在现实生活中”。故填(r)eal。
【知识点】电视与电台、说明文
【答案】53．(B)oth 54．(f)amous 55．(w)estern 56．(c)onnecting 57．(s)omething 58．(w)hile 59．(o)nly 60．(r)elationship 61．(m)entioned 62．(r)eaders
【分析】本文是一篇说明文。本文主要介绍了中国电视节目《我在岛屿读书》第三季的内容，特别是它展示了旅行与文学之间的紧密联系。
【解析】53．句意：叶子，一位年轻学者，在中国电视节目《我在岛屿读书》第三季中说：“旅行是身体在路上，阅读是心灵在路上。它们两者都提供了一种满足我们巨大好奇心的方式。”根据“... of them offer a way to meet our great curiosity,”可知，这两个名词都提供了满足好奇心的途径，both“两者都”，连接两个并列名词，句首首字母大写。故填(Both)。
54．句意：在节目中，一些中国著名的作家，如余华和苏童，讨论了他们最喜欢的文学作品。根据“On the show, some of China’s...writers, such as Yu Hua and Su Tong, discuss their favourite literature.”可知，修饰名词writers，应用形容词famous “著名的”。故填(f)amous。
55．句意：观众们可以体验到中国与其他西方国家之间的文化交流。根据“The viewers can experience the cultural exchange between China and...countries.”可知，这里的国家是指西方国家，western countries“西方国家”。故填(w)estern。
56．句意：这个节目向我们展示了文学在连接不同文化中的重要作用。根据“The show shows us the important role of literature in...different cultures.”可知，此空需要填入一个动词的现在分词形式，与介词in构成动名词短语，作为the important role of literature的补足语，connecting“连接”符合句意。故填(c)onnecting。
57．句意：尽管这些作家来自不同的文化，但他们的作品显示出关于人类经历有某些相似之处。根据“Though these writers come from different cultures, their works show there’s...similar about human experience.”可知，此空需要填入一个名词或代词，作为there be句型的宾语，且根据句意，这些相似之处是存在的，但不确定具体是什么，因此选择something，connecting“连接”符合句意。故填(s)omething。
58．句意：他发现，在西方，太阳通常代表爱，而在中国，月亮代表爱。根据“He discovered that the sun often represents love in the West,...the moon stands for love in China.”可知，此空需要填入一个连词，连接两个并列的句子，两个句子表示的是对比关系，即在不同文化中，代表爱的象征物是不同的，while“然而，而”符合句意。故填(w)hile。
59．句意：“希腊曾经只是我想象中和书中的地方。访问希腊让我的想象变成了现实，”苏童说。根据“Greece used to be a place...in my imagination and in the books.”可知，这个地方曾经是只存在于想象和书中的，only“仅仅，只”， 副词，修饰place。故填(o)nly。
60．句意：这显示了旅行与文学之间的密切关系。根据“This shows a close... between travel and literature.”可知，旅行与文学之间存在某种联系或关系，此空需要填入一个名词，作为between travel and literature的宾语，relationship“关系”。故填(r)elationship。
61．句意：许多在文学中被提及的地方现在成为了游客的旅游景点。根据“Many places that are...in literature now become places of interest for tourists.”可知，这些地方在文学中被提及，此空需要填入一个动词的过去分词形式，与are构成被动语态，作为places的补足语，mentioned“提及”。故填(m)entioned。
62．句意：这个节目为作家、读者和文学作品提供了一个相互“见面”的机会。根据“The show offers a chance for writers,...and literary works to ‘meet’ each other.”可知，这个节目是为了让作家、读者和文学作品之间有所交流，此空需要填入一个名词的复数形式，与writers和literary works并列，作为for的宾语，readers“读者”。故填(r)eaders。
【知识点】发明与创造、说明文、饮食
【答案】
63．(b)usinesses
64．(g)reet
65．(s)olution
66．(t)iring
67．(a)ttract
68．(p)rogrammed
69．(f)ast
【详解】
63．句意：因为这个，一些商业在不同的工作岗位上使用机器人来取代人类。根据“using robots in different jobs to replace humans”可知商业因为服务员短缺所以用机器人。business“商业”，结合“are”可知需用复数形式。故填(b)usinesses。
64．句意：它们可以迎接顾客，并将他们带到餐桌旁，而人类员工则负责接受点餐和将盘子从机器人上端上或端下。根据“customers and show them to their table”可知，机器人可以迎接顾客。greet“迎接”，can后接动词原形。故填(g)reet。
65．句意：对于那些缺少服务员的餐馆来说，机器人是一个很好的解决方案。根据“Robots are a great”以及“for those restaurants that are short of waiters”可知，机器人是缺少服务员的餐馆的一个很好的解决方案。solution“解决方案”，a修饰名词单数。故填(s)olution。
66．句意：此外，机器不需要休息或假期，它们可以长时间工作，这是人类认为很累的。根据“machines don’t need breaks or holidays, and they can work long hours”可知，机器可以长时间工作，而人类却会感觉很累，tiring“令人疲倦的”，此处为形容词作宾语补足语，故填(t)iring。
67．句意：此外，机器人是一个有趣的补充，因为它们可以吸引新顾客到餐馆。根据“robots are a fun addition”可知机器人可以吸引顾客。attract“吸引”，can后接动词原形。故填(a)ttract。
68．句意：它们不能回答它们被编程回答之外的问题，所以人类往往还是要介入。根据“They can’t answer questions”以及可知机器人只能回答它们被编程回答的问题。be programmed to do sth.意为“按计划(或程序)去做某事”。故填(p)rogrammed。
69．句意：此外，如果物体或人在机器人路径上意外出现，机器人服务员可能反应不够快，还有如果它们没电或掉东西怎么办？根据“if an object or a person appears unexpectedly in their path”可知机器人对于意外情况可能反应不够快，应用副词fast“快速”修饰动词react。故填(f)ast。
【知识点】中华传统节日、节假日活动、记叙文
【答案】70．(e)njoy 71．(b)usiness 72．(d)elicious 73．(t)ask 74．(r)egret
【分析】本文主要介绍了作者镇上每年都会举行一个名为春节的大型庆祝活动，许多人会聚集在一起庆祝这个特别的时刻。
【解析】70．句意：许多人聚在一起享受这个特殊的时刻。根据“Many people come together”和“this special time”可知，此处指的是人们聚在一起享受这个特殊的时刻，enjoy“享受”，动词，符合题意。故填(e)njoy。
71．句意：节日期间，当地的商店和餐馆生意兴隆。根据“Local shops and restaurants”和“during the festival”可知，此处指的是节日期间，当地的商店和餐馆生意兴隆，business“生意”，不可数名词，符合题意。故填(b)usiness。
72．句意：他们提供人们买得起的特价商品和美味的食物。根据“food that people can afford”可知，此处指的是他们提供人们买得起的特价商品和美味的食物，delicious“美味的”，形容词，符合题意。故填(d)elicious。
73．句意：参加这个节日是一项艰巨的任务，因为你需要提前准备好一切。根据“because you need to prepare everything in advance”可知，此处指的是参加这个节日是一项艰巨的任务，task“任务”，可数名词，此处用单数形式表示泛指。故填(t)ask。
74．句意：有些人可能会后悔没有参加这个快乐的活动。根据“not participating in this joyful event”和“Don’t miss it next year!”可知，此处指的是有些人可能会后悔没有参加这个快乐的活动，regret“后悔”，动词，符合题意。might为情态动词，后跟动词原形。故填(r)egret。
【知识点】应用文、饮食
【答案】
75．information
76．restaurants
77．because
78．something
79．get
80．centre/center
81．shops
82．other
83．internet
84．miss
【详解】
75．句意为:你问我一些关于在我的家乡外出就餐的信息。根据下文的关于在作者家乡外出就餐的内容可推测,这里是询问一2025--2026年人教版中考英语语篇：选词填空题综合分类能力提高练习
一、主谓一致（本大题共1小题）
从方框中选择恰当的词或短语并用其适当的形式填空（每个词或短语只能用一次）。
lie; guard against; as good as; at most; brave; force; a couple of; fisherman; run out; smooth
1．These lives have improved a lot because of their hard work.
2．Although we live in peace today, we should all kinds of risks.
3．Before we jump to some conclusions, there are things to consider.
4．There is a wallet on the ground. Maybe I know whose it is.
5．Thousands of people to leave their homes because of the World War II.
6．To make the project go , everyone in the company keeps working together.
7．Charles is than most of the boys in his class, and his classmates admire him a lot.
8．My father promised to attend the parents’ meeting and he did so. His word is his action.
9．We should pay much attention to saving natural resources. Otherwise, they will one day.
10．Our school provides so many colourful after-school activities on Wednesday, but each student can only choose two activities.
二、人与自我（本大题共7小题）
阅读下面的短文,根据短文内容,从下面方框内所给11 个动词中选择10个意义相符的词,必要时进行词形变化(可添加助动词或者情态动词)。
[2023山东德州中考·改编]
give　come　read　empty　do　pick　use walk　write　call　answer
Bottles have been used to “send” messages for a long time.Usually the messages 1 on paper, and then the paper is rolled (卷) up and put into a bottle.After the bottle is closed, it will be thrown into the sea and begin to float (漂流) until it 2 to land.Usually the bottles are never seen again, but sometimes they can be found.
A woman named Tonya and her son 3 on the beach in Australia when she saw a colored glass bottle.She 4 up the bottle, which was not round but square.She looked inside and saw sand and something that she thought was a cigarette.Her son 5 the bottle out, in which they found that the “cigarette” was actually a rolled up message.
Tonya and her son dried the message and spread it out.It was a form printed in German.
“The writing on the form is light and hard 6,” Tonya said to her son.“The paper says that the bottle was thrown into the sea in 1886, about 600 miles from the coast of Australia.Do you think it is real ”
“Perhaps.But we 7 some research to prove that, or that’s only a guess,” said the son.
“OK.I 8 my friend in Australia.She works in a museum there.Maybe she can help,” said Tonya.
People in Germany heard about the message and bottle.They agreed that the message and bottle seemed real.They said that thousands of bottles were thrown into the sea as an experiment, but only 662 messages were found and sent back to Germany.Some people suggested that Tonya should ask some experts (专家) for help, who can find out its age by 9 C14 (碳14).
Now Tonya 10 the bottle to the museum in Australia, and it will be exhibited there for the next two years.
Whether it is real or not, time will tell.
请先阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后用方框中所给词的适当形式填空，并将答案填写到答题卡的相应位置，每个词限用一次。
well, because, from, last, talk, life, time, win, everything, hardly, mean
When I was 14, I was too nervous 11 to anyone. My classmates often laughed at me. I was sad but could do nothing. Later, something happened and it changed my 12 . It was an English speech contest (演讲比赛). My mother asked me to take part in it. It 13 I had to speak in front of all the teachers and students of my school. I didn’t look forward to that at first, 14 I was afraid I would perform badly.
“Come on, boy! Believe in yourself, you are sure to 15 ,” my mother said. At 16 I chose the topic “Believe in yourself”. I remembered all the speech and practiced it over 100 17 . With my mother’s great love, I did well in the contest. I could 18 believe my ears when the news came that I had won the first place. I heard the wishes 19 the teachers and students. Those classmates who once looked down on me all said “Congratulations (祝贺)!” to me.
Since then, 20 has changed for me. When I do anything, I try to tell myself to believe in myself and I will do 21 than before. This is true not only for a person but also for a country.
阅读短文，从方框中选出正确的词并用其适当形式填空，使短文通顺、意思完整。每空限填一词，每词限用一次。
farm although along leaf play half feed special have quick
Xie Dong is my good friend and classmate. He studies very hard at school on weekdays. Every morning, he gets to school early at 22 past seven. He always wears his school uniform. In class, he listens to the teacher carefully and does his work 23 .
For lunch, he eats at school. He often 24 rice, beef, and eggs with tomatoes. They smell delicious! Xie Dong also loves music. He can play many instruments very well, like the piano and the guitar. Look! He is 25 the violin now. It sounds beautiful.
On weekends, he usually either plays his instruments or does his homework. Sometimes, he likes to do something different and 26 with me. Last weekend, we rode our bikes to his uncle’s 27 . The weather was nice. We saw many beautiful red and yellow flowers 28 the way. We also saw green 29 and big branches from the trees.
On the farm, there were lots of animals. We saw chickens, cows, horses, and more. Xie Dong rode a big brown horse! It looked fun. I 30 the chickens with some corn. 31 we felt very tired when we went home, we had a lot of fun there. What a great experience!
阅读短文，从方框中选择适当的词并用其正确形式填空，使短文通顺、意思完整。每空限填一词，每词限用一次。
in, member, three, how, difficulty, their, careful, divide, mean, task
Teamwork plays an important role (起重要作用) in our daily life. People often hear that there’s no “I” in a team. It 32 that we need to work with others to make the team successful (成功的).
While discussing things in a group, it is important for students to share 33 own ideas, but they should also remember to listen to others 34 . It can help students learn 35 to share their ideas in front of other people.
Talking with others in a team is very important. The team members should know three key points. First, what is the work Second, what is the goal 36 , what should everyone do
In group work, 37 often have different roles to play. Sometimes, the head of the team may 38 the tasks. Sometimes, the members may choose their own roles in a 39 .
In short, everyone 40 a team should try his or her best to work together. Even though there may be 41 , but members can solve them with teamwork.
Passage 2
be　ask　wise　only　relax　proud you　that　hide　much　learn　quarter
“You must be Alex，” said a girl, offering her hand.
Surprised, Alex quickly put the folded paper behind his back.
The girl continued, “I'm Sophia.I 42 in Smart Start Group for a year.You're welcome.”
“Glad to meet you，” Alex tried to put himself at ease.
“Could you tell me a little 43 about yourself？What do you like to do？What would you love to do here？”
“I want 44 anything but math！”Alex replied.
“Well, I guess that's why you're here，” Sophia said with a laugh.“I used to hate math, too.”
Alex realized that Sophia was trying to make him feel 45 .“What made you start to like it？” he asked politely.
“Things in our life are all about math.Hey, may I have a look at what you 46 ？ What is it？” she joked.
“It's nothing yet, but soon it will be，”Alex explained.Then, he folded and creased (压褶)．“A crane！”he said，showing his work 47 .
“That's cool！” Sophia said, giving attention to the folds.“Do you mind if I take it apart？”
Alex showed that he didn't care.Sophia unfolded each step of the paper crane.
“Don't you see？What you have here is math, right in front of 48 ！” Sophia spread the paper with her hands.
“Do your first fold，”she ordered, and Alex did what he 49 to do.“You began with a square, and created two rectangles.And you have a fraction (分数), too：one half！Fold it again… and now you have four 50 .” Sophia pointed to the top fold.“What fraction does this piece stand for？”
“One quarter？”
“Right！Get out some more paper, and let's do some geometry (几何)．”
It would be a thing 51 was expected to happen if math study was going to be paper folding, Alex thought.He hoped it could be a Smart Start.
根据短文内容，用方框里所给单词的适当形式填空。每词限用一次。
With, help, speak, she, cook, China, live, talk, afternoon, teach, drive, much
Ann comes from Canada.She is in Beijing 52 her parents now.She is a student of No.2 High School.She can 53 a little Chinese.Her English is very good. She likes to 54 her classmates with English. 55 father works in a hospital.He 56 to work every morning. His car is very nice. He gets home at 5:00 in the 57 .Her mother 58 in a school. She is a good teacher. She loves. her student a lot. The students are kind. All of her family like to be in China and all of them like 59 food very.much. Ann’s mother 60 Chinese food very well. Ann and Ann’s father like it very 61 . They’re very happy.
根据语篇内容，从方框中选择恰当的单词，并用其正确形式填空。将单词填写在答题卡对应的横线上。每个单词只能用一次。
lesson when first encouraged they different teach students write decided
73-year-old Yang Weiyun doesn’t sing, dance or sell things on the Internet. She teaches pinyin online. And most of her 62 are adults (成年人).
Mrs. Yang has 63 Chinese in a primary school for 30 years. After retirement (退休), she 64 to use the Internet to do something meaningful (有意义的). In May 2021, she started her 65 lesson online. She taught children pinyin.
However, she found there were a lot of adults in her “class”, and most of 66 weren’t able to read or write.
Mrs. Yang told us that many adults were not able to go to school for some reasons (原因) 67 they were young. She wanted to give them a new starting point. Most of the adult students are busy working during the day. So Mrs. Yang gives two 68 every day. One starts at 8:30 a.m. and the other starts at 8:30 p.m. Now she has about 300,000 students online.
Zhang Mei is one of the adult students. She grew up in the countryside and had never been to school. After moving to the city, she found life was 69 from that in the countryside. Life was difficult for her. After she took Mrs. Yang’s classes, Mrs. Yang 70 her to learn more. Now she can read pinyin and knows how to 71 her name. She has also found a job. She thanked Mrs. Yang for her kindness. She will keep learning online.
三、人与社会（本大题共17小题）
阅读下面短文，用方框中所给的单词或短语填空，使短文在结构、句意和逻辑正确。 (提示：方框中有两个单词或短语是多余的。)
birds / silly / work / symbol / interesting / look forward to / run
In Zhuhai’s Sanzao Village, people do a special crane (鹤) dance during festivals. This dance is 700 years old! The white crane is a 72 of long life in China. The dance needs five people to 73 together: one sings, two wear crane clothes and move like 74 , the other two play music. Everyone loves this 75 dance!
In 2019, the dance was on TV. Now more visitors come to see it. Would you 76 joining in the dance, too
阅读短文，从方框中选择适当的词并用其正确形式填空，使短文通顺、意思完整。每空限填一词，每词限用1次。
quiet in because enjoy what place feeling you make turn
What does music do to your mood
Music has magic. Different kinds of music bring you different 77 . For example, rock music makes you excited while classical music 78 you relaxed. And music in a film might make you feel warm 79 it might help you think of wonderful things. Music may lead you into a magic world.
Why is music important
It’s hard to live 80 a world without music. It is often used to celebrate birthdays, festivals and so on. You can enjoy music on 81 own or in a group. 82 music in a group of people can help you get much closer to them.
How to get music in your life
It’s easy to get music in your life. You can just 83 on the radio and listen to different kinds of music for fun. You can also try making your own songs by yourself. If you turn your experiences into songs, your life will be interesting.
How to start a musical journey
When you want to relax, start a musical journey. First, find a quiet 84 and play your favorite music. Next, sit on a chair or lie down on a soft sofa 85 . And then close your eyes and let music paint pictures in your mind. When the music ends, open your eyes and write down 86 you remember. Now, it’s time to take your mind on a relaxing journey.
safe shout two that care big anywhere luck light fun
My dear friends, do you like cycling Cycling is full of 87 . When I go out, I always like it. But cycling in the UK is different from 88 in China. First, you have to ride on the left side of the street. It’s not the same as you do in China. It was the 89 difference.
When I was riding on my bike for the first time in the UK, I heard someone 90 to me “Wrong side! Wrong side!” I didn’t 91 about it at first, but soon saw a car rushing by me. 92 , I was not hit.
93 , UK bikes have two lights, a white one and a red one. The white one is in the front and the red one is at the back. When you’re riding in the dark, they can keep you 94 . But in China, you can’t see 95 on bikes in the dark.
There’s another difference between UK bikes and Chinese bikes. What Stands. You can leave your bike 96 you like in China, but you can’t do so in the UK.
请先阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后用方框中所给词的适当形式填空，并将答案填写到答题卡的相应位置。每个词限用一次。
village our hot go first were afraid quick liked bicycles large.
My brother and I love taking photos very much. Taking photos is 97 hobby. We can recollect (回忆起) many things from the photos.
Last weekend, we 98 to a village to take some photos. We rode there. We left in the morning before it got too 99 . After about two hours we came to a nice place. It was near a river (河流) with some large trees, and we put our 100 under the trees.
There 101 a lot of beautiful birds and butterflies (蝴蝶) there. We took some pictures of them, and we also took some beautiful photos of the mountains and the river. They were all nice and I 102 them very much.
On our way back, we heard something noisy in the grass. It was a 103 green snake! It was the 104 time we saw a snake and we were scared. We did not wait to take a photo but ran away 105
How interesting our trip was! When we got back home, we still felt a little 106 , but we were excited. We hope to go to the 107 again.
根据对话内容，从下面方框中选择适当的单词或短语填空。
magic; translate; open up; written by; communicate with
A: Hi, Tom. What are you reading
B: The Old Man and the Sea, an English novel 108 Ernest Miller Hemingway. It has many new words and it’s a little bit difficult for me to understand the long sentences.
A: Why not try to use ChatGPT to help you 109 the foreign language into Chinese
B: ChatGPT What is that
A: It is an AI chatbot (聊天机器人) and has been quite popular online recently. It has a strong ability of word processing. It can not only 110 you in a way like a real human being, but also answer almost all kinds of questions you ask in just a few seconds.
B: It sounds like 111 .
A: Exactly! I’m sure it will 112 a whole new world to you.
B: I can’t wait to try it now!
请从方框内选择适当的词，并根据需要用其正确形式填空，使文章语法正确、完整连贯。注意：每空一词，每词仅用一次。
out feel they never watch with and walk healthy hard
Kate is a student at Sunny School. She works very 113 , so she always gets good grades.
However, a year ago, she often 114 tired after a day’s study, and she didn’t want to do any sports after school. Her parents wanted her to exercise every day. But she said that she didn’t like exercising. After dinner, her parents asked her to go for a walk with 115 , but she only stayed at home and read books. At weekends, she 116 went out to play with her friends. She just spent her time 117 TV or playing computer games. That was really bad for her 118 . Her parents worried about her lifestyle.
One day, her teacher talked to her about her lifestyle 119 asked her to change. Now she 120 to school and exercises every day. At weekends, she often plays basketball 121 her friends. She thinks it is good for her to work 122 every day. It helps her to study better than before.
用方框中所给单词的适当形式填空，使短文完整正确。(每个单词限用一次，每空限填一个单词。)
fall be nervous activity that fill special one do I
Last Friday was our school’s Sports Day. Our school 123 the playground with balloons and flowers. And the weather 124 fine. Everyone was happy.
There were many exciting 125 on that day. We all wanted to watch the 100-metre running race. 126 runners could run so fast. My friends took part in the race, too. They 127 not win, but they tried their best to run fast and enjoyed themselves.
We saw a moving thing when 128 friend Jack started to run. He 129 down and got hurt. To our surprise, he didn’t cry but kept running. It was a 130 memory.
I joined in the swimming game. I was 131 at first. But when I heard my friends calling my name, I swam quickly and won the 132 place.
用方框中所给的单词的适当形式填空，使短文通顺，每词限用一次。
long，sale，for，green，in，buy，sell，at，twenty，to
Welcome 133 Yangguang Clothes Store！ 134 your clothes at our great 135 . We sell sweaters 136 a very good price-only 137 yuan. Do you need shirts？We have 138 black and white shirts for only 20 yuan. Do you need shoes 139 sports？They are only 60 yuan！We also have skirts 140 black for only 20 yuan. We 141 the shorts for 18 yuan！We also have 142 trousers and good e to Yangguang Clothes Store now！
请先阅读下面短文, 掌握其大意, 然后用方框中所给词的适当形式填空。每个词限用一次。
vegetable eat body necessary drink China fit another right exercise with
If you often fall ill, it means there is something wrong 143 your body. What should we do to keep healthy Doing 144 often is a good way. And eating healthy food is also 145 for our health. For example, tofu, milk and vegetables are all good for our health.
Tofu is a kind of traditional (传统的) 146 food. But now more and more people from other countries also like 147 it. They think it's a kind of healthy and delicious food. Milk is 148 kind of healthy food. It can make us strong. We should 149 one or two glasses of milk every day. Vegetables are also very important. In 150 , there are different kinds of vitamins (维生素). They are necessary for our 151 . Everyone should eat lots of vegetables every day. Now we know that eating the 152 kinds of food is very important. If we want to keep 153 , we must have a balanced diet (饮食均衡).
阅读下面短文，然后用下面方框中所给的单词或短语填空，使短文在结构、句义和逻辑上正确。 (提示：方框中有两个单词是多余的。)
perfect / looking around / see / lucky / bring / buildings / take
“Wa Mao”is a special kind of statue (雕塑) in Yunnan. They are usually placed on walls and tops of old Chinese 154 . They show cats in different looks, some sitting low and others 155 . It is said that Wa Mao can 156 good luck and drive away bad spirits to protect buildings. Besides being a 157 symbol, they are also an important part of Chinese building art. Through them, we can 158 the special beauty of Chinese culture.
根据语篇内容，从方框中选择恰当的单词，并用其正确形式填空。将单词填写在答题卡对应的横线上。每个单词只能用一次。
healthy cause cook choice breakfast weight give seldom have important
How do we keep healthy My friend Xiao Ming eats pizza and hamburgers every day. He puts on 159 . The doctor says: “Fast food has too much salt and fat. This may 160 health problems.” Xiao Ming begins to 161 meals at home with vegetables. He can make healthy balanced meals.
Eating three meals a day is 162 . Xiao Ming eats three meals every day, especially never missing 163 . “Food 164 people energy. No breakfast makes people tired,” he says.
Ice cream, sweets and chocolate are delicious, but they can cause tooth problems. Xiao Ming 165 eats too much sweet food like ice cream. He eats apples instead. So his teeth are very 166 . The doctor says: “Your good habits change your life. Health comes from making smart 167 every day.” Now Xiao Ming knows: Being healthy means eating healthy food and 168 good eating habits.
阅读短文，用方框中所给单词填空，使文章通顺、连贯、合理，方框中有一个词为多余选项。（每个单词限用一次，每空限填一个单词）。
helps, think, star, wants, films, difficult
Dave is an English boy. He likes China. He 169 to learn Chinese. Chinese is 170 to learn, but he thinks he can learn it well.
Tom is Dave’s brother. He likes China, too. He likes Chinese 171 . He thinks they are exciting. “I can’t speak Chinese well. But I like Chinese kung fu,” he tells his Chinese friends. Sally is Dave’s sister. She is a sports 172 in the school. She can play volleyball very well. Her favourite volleyball star is Zhu Ting.
Cara is Sally’s friend. She likes Chinese chess. She often plays Chinese chess on her computer. She also likes Chinese music. Maria, Cara’s sister, likes Beijing opera. She thinks it is interesting. She thinks it 173 her to learn about Chinese history. She often goes to see Beijing opera with her parents.
Passage 4
[2023江西中考·改编]
enter　steal　what　while　another　laugh　visitor impolitely　height　wise　environment　hide
Many years ago, there were many states in China. The State of Qi used to be very strong, but it became less powerful. Yan Zi was a 174 adviser, so the king of Qi sent him to ask Chu to support each other.
The king of Chu knew Yan Zi was very short. He tried to make Yan Zi feel shy about his 175 . When Yan Zi arrived, the guard told him 176 through the small gate.Yan Zi didn't get angry.“Only a state of dogs will greet 177 with a gate for dogs. I'm visiting the State of Chu. This gate isn't for me，” Yan Zi said. So the guard had to take him through the main gate.
The king of Chu was unhappy at 178 Yan Zi did.“Why did Qi send YOU Don't they have anyone better？” the king tried 179 way.
“If Qi meets a great king, it'll send the best ambassador (使臣). I'm the worst. That's why I'm here，” Yan Zi replied calmly (镇定地). At this time, the guards brought a thief (小偷) to the king. The thief was from Qi.“Ha! Yan Zi, is Qi a state of thieves？” asked the king 180 .
Yan Zi replied，“The orange trees south of Huai River produce big and delicious fruit, while the orange trees north of Huai River produce small and sour fruit. The 181 makes the fruit grow differently. In Qi, people are good and honest, but here, they 182 . What made that person a thief here？”Finally, the king looked at Yan Zi and 183 ，“I was wrong about you and your state！”
用方框中所给单词的适当形式填空，使短文完整正确。（每个单词限用一次，每空限填一个单词。）
they good sleep mean learn kind (adj.) love story nine can
Yesterday I visited a nature museum with my classmates. And I 184 a lot of amazing facts about men and animals. I am interested in some 185 and I also like some animals.
Do you know how many hours you 186 in your life A man sleeps for about 8 hours a day. This 187 you spend a third of your life sleeping. Do you know how long your hair can be if you don’t cut it It can be about 188 meters long.
I didn’t like camels before. But now I know they have some amazing abilities. Camels 189 run at over 15 meters a second and they can keep walking for days without any food and water.
I think we should be 190 to animals. I decide to be an animal 191 .
And I want to be a scientist when I grow up. It will be great to study animals and do something for 192 . Let’s work hard to make the world a 193 place than it is now for both man and animals.
Passage 1
[2024河南中考]
sell　he　and　rock　popular movie　need　catch　great　about
Have you ever heard of Bao Zheng or Bao Qingtian Today, I'm going to tell you a story about Bao, which is 194 among Chinese people.
A young boy made a living by 195 fried dough sticks (油条) in the market.One day he fell asleep on a 196 after he got 100 copper coins.When he woke up, he found 197 coins were gone.The boy cried because the money was 198 to pay for the medical treatment of his sick mother.
Bao happened to pass through the market.After knowing 199 the situation, he ordered everyone in the market to put a coin into a basin (盆) filled with water.When a coin created an oil bloom (油花) in the water, Bao 200 the man who dropped the coin and told everyone that he stole the boy's coins.Bao explained，“The boy was the only one who sold oily products in the market 201 the man's coin was the only one that created an oil bloom in the basin.”
Many of the stories about Bao were made into some 202 ， novels, operas and so on.Today Bao is still considered as one of the 203 officials in history and is loved by Chinese people.
用方框中所给单词的适当形式填空，使短文通顺、正确、连贯，每个单词限用一次。
so bring make day find they relaxing in well like
People listen to music for different reasons and at different times. Sometimes it 204 us happy and sometimes it makes us sad. Why is music important to many people in 205 life Most people think it is 206 to listen to music. Playing or listening to music can 207 back old memories and feelings. It’s a good way to help old people remember the 208 when they were young.
I like listening to music 209 my free time. When I’m happy, I will listen to old music. When I’m a little tired, I would 210 to listen to some soft music. When I’m sad, I will listen to some inspiring (鼓舞人心的) songs. Yesterday, I didn’t do 211 in my exam and I was very sad. I didn’t know what to do, 212 I listened to music. The song I Believe You gave me a lot of hope. I thought I must 213 a good way to learn English well.
阅读下面短文，从方框中选择适当的词并用其正确的形式填空，使短文通顺、意思完整（每个词限用一次，其中有两个词是多余的）。
an, about, also, and, be, however, his, interesting, kill, make, story, tourist
Which is the most popular film in 2025 The answer is “Ne Zha Ⅱ”. It is 214 old Chinese story. Long ago, in Chentang Pass (陈塘关), Ne Zha was born (出生) in a special way. His mother was pregnant (怀孕的) with him for three years 215 six months. When he was born, he 216 already a big boy and had special powers. One day, Ne Zha was playing in the sea and accidentally (意外地) 217 a son of the Dragon King. The Dragon King was very angry and wanted to flood (淹没) Chentang Pass. To save 218 family and the people, Ne Zha gave up his life. 219 , his teacher, Taiyi Zhenren brought him back to life using lotus flowers (莲花). After that, Ne Zha became stronger and he helped to protect (保护) the world.
This film makes the story famous around the world. It also makes Yibin, the hometown of Ne Zha, a popular place for 220 . In Yibin, you can see colorful paintings of Ne Zha’s story everywhere. On Cuiping mountain, there is a “Ne Zha palace (宫殿)”. Chentang Pass is 221 in Yibin. Recently, lots of people visit Yibin to learn 222 Ne Zha. Ne Zha makes the city special and 223 . People like Ne Zha’s story because the clever boy keeps fighting to help the weak and never gives up.
四、人与自然（本大题共5小题）
请认真阅读下面短文，从方框中选择适当的单词或短语，在答题卡标有题号的横线上，填入其正确形式。每个单词或短语仅用一次。
because of meal bring back big study
Scientists found fossils (化石) of a huge snake in India. This snake, named Vasuki, lived 47 million years ago. It was as long as a school bus (11~15 meters) and weighed up to 1,000 kg.
Researchers 224 its bones and guessed its size. Vasuki was even 225 than the largest Asian snake today which is 10 meters.
This huge snake lived in forests. 226 its huge body, it moved slowly and couldn’t attack (攻击) quickly. Instead, it used its strong body to press (挤压) animals until they died. Scientists also found bones of catfish, whales, and other animals nearby. Maybe these were its 227 .
Snakes need warm weather to grow very big, so does that mean global (全球的) warming could 228 huge snakes
阅读短文，从方框中选择适当的词填空，每空一词。方框中有两个词为多余选项。
next, empty, voice, himself, sound, shouted, Soon, put on, put up
Mike was a student. He got a part-time job at the zoo. On his first day, the boss took him to the gorilla（大猩猩）cage. It was 229 . The gorilla was sick and couldn’t be there for a week. The boss asked the student to 230 a gorilla suit and sit in the cage. This way the people would have something to look at.“It sounds fun to me,” said Mike.
The next day, he put on the suit and climbed into the cage. 231 there was a crowd（人群）of children coming to see the gorilla. “I should do something to make them happy,” Mike said to 232 .
Mike grabbed（握住）a rope in the cage and started to swing（摇荡）. He swung higher and higher. He flew out and dropped down into the 233 cage. A large group of people came to watch in surprise and fear. Mike lost his grip（紧握）and dropped right into the lion cage.
Mike ran to the front of the cage. He 234 : “Help me! I’m not a real gorilla!”
The lion jumped on his back. Mike was sure he would die. Then he heard a 235 from behind. “Shut up, or you’ll get us both fired（开除）!”
用方框中所给单词的适当形式填空，使短文完整正确。(每个单词限用一次，每空限填一个单词。)
be health start we influence animal water should wide grow
Without water, there will be no life. So water is an important part of 236 life. And it is very useful in different aspects.
First, water is important for all living things. Humans, 237 and plants all need water to live. We drink water to keep our bodies hydrated (含水的) and 238 .
Second, water is 239 used in different industries. In the manufacturing (制造) industry, 240 is used for cooling, cleaning and as a raw material. In agriculture, it can help crops to 241 better.
Third, water 242 the environment. It helps to regulate (调节) the climate. Rivers and lakes provide homes for many species.
However, water pollution and water shortage (短缺) 243 becoming serious problems. What should we do I think we 244 do something to protect water resources. We can 245 by saving water in our daily life, reducing pollution and supporting water-conservation projects.
Passage 3　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
[2024湖北中考]
after　attention　clean　collect　come first　he　helpful　hold　life
Do you believe picking up rubbish has become a world competition
In November of 2023, the first Rubbish Collection World Cup was 246 in Asia.Teams from 21 countries took part in it.According to the rules, each team will have 60 minutes to 247 rubbish as much as possible.Britain finally won the 248 prize.“We hope more people around the world will pay 249 to environmental problems，” said a British team member.
When Ken, the founder (创始人) of the competition, was interviewed, he talked about how he 250 up with the idea.Several years ago, he found many sea animals died 251 they ate the rubbish in the sea.So he started to pick up rubbish on 252 way to the beach every morning.
“Picking up a piece of rubbish may save a turtle's (海龟的) 253 . It's also a good way to keep the beach 254 .” In his eyes, changing people's thoughts about rubbish was more important.
“Picking up rubbish is meaningful and 255 ，” added Ken.“Now, I am glad to hear that lots of people take part in it to protect our environment.”
threat B. nearby C. trouble D. losing E. diseases
The Javan rhino (爪哇犀牛) is a rare animal. The rhinos are facing many dangers and are under 256 now.
One problem for them is that they are 257 their habitat. The land where they live is getting smaller because people are building homes and farms 258 , so the rhinos have less space to find food and live safely.
In recent years, some rhinos have died from illnesses they caught from farm animals. These 259 spread to wild animals and make them sick.
We need to take action to save the rhinos, otherwise these unique creatures might disappear forever.
参考答案
一、主谓一致
【知识点】will/shall do结构、一般过去时的被动语态、两者相比较（含than）、介词短语、其他语法一致形式、副词的原级、可数名词及其单复数、名词所有格、形容词同级比较as...as、形容词短语、情态动词基本用法、现在分词作定语
【答案】1．fishermen’s 2．guard against 3．a couple of 4．lying 5．were forced 6．smoothly 7．braver 8．as good as 9．run out 10．at most
【详解】1．句意为：由于这些渔民的辛勤劳作，他们的生活改善了很多。根据“lives have improved（生活改善）”可知，此处需填入表示职业的名词，且与“their”对应。fisherman“渔民”，由“These”可知用复数形式“fishermen”，再用所有格“fishermen’s” 表示“渔民的”，修饰名词。故填fishermen’s。
2．句意为：尽管我们如今生活在和平中，但仍应防范各种风险。根据“all kinds of risks”可知是防范各种风险。“guard against”为固定短语，意为“防范”，且should 后接动词原形。故填guard against。
3．句意为：在匆忙下结论之前，有几件事需要考虑。根据“things to conside”可知有一些需要考虑的事情，此处需填入修饰复数名词的短语，表示“一些”。a couple of“几个、一些”，符合语境。故填a couple of。
4．句意为：地上有一个钱包，或许我知道它是谁的。根据“a wallet...on the ground”可知一个钱包躺在地上，此处需表示“躺”的动作，且“钱包”与“躺”为主动关系。“There is sth. doing sth.”为固定结构，所以此处用现在分词“lying”。故填lying。
5．句意为：由于第二次世界大战，成千上万的人被迫离开家园。根据“because of the World War II”可知，人们是“被迫”离开家园。“force sb. to do sth.”意为“强迫某人做某事”，此处用被动语态“be forced to do sth.”；二战为过去事件，主语“Thousands of people”为复数，用一般过去时的被动语态“were forced”。故填were forced。
6．句意为：为了让项目顺利进行，公司里的每个人都在协同工作。根据“everyone in the company keeps working togethe”可知，公司协同工作的目的是让项目“顺利推进”。smooth“光滑的；顺利的”，形容词，此处需用副词“smoothly”，修饰动词“go”，go smoothly“顺利进行”。故填smoothly。
7．句意为：查尔斯比班上大多数男孩更勇敢，同学们都很钦佩他。根据“than most of the boys”可知，此处需用形容词比较级。brave“勇敢的”，比较级为“braver”，意为“更勇敢”。故填braver。
8．句意为：父亲承诺参加家长会，并且做到了。他的话和行动一样可靠。根据“promised to attend...and he did so”可知他言行一致，“as good as”为固定短语，意为“和……一样好”，引申为“与……等同”。故填as good as。
9．句意为：我们应重视节约自然资源，否则它们终有一天会耗尽。根据“pay much attention to saving natural resources”可知，不节约会导致资源“耗尽”。run out“耗尽”，为不及物动词短语，will后接动词原形。故填run out。
10．句意为：我们学校周三提供许多丰富多彩的课外活动，但每个学生最多只能选两项。根据“only choose...two activities”可知，此处需表示“最多”的限制。at most“最多”，与“only”呼应，强调数量上限。故填at most。
二、人与自我
【知识点】个人经历、家人和亲人、记叙文
【答案】11．are written
12．comes
13．were walking
14．picked
15．emptied
16．to read
17．should do
18．will call
19．using
20．has given
【分析】本文主要叙述了一位名叫托尼娅的女士和她的儿子在海滩上发现了一个漂流瓶,后把瓶子送到博物馆展出的故事。
【详解】11．句意为:通常信息都写在纸上,然后把纸卷起来放进瓶子里。根据on paper及所给词可知是写在纸上,write意为“写”,和主语之间是被动关系,根据the paper is rolled可知句子用一般现在时,主语messages是复数,be动词用are。
12．句意为:……它会被扔进海里,开始漂流,直到来到陆地。根据“it… to land”以及所给词可知是来到陆地,come意为“来”,句子用一般现在时,空处的主语是it,谓语动词用第三人称单数形式。
13．句意为:一位名叫托尼娅的妇女正和她的儿子在澳大利亚的海滩上散步,这时她看到了一个彩色玻璃瓶。根据on the beach以及所给词可知是在海滩上散步,walk意为“散步”,符合语境;此处表示当时他们正在散步,应用过去进行时,主语是A woman named Tonya and her son,be动词用were。
14．句意为:她捡起瓶子,瓶子不是圆形的,而是方形的。根据up the bottle及所给词可知是捡起瓶子,pick up意为“捡起”,句子用一般过去时,动词用过去式。
15．句意为:她的儿子把瓶子清空,他们发现瓶里的“香烟”实际上是一条卷起来的信息。根据语境及所给词可知,是把瓶子倒空,选empty(倒空),句子用一般过去时,动词用过去式。
16．句意为:表格上的文字很淡,很难阅读…… 根据The writing on the form is light及所给词可知文字很淡,所以很难阅读,read意为“读”,符合语境,hard to do sth意为“很难做某事”,此处应用动词不定式。
17．句意为:但我们应该做一些研究来证明那个,否则那只是猜测…… 根据some research及所给词可知是做一些研究,do意为“做”,符合语境;此处表示应该做一些研究,故填should do。
18．句意为:我会打电话给我在澳大利亚的朋友。根据句意以及所给词可知选call,动作还未发生,句子用一般将来时,故填will call。
19．句意为:一些人建议托尼娅应该向一些专家寻求帮助,他们可以通过使用碳14来弄清它的年龄。根据句意及所给词可知是使用碳14弄清它的年龄,选use,介词by后加动词的 ing形式。
20．句意为:现在,托尼娅已经把这个瓶子交给了澳大利亚的博物馆,它将在接下来的两年里在那里展出。根据语境及所给词可知是把瓶子给博物馆,选give,此处表示过去的动作对现在的影响,应用现在完成时,主语是Tonya,助动词用has。
【知识点】个人经历、情感与情绪、记叙文
【答案】11．to talk 12．life 13．meant 14．because 15．win 16．last 17．times 18．hardly 19．from 20．everything 21．better
【分析】本文是一篇记叙文，讲述了作者14岁时因紧张不敢与人交谈，在母亲鼓励下参加英语演讲比赛并获奖，从而变得自信，人生态度发生转变的故事。
【详解】11．句意为：当我14岁时，我太紧张了，以至于不敢和任何人交谈。根据“I was too nervous”以及“to anyone”可知，应是太紧张而不敢跟人说话，备选词talk“说话”，talk to sb.“与某人交谈”，符合语境，“too+形容词+to do sth.”表示“太……而不能……”，为固定搭配。故填to talk。
12．句意为：后来，发生了一些事，改变了我的生活。根据“Later, something happened and it changed my ...”以及下文“Those classmates who once looked down on me all said ‘Congratulations (祝贺)!’ to me ...When I do anything, I try to tell myself to believe in myself ...”可知，演讲比赛改变了作者的人生轨迹，备选词life“生活，人生”，符合语境。故填life。
13．句意为：这意味着我必须在全校师生面前演讲。根据“It ... I had to speak in front of all the teachers and students of my school.”可知，空格后是省略that的宾语从句，此处需要填入一个动词，备选词mean“意味着”，表示参加比赛就意味着要在全体师生前演讲，符合语境，全文时态为一般过去时，因此需用其过去式meant。故填meant。
14．句意为：起初我并不期待，因为我担心自己表现不好。根据“I didn’t look forward to that at first, ... I was afraid I would perform badly.”可知，前后两个分句结构完整，空格处缺连词，前后句为因果关系，后句解释前句“不期待”的原因，备选词because“因为”，引导原因状语从句，符合语境。故填because。
15．句意为：“加油，孩子！相信自己，你一定会赢。”妈妈说。根据“Believe in yourself, you are sure to ...”可知，此处是母亲鼓励作者一定会赢得比赛，备选词win“赢”，符合语境，be sure to do sth.意为“一定/必定做某事”，因此用动词原形。故填win。
16．句意为：最后我选择了“相信自己”这个主题。根据“I chose the topic ‘Believe in yourself’.”结合语境可知，此处是作者最终确定了演讲主题，at last“最后，最终”，为固定短语，符合语境。故填last。
17．句意为：我记住了所有演讲内容，并练习了100多次。根据“practiced it over 100 ...”结合语境可知，此处是练习演讲的次数，备选词time作“次数”讲时为可数名词，这里是100多次，需用复数形式。故填times。
18．句意为：当听到我获得第一名的消息时，我几乎不敢相信自己的耳朵。此处修饰动词believe需用副词，结合“I had won the first place.”可知，作者获奖出乎意料，不相信自己的耳朵，备选词hardly“几乎不”，符合语境。故填hardly。
19．句意为：我听到了来自老师和同学们的祝福。根据“wishes ... the teachers and students.”可知，此处表示祝福的来源，备选词from表示“来自”，符合语境。故填from。
20．句意为：从那以后，对我来说一切都改变了。空格处需填入名词或代词作主语，结合语境，这次演讲让作者生活发生了全面的改变，备选词everything“一切”，符合语境。故填everything。
21．句意为：当我做任何事时，我都告诉自己要相信自己，并且会比以前做得更好。根据“than before.”可知，此处表比较，需用副词比较级修饰动词do，备选词well的比较级better“更好”，表示比以前更好，符合语境。故填better。
【知识点】个人经历、日常活动、爱好、记叙文
【答案】22．half 23．quickly 24．has 25．playing 26．special 27．farm 28．along 29．leaves 30．fed 31．Although
【分析】本文主要讲述了作者的好朋友谢东的日常学习、爱好，以及上周末两人去谢东叔叔农场的经历，包括沿途风景、农场里的活动等。
【详解】22．句意为：每天早上，他七点半早早到学校。根据“past seven”及备选词可知，half past seven“七点半”是常用半点表达。故填half。
23．句意为：在课堂上，他认真听老师讲课，快速地做作业。根据“does his work”及备选词可知，此处需用副词修饰does his work；此处表示他上课认真，可以快速完成作业。quickly“快速地”符合语境。故填quickly。
24．句意为：他经常吃米饭、牛肉和番茄炒蛋。根据“rice, beef, and eggs with tomatoes”及备选词可知，此处表示吃各种食物。have“吃；喝”，主语是He，一般现在时，谓语动词用第三人称单数形式has。故填has。
25．句意为：看！他现在正在拉小提琴。根据“the violin now”及备选词可知，play the violin“拉小提琴”为固定表达；look为现在进行时标志词，其结构为“be动词+现在分词”。故填playing。
26．句意为：有时，他喜欢和我一起做些不同的、特别的事。根据“different and”及备选词可知，and为并列连词，此处需用形容词和different并列，这里表示喜欢做特别且不同的事。special“特别的”符合语境。故填special。
27．句意为：上周末，我们骑自行车去他叔叔的农场。根据“On the farm”及备选词可知，这里表示去了农场。farm“农场”符合题意。故填farm。
28．句意为：我们沿途看到很多漂亮的红黄花朵。根据“the way”及备选词可知，along the way“沿途”是常用表达。故填along。
29．句意为：我们还看到树上绿色的树叶和粗大的树枝。根据“green”和“from the trees”及备选词可知，这里表示树上的绿色物品，即树叶leaf，此处需用复数形式表泛指。故填leaves。
30．句意为：我用一些玉米喂鸡。根据“the chickens with some corn”及备选词可知，这里表示用玉米喂鸡。feed“喂；喂养”，文章是一般过去时，动词需用过去式。故填fed。
31．句意为：虽然我们回家时感觉很累，但在那儿玩得很开心。根据“we felt very tired...we had a lot of fun there”及备选词可知，“很累”和“玩得开心”是让步关系，尽管很累但是依然很开心。Although“虽然；尽管”引导让步状语从句，句首首字母大写。故填Although。
【知识点】精神品质、说明文
【答案】32．means 33．their 34．carefully 35．how 36．Third 37．members 38．divide 39．task 40．in 41．difficulties
【分析】本文主要讲述了团队合作在日常生活中的重要性，强调了团队中成员间分享想法、明确角色和目标以及共同努力克服困难的重要性。
【详解】32．句意为：这意味着我们需要与他人合作才能使团队成功。根据“we need to work with others to make the team successful”及所给单词可知，此处是指这意味着我们需要与他人合作，mean“意味着”，句子是一般现在时，主语是第三人称单数，动词用三单形式。故填means。
33．句意为：在小组讨论时，学生分享自己的想法很重要，但他们也应该记住认真听取别人的意见。根据“share...own ideas”可知，是指分享他们自己的想法，修饰名词用形容词性物主代词their“他们的”。故填their。
34．句意为：在小组讨论时，学生分享自己的想法很重要，但他们也应该记住认真听取别人的意见。根据“listen to others”可知，是指认真听取别人的意见，修饰动词用副词carefully“认真地”。故填carefully。
35．句意为：它可以帮助学生学会如何在别人面前分享他们的想法。根据“share their ideas in front of other people.”可知，是如何在别人面前分享他们的想法，how“如何”符合语境。故填how。
36．句意为：第三，每个人都应该做什么？根据“First, what is the work Second, what is the goal ”可知，此处是第三点，用序数词third“第三”，句首字母大写。故填Third。
37．句意为：在小组工作中，成员通常扮演不同的角色。根据“The team members should know three key points.”可知，此处是指成员，member“成员”，根据“have”可知，空处用名词复数形式。故填members。
38．句意为：有时，团队负责人可能会分配任务。根据“the tasks”可知，是指分配任务，divide“分配”，may后加动词原形。故填divide。
39．句意为：有时，成员可能会在任务中选择自己的角色。根据“choose their own roles in a...”可知，是指在任务中选择自己的角色，task“任务”，a后加名词单数。故填task。
40．句意为：简而言之，团队中的每个人都应该尽力合作。根据“a team”可知，是指在团队中，in“在……里”符合语境。故填in。
41．句意为：即使可能有困难，但成员们可以通过团队合作来解决。根据“but members can solve them with teamwork.”可知，是指困难，difficulty“困难”，此处用名词复数形式。故填difficulties。
【知识点】学习科目、记叙文
【答案】
42．have been
43．more
44．to learn
45．relaxed　
46．are hiding
47．proudly
48．you
49．was asked
50．quarters
51．That
【分析】本文讲述了亚历克斯在索菲娅的帮助下，通过折纸开始对数学感兴趣的故事。
【详解】
42．根据上下文可知，此处索菲娅在介绍自己加入该小组的时间，be符合语境。由for a year可知此处应用现在完成时，主语为I，故填have been。
43．句意为：你能告诉我更多关于你自己的事吗？根据句意可知，索菲娅想了解亚历克斯的更多信息，由a little可知应用much的比较级more。故填more。
44．句意为：我想学习除了数学以外的任何东西！根据句意可知此处表示“学习”，应用learn；want后面需要接动词不定式作宾语，故填to learn。
45．句意为：亚历克斯意识到索菲亚试图让他感到放松。feel后接形容词作表语，结合上下文和所给词可知填relaxed。
46．句意为：嘿，我能看看你现在藏起来的东西吗？根据句意可知，索菲娅注意到亚历克斯此刻正在背后藏着什么东西，hide符合语境；此处是一个正在进行的动作，应用现在进行时，主语为第二人称，be动词用are。故填are hiding。
47．此处需要用副词修饰动词showing，描述亚历克斯展示折纸的方式。结合语境和所给词可知填proudly。
48．根据上下文可知，索菲娅在告诉亚历克斯他面前的就是数学，此处应用人称代词you作in front of的宾语。故填you。
49．根据语境可知，亚历克斯被要求折纸，应用ask的被动语态。此处动作发生在过去，应用一般过去时。主语为第三人称单数，故填was asked。
50．根据“And you have a fraction, too：one half！Fold it again… and now you have four .”和“What fraction does this piece stand for？”以及“One quarter？”可知，索菲娅在解释纸折叠两次后形成了四等份。quarter意为“四分之一”，为可数名词，空前有four，故填quarters。
51．句意为：如果数学学习变成折纸的话，那将是一件期待发生的事，亚历克斯想。分析句子可知，设空处引导定语从句且在从句中作主语，先行词a thing指物，故填that。
【知识点】家庭、朋友与周围的人、记叙文
【答案】
52．with；
53．speak；
54．help；
55．Her；
56．drives；
57．afternoon；
58．teaches；
59．Chinese；
60．cooks；
61．much
【分析】
文章介绍了安的一家。安来自加拿大，她现在和父母住在北京，她在二中上学，她会说一点汉语，她爸爸在医院上班，她妈妈在一个学校教书，她是一个好老师，她的学生非常喜欢她，她妈妈做中餐很好，安和爸爸都很喜欢，他们非常幸福。
52．句意：她现在和父母住在北京。
根据句意和选词，可知是with和，介词起伴随作用；故填with。
53．句意：她会说一点汉语。
根据a little Chinese和选词，可知是speak说，can情态动词，后用动词原形；故填speak。
54．句意：她喜欢帮助同学学英语。
根据句意和选词，可知是帮助，help sb with sth帮助某人做某事，like to do喜欢做某事；故填help。
55．句意：她爸爸在医院上班。
根据father可知用形容词性的物主代词来修饰，根据文章可知是女孩和选词；故填Her。
56．句意：他每天上午开车去上班。
根据His car is very nice和选词，可知是drive开车，主语he单三，谓语动词用单数形式；故填drives。
57．句意：他在下午5点到家。
根据句意和选词，可知是afternoon下午；故填afternoon。
58．句意：她妈妈在一个学校教书。
根据in a school和选词，可知是teach教书；主语Her mother单数，谓语动词用单数形式；故填teaches。
59．句意：他们都非常喜欢中餐。
根据Ann’s mother Chinese food very well. Ann and Ann’s father like it very .和选词，可知是Chinese中国的，形容词修饰food；故填Chinese。
60．句意：安的妈妈做中餐很好。
根据Chinese food very well. Ann and Ann’s father like it very .和选词，可知是cook做饭，主语Ann’s mother单三，谓语动词用单数形式；故填cooks。
61．句意：安和爸爸都很喜欢它。
根据Ann’s mother Chinese food very well. Ann and Ann’s father like it very . They’re very happy.和选词，可知是very much非常；故填much。
【知识点】个人经历、记叙文
【答案】62．students 63．taught 64．decided 65．first 66．them 67．when 68．lessons 69．different 70．encouraged 71．write
【分析】本文主要讲述了73岁的杨维云老师退休后在网上教拼音，她根据学生的情况安排课程时间，帮助了许多人。
【详解】62．句意为：她的大多数学生都是成年人。根据“She teaches pinyin online. And most of her...are adults (成年人).”和备选词可知，此处表达“她的大多数学生都是成年人”，student意为“学生”，可数名词；most of后接可数名词复数形式students。故填students。
63．句意为：杨老师在一所小学教了30年语文。根据“Mrs. Yang...Chinese in a primary school for 30 years.”和备选词可知，此处表达“杨老师在一所小学教了30年语文”，teach意为“教”，动词；根据时间状语“for 30 years”可知，句子时态为现在完成时，其结构为“have/has+动词的过去分词”；主语Mrs. Yang是第三人称单数，助动词用has，teach的过去分词是taught。故填taught。
64．句意为：退休后，她决定利用互联网做一些有意义的事情。根据“After retirement (退休), she...to use the Internet to do something meaningful (有意义的).”和备选词可知，此处表达“她决定利用互联网做一些有意义的事情”，decide意为“决定”，动词；根据时间状语“After retirement (退休)”可知，句子时态为一般过去时，decide的过去式是decided。故填decided。
65．句意为：2021年5月，她在网上开始了她的第一节课。根据“In May 2021, she started her...lesson online.”和备选词可知，此处表达“她在网上开始了她的第一节课”，first意为“第一”，序数词，修饰名词lesson。故填first。
66．句意为：然而，她发现她的“课堂”里有很多成年人，他们中的大多数人不会读或写。根据“However, she found there were a lot of adults in her “class”, and most of...weren’t able to read or write.”和备选词可知，此处表达“他们中的大多数人不会读或写”，they意为“他们”，人称代词主格；most of后接人称代词宾格形式，they的宾格是them。故填them。
67．句意为：杨老师告诉我们，许多成年人年轻时因为某些原因不能上学。根据“Mrs. Yang told us that many adults were not able to go to school for some reasons (原因)...they were young.”和备选词可知，此处表达“许多成年人年轻时因为某些原因不能上学”，when意为“当……时候”，引导时间状语从句。故填when。
68．句意为：所以杨老师每天上两节课。根据“Most of the adult students are busy working during the day. So Mrs. Yang gives two...every day.”和备选词可知，此处表达“所以杨老师每天上两节课”，lesson意为“课”，可数名词；two后接可数名词复数形式。故填lessons。
69．句意为：搬到城市后，她发现生活与农村不同。根据“After moving to the city, she found life was...from that in the countryside.”和备选词可知，be different from“与……不同”。故填different。
70．句意为：上了杨老师的课后，杨老师鼓励她多学习。根据“After she took Mrs. Yang’s classes, Mrs. Yang...her to learn more.”和备选词可知，此处表达“杨老师鼓励她多学习”，encourage意为“鼓励”，动词；根据时间状语“After she took Mrs. Yang’s classes”可知，句子时态为一般过去时，encourage的过去式是encouraged。故填encouraged。
71．句意为：现在她能读拼音，知道怎么写自己的名字了。根据“Now she can read pinyin and knows how to...her name.”和备选词可知，此处表达“知道怎么写自己的名字了”，write意为“写”，动词；how to do sth.“如何做某事”。故填write。
三、人与社会
【知识点】不定式作状语、可数名词及其单复数、形容词作定语、说明文、过去将来时、音乐与舞蹈
【答案】72．symbol 73．work 74．birds 75．interesting 76．look forward to
【分析】本文主要介绍三灶鹤舞。
【详解】72．句意为：白鹤在中国是长寿的象征。根据“long life”并结合备选词汇可知，此处指象征意义，symbol符合。故填symbol。
73．句意为：舞蹈需要五个人一起表演：一个唱歌，两个穿着鹤衣像鸟一样移动，另外两个演奏音乐。work together“一起工作”，根据空前的不定式符号to可知，此处用动词原形。故填work。
74．句意为：舞蹈需要五个人一起表演：一个唱歌，两个穿着鹤衣像鸟一样移动，另外两个演奏音乐。根据“people do a special crane (鹤) dance”可知，表演的是鹤舞，应是像鸟一样移动，birds符合。故填birds。
75．句意为：每个人都喜欢这个有趣的舞蹈！根据“loves”可知，此处指积极的评价，表示有趣的舞蹈，interesting“有趣的”符合。故填interesting。
76．句意为：你也期待着参加舞会吗？look forward to doing sth.“期待做某事”，根据“Would”可知，此处用动词原形。故填look forward to。
【知识点】情感与情绪、说明文、音乐与舞蹈
【答案】77．feelings 78．makes 79．because 80．in 81．your 82．Enjoying 83．turn 84．place 85．quietly 86．what
【分析】本文是一篇说明文，主要讲述了音乐对情绪的影响、音乐的重要性以及如何在生活中融入音乐。
【详解】77．句意为：不同种类的音乐给你带来不同的感受。根据“For example, rock music makes you excited while classical music...”可知，不同的音乐可以带来不同的感受，feeling“感受”，different后接名词复数。故填feelings。
78．句意为：例如，摇滚音乐让你兴奋，而古典音乐让你放松。此处与前文“rock music makes you excited”形成对比，说明古典音乐使人放松，make“使”，主语是classical music，动词用三单形式。故填makes。
79．句意为：电影中的音乐可能会让你感到温暖，因为它可能会让你想起美好的事情。根据“it might help you think of wonderful things”可知，此处解释了为什么电影中的音乐会让人感到温暖，前后句之间是因果关系，结合备选词，应选择“because”引导原因状语从句。故填because。
80．句意为：很难生活在一个没有音乐的世界里。固定搭配live in意为“生活在”。故填in。
81．句意为：你可以独自或与他人一起享受音乐。on one’s own意为“某人自己”，根据“You can enjoy music”可知，此处说的是你自己，设空处需填形容词性物主代词your（你的）。故填your。
82．句意为：与一群人一起享受音乐可以帮助你与他们更亲近。根据“You can enjoy music”可知，是享受音乐。设空处需动名词作主语，enjoy的动名词形式为enjoying。故填Enjoying。
83．句意为：你可以打开收音机，听不同类型的音乐来娱乐。固定搭配turn on意为“打开”，can后接动词原形。故填turn。
84．句意为：首先，找一个安静的地方，播放你最喜欢的音乐。根据“Next, sit on a chair or lie down on a soft sofa”可知，是找一个地方，前面有a，设空处需填名词place（地方）。故填place。
85． 句意为：接下来，安静坐在椅子上或躺在沙发上。根据“sit on a chair or lie in a sofa...and comfortably”可知，此处与“comfortably”并列，修饰动词“sit”或“lie”，表示安静地坐着或躺着，结合备选词，应选择“quiet”的副词形式“quietly”，表示“安静地”。故填quietly。
86．句意为：当音乐结束时，睁开眼睛，写下你记得的内容。设空处需连接代词引导宾语从句，表示“什么”。故填what。
【知识点】交通、守则与制度、说明文
【答案】
87．fun；
88．that；
89．biggest；
90．shouting；
91．care；
92．．Luckily；
93．Second；
94．safe；
95．lights；
96．anywhere
【详解】
〖导语〗
本文介绍了在中英两国骑自行车的不同之处。
87．句意：骑自行车很有趣。根据“When I go out, I always like it.”可知，作者认为骑自行车很有趣，结合备选词汇，fun符合句意，故填fun。
88．句意：但是在英国骑自行车和在中国不一样。根据“different from”可知，比较两国骑自行车，结合备选词汇，用that代替“cycling”，故填that。
89．句意：这是最大的不同。根据“the”和备选词汇可知，此处是指在中国和英国骑车最大的不同，需要最高级，big的最高级是biggest，故填biggest。
90．句意：当我第一次在英国骑自行车时，我听到有人对我喊道:“错了！”错了！”根据“hear sb doing”和备选词汇可知，听到有人对我喊，用备选词shout的ing形式shouting，故填shouting。
91．句意：起初我并不在意，但很快就看到一辆汽车从我身边飞驰而过。care about“在乎”，didn’t后跟动词原形；故填care。
92．句意：幸运的是，我没有被撞倒。根据“I was not hit”可知，需要副词修饰整个句子，没有被撞倒，应该是很幸运，结合备选词汇，luck的副词是luckily，位于句首，首字母大写，故填Luckily。
93．句意：其次，英国自行车有两个灯，一个白的，一个红的。根据“First”和备选词汇可知，谈论第二点不同之处，用two对应的序数词second，位于句首，首字母大写，故填Second。
94．句意：当你在黑暗中骑行时，它们可以保证你的安全。根据“keep sb adj.”可知，需要一个形容词，结合备选词汇，灯可以保证你的安全的，safe符合句意，故填safe。
95．句意：但在中国，你在黑暗中看不到自行车上的灯。根据“But in China”和备选词汇可知，中国自行车没有灯，light符合语境，此处表示泛指，应用复数形式。故填lights。
96．句意：在中国，你可以把自行车放在你喜欢的任何地方，但在英国你不能这样做。根据“Stands.”可知，谈论自行车停放问题，结合备选词汇，在中国自行车可以任意停放，因此anywhere符合句意，故填anywhere。
【知识点】个人经历、旅行、记叙文
【答案】97．our 98．went 99．hot 100．bicycles 101．were 102．liked 103．large 104．first 105．quickly 106．afraid 107．village
【分析】本文为记叙文，讲述作者和哥哥爱好摄影，上周末去村庄拍照的经历，包括沿途见闻、遇到蛇的遭遇，以及回家后的感受，还表达想再去村庄的愿望。
【详解】97．句意为：摄影是我们的爱好。 此处修饰名词“hobby”，要用形容词性物主代词，方框词中只有“our”（我们的 ）符合，故填our。
98．句意为：上周末，我们去了一个村庄拍照。由“Last weekend”可知用一般过去时，“go”的过去式“went”，表示“去”，此处表示去了一个村庄，故填went。
99．句意为：我们在天气变得太热之前的早上出发。“got”是系动词，后接形容词，“hot”（热的 ）作表语，符合“天气变热”语境，故填hot。
100．句意为：我们把自行车放在树下。前文说骑车去，这里指放“自行车”，因为是两人的自行车，用复数，故填bicycles。
101．句意为：那里有很多漂亮的鸟和蝴蝶。 由“Last weekend”可知用一般过去时，“there be”句型中，主语“a lot of beautiful birds and butterflies”是复数，be动词用“were”。故填were。
102．句意为：它们都很漂亮，我非常喜欢它们。 一般过去时，“liked”（喜欢 ）符合“喜欢照片”语境，故填liked。
103．句意为：那是一条大青蛇！ 修饰名词“snake”用形容词，“large”（大的 ）用来描述蛇的特征，符合 “看到一条大蛇” 的语境，故填large。
104．句意为：这是我们第一次看到蛇，我们很害怕。 “the first time”（第一次 ）是固定表达，“first” 是序数词，契合 “首次见到蛇” 的语境，故填first。
105．句意为：我们没等拍照就快速跑开了。修饰动词“ran”用副词，“quick”的副词形式“quickly”（快速地 ），此处表示因为害怕蛇而快速跑开，故填quickly。
106．句意为：当我们回到家时，我们仍然有点害怕，但很兴奋。 “felt”是系动词，后接形容词作表语，“afraid”（害怕的 ）符合语境，此处表示害怕。故填afraid。
107．句意为：我们希望再去这个村庄。 结合前文去村庄拍照，这里指再去“村庄”，故填village。
【知识点】发明与创造、科学技术、记叙文、阅读
【答案】108．written by 109．translate 110．communicate with 111．magic 112．open up
【分析】本文是一则对话，A建议B使用ChatGPT来帮助自己阅读小说，并介绍了这个聊天机器人的功能。
【详解】108．根据“an English novel...Ernest Miller Hemingway”可知，《老人与海》这本小说是海明威写的，此处动词和主语之间是被动关系，应用written by表示“被……写”。故填written by。
109．根据“the foreign language into Chinese”可知，此处是指把外语翻译成中文。translate“翻译”，动词，help sb do sth“帮助某人做某事”。故填translate。
110．根据“It is an AI chatbot (聊天机器人)”可知，ChatGPT可以像真人一样和你聊天。communicate with sb“和某人聊天”，can是情态动词，后跟动词原形。故填communicate with。
111．根据“It sounds like...”可知，空处应填名词作表语，结合选词可知，magic“魔法”符合语境。故填magic。
112．根据“I’m sure it will...a whole new world to you.”可知，是指为你打开一个全新的世界。open up“打开”，will后跟动词原形。故填open up。
【知识点】卫生与健康、方法/建议、日常活动、记叙文
【答案】113．hard 114．felt 115．them 116．never 117．watching 118．health 119．and 120．walks 121．with 122．out
【分析】本文主要讲述了学生Kate一年前不健康的生活方式及在老师建议下做出的改变。
【详解】113．句意为：她学习非常努力，所以总是取得好成绩。根据“so she always gets good grades”可知，她总是取得好成绩，此处应指她学习非常努力，work hard“努力学习”，固定搭配，备选词hard最符合语境。故填hard。
114．句意为：然而，一年前，在一天的学习后她经常感到疲惫，并且放学后不想做任何运动。根据“a year ago”和“she often ... tired”可知，此处应指在一天的学习后她经常感到疲惫，备选词feel最符合语境，句子时态为一般过去时，要用feel的过去式felt。故填felt。
115．句意为：晚饭后，她父母让她和他们一起去散步，但她只待在家里看书。根据“her parents asked her to go for a walk with ...”可知，此处应指她父母让她和他们一起去散步，备选词they最符合语境，with是介词，后接人称代词宾格，they的宾格为them。故填them。
116．句意为：在周末，她从不出去和朋友玩。根据“She just spent her time ... TV ...”可知，她只是待在家里看电视或玩电脑游戏，此处应指她周末从不出去和朋友玩，备选词never最符合语境。故填never。
117．句意为：她只是把时间花在看电视或玩电脑游戏上。根据“She just spent her time ... TV”可知，此处应指她把时间花在看电视上，备选词watch最符合语境，spend time doing sth.“花费时间做某事”，要用watch的动名词形式watching。故填watching。
118．句意为：那对她的健康真的不好。根据“Her parents worried about her lifestyle.”可知，她的父母担心她的生活方式，此处应指她的生活方式对她的健康不好，备选词healthy最符合语境，her是形容词性物主代词，后面接名词，healthy的名词形式为health。故填health。
119．句意为：一天，她的老师和她谈论她的生活方式并让她改变。根据“talked to her about her lifestyle”和“asked her to change”可知，两者是并列关系，要用连词and连接。故填and。
120．句意为：现在她每天步行去学校并锻炼。根据“exercises every day”和“now”可知，她每天锻炼，此处应指她走路去上学，备选词walk最符合语境，句子时态为一般现在时，主语she是第三人称单数，要用walk的三单walks。故填walks。
121．句意为：在周末，她经常和她的朋友打篮球。play basketball with sb.“和某人一起打篮球”，固定搭配，要用介词with。故填with。
122．句意为：她认为每天锻炼对她有好处。根据“Now she ... to school and exercises every day. At weekends, she ...”可知，她改变了生活方式，开始积极锻炼，此处应指她认为锻炼对她有好处，work out“锻炼”，固定搭配，备选词out最符合语境。故填out。
【知识点】个人经历、朋友、比赛/竞技、记叙文
【答案】123．filled 124．was 125．activities 126．Those 127．did 128．my 129．fell 130．special 131．nervous 132．first
【分析】本文主要讲述了上周五是学校的运动日，学校用气球和鲜花装饰了操场，天气很好，大家都很开心。那天有很多激动人心的活动，作者的朋友参加了跑步比赛，尽管没有获胜但尽力了，朋友杰克摔倒受伤仍坚持跑步，这一幕令人感动。作者参加了游泳比赛，一开始很紧张，但听到朋友呼喊后快速游并获得了第一名。
【详解】123．句意为：我们学校用气球和鲜花把操场装饰得满满当当。根据“the playground with balloons and flowers”可知，此处是指用气球和鲜花把操场装饰得满满当当，fill...with...“用……把……装满”，根据“Last Friday”可知，句子是一般过去时，动词用过去式。故填filled。
124．句意为：天气很好。空处缺少谓语动词，结合备选词，be符合语境，句子是一般过去时，主语是不可数名词，be动词用was。故填was。
125．句意为：那天有许多令人兴奋的活动。根据“many exciting”可知，此处是指许多令人兴奋的活动，activity“活动”，可数名词，many后加名词复数。故填activities。
126．句意为：那些赛跑者能跑得如此之快。根据“runners”可知，此处是指那些赛跑者，that的复数形式those“那些”符合语境，句首首字母大写。故填Those。
127．句意为：他们没有获胜，但他们尽力跑得很快，玩得很开心。根据“not win”可知，此处是实义动词的否定，句子是一般过去时，借助助动词did，构成否定didn’t。故填did。
128．句意为：当我的朋友杰克开始跑步时，我们看到了一件令人感动的事情。根据“friend Jack”可知，此处是指我的朋友，用I的形容词性物主代词my“我的”。故填my。
129．句意为：他摔倒了，受伤了。根据“down and got hurt”可知，此处是指摔倒了，fall down“摔倒”，句子是一般过去时，动词用过去式。故填fell。
130．句意为：那是一段特别的记忆。根据“memory”可知，此处是指特别的记忆，用special“特别的”作定语修饰名词。故填special。
131．句意为：一开始我很紧张。根据“at first”可知，此处是指一开始我很紧张，nervous“紧张的”符合语境，作表语。故填nervous。
132．句意为：但当我听到朋友们叫我的名字时，我游得很快，获得了第一名。根据“place”可知，此处是指获得了第一名，用one的序数词first“第一”表示顺序。故填first。
【知识点】应用文、购物
【答案】
133．to；
134．Buy；
135．sale；
136．at；
137．twenty；
138．long；
139．for；
140．in；
141．sell；
142．green
【分析】
这篇短文是阳光服装店的广告，这个服装店在进行大减价，里面的商品种类全，而且质优价廉，欢迎顾客们都来购买。
133．句意：欢迎来到阳光服装店！
根据句意和空前的welcome可知，这里考查的是短语welcome to…，意为“欢迎来到…”，故这里应选择to。
134．句意：在我们大减价时来买衣服吧。
根据短文开头Welcome Yangguang Clothes Store可知，这是一个服装店的广告，因此来这里是买衣服的，故选择buy；这是一个祈使句，开头用动词原形，故填Buy。
135．句意：在我们大减价时来买衣服吧。
sale销售，出售，是一个名词。这里at great sale表示“大减价”，故应选择sale。
136．句意：我们的毛衣价格非常优惠—只卖20元。
根据句意和空后的a very good price可知，这里考查的是固定短语at a very good price，意为“价格优惠”，故这里填介词at。
137．句意：我们的毛衣价格非常优惠—只卖20元。
根据句意可知，这里应填写毛衣的具体价格，选择数词，故填twenty，意为“二十”。
138．句意：我们有长的黑白衬衫，只卖20元。
根据句子结构可知，这个空应填形容词，修饰空后的…shirts，故应选择long，意为“长的”。
139．句意：你需要运动鞋吗？
根据句意可知，这里表示“运动鞋”，应该是shoes for sports，故这里应填for2025--2026年人教版中考英语语篇：语法填空题综合分类能力提高练习
一、个人情况（本大题共2小题）
阅读下面的短文，在空白处填入一个适当的词或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。
Hello! My name is Becca Jones. Becca is my 1 (one) name. How do you 2 my last name It’s J-O-N-E-S, Jones. I am a teacher at Berkeley Junior High School in America. I love animals very much. I think they are our good 3 (friend). I often go to the Animal Center (动物救助中心) to help. There are many dogs at the Animal Center and they don’t have homes. I really want to help 4 (they) find new homes.
One day, I bring (带来) 5 dog from the Animal Center to school. What is its name Its name is Bagel. My students like it very much. They play games 6 Bagel. They also write English words (单词) and draw some cute pictures 7 dogs and cats at the Animal Center. 8 (this) animals find their new homes soon. The students and I 9 (be) very happy about that.
Boys and girls, if you want to adopt (收养) an animal, please call me 10 650731-88226655.
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的词，或填入括号内所给单词的正确形式（每空最多不超过3个单词）。
Good morning，everyone!I 11 （be） Grace，I can 12 （spell） my name﹣ G﹣R﹣A﹣C﹣E.Look!What is this？It's 13 pen.What color is it？It's blue and it is 14 （I） pen.I like 15 color blue very much.What's this 16 English？It's a jacket.What color is it？It 17 （be） red.And it's my jacket，too.
What's that？Oh，it's 18 orange.It's nice.And I like to eat（吃） it.Look at that girl.She is Jenny.Jenny and I 19 （be） good friends. 20 （my） like her very much.
二、居住环境（本大题共1小题）
阅读下面的短文，在空白处填入一个适当的词或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。
I’m Kate, and my sister is Gina. I’m tidy, 21 Gina is not. In our room, my books and 22 (tape) are in the bookcase. My keys are 23 my schoolbag. I have 24 clock. It’s on the desk. 25 (Gina) books are everywhere — on her bed, on the sofa 26 under the chair. The white model plane is 27 (she). It’s under the desk. “Where 28 (be) my keys Where’s my 29 (ruler) Where’s my schoolbag ” Gina always 30 (ask).
三、日常活动（本大题共4小题）
阅读短文，根据提示或用括号内所给词的适当形式填空。
There are four people in my family. My parents want our family 31 (be) happy and healthy. They always say it is important for my brother Marcus and me to learn how to look after ourselves and other people.
Marcus usually helps Mom in the kitchen. He is very good at 32 (cook). We all like to help with housework. Our parents ask us to eat good food so that we can keep 33 (health). They say junk food is bad 34 our health. Marcus and I always drink milk before we go to sleep. 35 Saturday mornings, our family often go to a farmer’s market to buy fresh vegetables and fruit.
Last weekend, we 36 (go) to the countryside. We did many activities such as 37 (swim), climbing mountains and running in the field. We were tired 38 relaxed. My parents think the 39 (good) way to relax is exercise. We always spend time 40 our families.
Summer Camp
On Saturday，it was 41 fine day.We went 42 （camp） with our teachers.First，we set up the tent.Then we played games together.At noon，we all had a simple lunch followed by a barbecue （烧烤） for dinner.At night，we had bonfire （篝火） and sang and danced.We didn't sleep until 10：20 at night.The boys were much 43 （excited） than the girls.We couldn't fall asleep 44 of them.I only slept for three hours.
The next morning，we woke 45 very early.After 46 （exercise） in the morning，we all went to see the small 47 （pig）.On the way there，we saw a lot of geese.At 10：00，we went back to eat ice cream.It was so cold.We 48 （eat） lunch at 12：00.In the afternoon，we played musical instruments and sang.After that，the camp was over，we 49 （have） a lot of fun at the summer camp.I am looking forward to 50 （go） to another summer camp soon.
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
There are four people in the Brown family. They live 51 New York, America now. What kind (种类) of life do they have there Let me tell you.
Mr. Brown works in an office (办公室), and his work time is 52 9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. It takes him 30 minutes 53 (go) to work by bus. Before his work, he goes to an English class. He is never late 54 class. What about Mrs. Brown She is at home and she likes 55 (look) after (照顾) their son and daughter. In the evening, Mr. Brown and Mrs. Brown often 56 (take) a walk after dinner.
On Saturdays, the children (孩子) also go to school. They need to take a piano lesson from 3:00 p.m. to 4:00 p.m. The piano lessons make 57 (they) happy and relaxing. It’s about 50 58 (minute) walk from home to school. Mr. Brown is free on Sundays. So he can take his family for a short trip. Sometimes they do some running or go 59 (swim). They 60 (real) have a happy life in New York.
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
A woodcutter started a new job at a timber company (木材公司). The pay and work conditions were quite good. Since the company was treating him well, the woodcutter worked as hard as he 61 (can).
His boss gave him an axe and showed him 62 place where he was supposed to work. On his 63 (one) day, the woodcutter cut down 18 trees.
“Congratulations,” his boss said. “Keep going!”
Encouraged by his boss’s words, the woodcutter worked even 64 (hard) the next day, but could only cut down 15 trees. The third day, he only cut down 10 trees. Day after day, he was cutting down fewer and fewer trees.
“I must be losing my 65 (strong),” the woodcutter thought. He went to his boss and apologized (道歉), saying that he could not find out what was going on.
“When was the last time you 66 (sharp) your axe ” his boss asked.
“Sharpen I have no time to sharpen my axe. I have been very busy 67 (try) to cut down trees.”
Our lives are like that. We sometimes get 68 busy that we don’t take time to sharpen our “axe”. In 69 (today) world, it seems that everyone is busier than ever, but not as happy as before. There’s nothing wrong 70 hard work. However, we sometimes forget to improve our skills so we lose our efficiency (效率). Please remember, always take the time to sharpen your “axe” and don’t become “blunt (钝的)”.
四、情感与情绪（本大题共1小题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
My name is Wang Yong. I live(生活) in a happy family, and 71 people are in it—my parents and I. My father 72 (work) at No. 1 Middle School. He is a math teacher. He teaches students math. My mother works at No. 1 Middle School, 73 . She is 74 English teacher. I’m a student at No. 2 Middle School. I have many 75 (subject) at school, and my favorite subject is English. I like English very much. I often talk with my mother 76 English at home. She teaches 77 (I) a lot. I often ask her 78 some help. My father also helps me 79 my math at home. So I do 80 (good) in these two subjects. I’m really very happy. I thank my parents very much. They give (给) me lots of love.
五、人际交往（本大题共1小题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Mrs Carter was taking a plane to London to see her grandson. A man was 81 (sit) in the seat next to her.
“Hi! Nice to meet you!” she said to him. “I’m flying to London for my grandson’s 82 (three) birthday. I’m so 83 (excite)! I remember when he was just a little baby and now he’s already three! It’s really hard 84 (believe). He’s the most adorable (讨人喜欢的) thing you’ve ever 85 (see)!”
The man tried to say something but couldn’t get a word in, as the old lady continued, “Hold on, I think I might have a picture. Let me take 86 look in my purse. Yes, here it is. Just look at him, isn’t he adorable I could stare at his 87 (picture) all day.”
“Oh my, and you should hear him on the phone! He says ‘Hi grandma!’ in the 88 (cute) voice! It just gets me teary-eyed,” she continued.
89 what seemed like an eternity (无穷无尽的) for the poor man sitting next to her, Mrs Carter seemed to realize that perhaps she was talking a bit too much.
“You know, I feel terrible!” she said. “Here I am just talking and talking 90 (with) letting you say a word!” she said. “Tell me...what do you think about my grandson ”
六、节日（本大题共4小题）
综合填空。阅读短文，根据提示或用括号内所给词的适当形式填空。
Chinese people have been celebrating Mid-autumn Festival and enjoying mooncakes 91 centuries. Mooncakes carry 92 (people) wishes to the families they love and miss. There are many traditional folk stories about the Festival. Among them, the story of the Chang’e is the 93 (much) touching.
Chang’e was Hou Yi’s beautiful wife. Hou Yi shot down the nine suns. He got magic medicine 94 a goddess. She gave him medicine because she wanted to thank him for 95 he did. The medicine could make people 96 (live) forever.
However, a bad man, Pang Meng, tried to steal the medicine. Chang’e refused to give it to 97 (he) and took it all. After taking the medicine, she became very light and flew to the moon.
Hou Yi was so sad 98 he called out her name to the moon every night. One night, he found his wife was on the bright moon. He 99 (lay) out her favorite fruits and desserts in the garden. He wished that Chang’e could come back.
After this, people started the tradition of 100 (admire) the moon and sharing mooncakes with their families.
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的词，或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。
In China，the Spring Festival is the most important festival.It comes on the 101 (one) day of the first lunar month(农历月份).
Before the Spring Festival comes，people go to supermarkets 102 (buy) things，such as chicken，fish，fruit，sweets and new clothes.They clean 103 (they) houses and decorate them.The Chinese character(汉字) Fu is a must.It is usually stuck(贴) upside down(颠倒) and it 104 (mean) “Good luck comes”.
The celebrations begin 105 the eve of the lunar New Year.The family get together for a big 106 (meal).If a person is far from home，he will always try to get home for this big dinner. 107 the dinner，the whole family will sit together，chatting and watching TV.
During the holidays，they go to visit relatives and friends.They sit around and eat so much delicious 108 (food).People in the north of China often eat dumplings 109 breakfast.People in the south often eat niangao because niangao means “higher and higher one year after another”.
The celebrations last(持续) for 15 110 (day).It will come to an end when the Lantern Festival finishes.
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
The glutinous (黏的) rice ball is a 111 (tradition) Chinese snack during the Lantern Festival. The sweetness of the filling is connected to happiness, and the round shape of the balls 112 (stand) for family togetherness for centuries. Chinese people believe both the shape and the taste can bring good luck.
There are two main kinds of glutinous rice balls—one is called yuanxiao and 113 other is called tangyuan. They look very similar, but they are two different things. Yuanxiao is popular in the northern area of China and is more difficult 114 (make) than tangyuan. The fillings can 115 (cut) into little cubes (立方体) and put into water. Then take it out right away and put it in a flat basket with sticky rice powder. Then roll the cubes until they become balls. The fillings of yuanxiao are quite simple. Usually yuanxiao is 116 (main) filled with white sugar and sesame.
The process of making tangyuan is much like making dumplings: Wrap (包) pieces of sticky rice around the filling and make it into a ball by pared with yuanxiao, tangyuan tastes soft. Tangyuan has developed into many 117 (style), some of which are filled with meat, and some are colored. And now they are even made 118 many shapes like pigs and giant pandas.
As the main material of yuanxiao and tangyuan is sticky rice, both of 119 (they) are hard to digest (消化). 120 they are delicious, don’t eat too much.
Couplets (对联) have been around for about 600 years. It 121 (start) in the Ming Dynasty. People used red paper instead of peachwood charms (桃符) to 122 (make) the Spring Festival couplets. After the Qing Dynasty, the couplets were once 123 (wide) popular. Lot s of famous couplets appeared. With the 124 (develop) of the international cultural exchange, the couplets were also introduced to Vietnam, Korea, Japan, Singapore and other 125 (country). The customs of sticking these couplets still remain now.
七、著名人物（本大题共2小题）
阅读下面短文，按照句子结构的语法性和上下文连贯的要求，在空格处填入一个适当的词或使用括号中词语的正确形式填空(每空不多于2个单词)。
Do you like Barbie Dolls Are you interested in 126 (they) They are very popular toys for girls. 127 does every Barbie Doll look like She 128 (have) big eyes and long blonde hair. They are all 129 (love) and beautiful. There are many kinds 130 clothes for Barbie Dolls. Do you know who was the 131 (one) person to make the Barbie Doll She is Ruth Handler. Ruth named the doll after her daughter Barbie. Now lots of 132 (child) enjoy Barbie Dolls. There is a shop near my house which sells Barbie Dolls. It only takes me five minutes 133 (walk) there. I like to spend money 134 (buy) them. And I am very lucky 135 my parents often go to other countries on vacation and buy some for me. Do you have one
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Are you familiar with Charles Dickens He is considered to be one of 136 (great) writers in history. Walk into any bookstore, and you can hardly avoid “running into” him. Many of his works still sell well today and 137 (show) at noticeable places.
I’m 138 teacher who teaches literature(文学). The question of why we still read Dickens’ works 139 (be) often on my mind. I gave myself several answers to that question, but never with complete 140 (satisfy). We read Dickens’ works because he was not only a man of his own times, but also a man for our times. We read his works because we can 141 (easy) learn from the experiences of his characters.
My search for an answer didn’t stop 142 one day a text message came from a student of mine. “We still read Dickens’ 143 (novel),” she wrote, “Because they tell us why we are who we are.” That is the explanation I had looked for years. I know who I am. I am all of the characters in Dickens’ works. And I have understood more about why I am who I am, because Dickens’ works have told me so much 144 human beings.
Dickens’ works shine a light on who we are at the best of times and the worst of times. That’s why we still need 145 (read) them today.
八、通讯与媒体（本大题共1小题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Have you ever watched short videos on mobile phones 146 (relax) yourself If you are interested in doing so, you must hear about TikTok more or less—a mobile app which has been 147 (wide) known around the world.
In fact, people around the world like the app for different 148 (reason). Katherine Wu, manager of Notation Capital, said, “When Tiktok is compared with Douyin (In China, TikTok is named Douyin), some differences between China and the US 149 (find).” For example, short videos on knowledge are very popular in China, 150 less popular in the US. Also, people who love to make short dance videos in China were mostly born in 151 1960s, while in the US, teenagers seem to prefer making dance videos.
Douyin in China is considered 152 the largest knowledge, culture and art platform(平台). About 500 million bloggers(博主) express 153 (they), record their lives and share different stories through it. Video-sharing apps have already become part of people’s lives. “Now we have up to 400 million active users every day”, one of the managers of Douyin said, proud and 154 (please).
In India, TikTok even started an educational project and 155 (win) more than 200 million users. In the future, the video market worldwide will continue seeing a further growth.
九、艺术（本大题共2小题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
To many Chinese，playing traditional Chinese musical instruments，such as the guzheng or erhu，may seem a bit old﹣fashioned （过时的）.But there are musicians 156 play these instruments and mix them with modern sounds.
One of these 157 is Brad Seippel.He is 158 33﹣year﹣old music producer （制片人） from the American city of New Orleans.Seippel has 159 （play） music since he was just 12 years old.But he did not learn to play the pipa 160 he was 24 and lived in China.
"When I was young，I 161 （encourage） to play the bass guitar by my father.A bass guitar has four strings （弦），and so does the pipa，so for me it was natural，" he said.Seippel's music is 162 （main） electronic and sounds quite modern.But the pipa lets him add a unique element （独特的元素） to his music.
"I make music on computers and for some people that can be very boring.I wanted 163 （add） something more live and physical to the music，" he said. "Chinese musicians are bringing back 164 （tradition） music as well.Nine Treasures （九宝乐队） is a heavy metal band from Inner Mongolia.Mongolian throat﹣singing （呼麦） and a horse﹣head fiddle （马头琴） are used to add a folk flavor to their rock songs.I've seen them live many times myself 165 doubt，it is a powerful mix."
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的词，或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。
Can you imagine a “xiao sheng” (young man role) can be played by an 80-year-old woman That’s 166 Qu Juanru does. She is an actress and the 167 (office) inheritor (继承人) of Jiaxing City’s Tongxiang flower-drum opera (花鼓戏). This kind of art 168 (show) the daily life in the ancient water town and the traditional cultures of southern China.
Qu Juanru’s life with opera was not easy. “My family was poor. My mother died 169 I was 14. I’ve lived with my father since. In the past, women were not allowed 170 (play) the opera, but my father never stopped me when I tried to sing,” Qu said. And it gave her the chance to start a journey with the opera.
At the age of 18, Qu joined a local troupe (戏班). Later, the troupe was 171 (break) up, and she went back to farming. After that, she managed to bring the opera troupe back to life. 172 (sad), the troupe closed down again. Then she worked in a factory.
All of that changed in 2001. An officer from Wuzhen Tourism Center invited her back to the show. Knowing that, she was very excited and agreed. Whether it is burning hot 173 freezing cold, she plays the opera for 3 hours every day. Even though Qu got a serious 174 (ill) in 2017, she didn’t give up. She gives her everything to the art.
“I can still sing and act. I’d love to be here, as long as the people and the troupe need me,” Qu said.
Perhaps Qu sees 175 (she) opera life as a wonderful dream.
十、体育（本大题共2小题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
At the opening show of 2008 Beijing Olympic Games, the group of 2008 people 176 showed tai chi impressed the whole world.
Tai chi has always been 177 symbol of Chinese culture and is becoming popular around the world now. According to Xinhua, this ancient martial art(武术) 178 (practice) by over 100 million people in 2022.
One of the 179 (reason) that tai chi is popular is that it can help people keep healthy. As you move, you breathe deeply and 180 (natural) and you put the whole attention to your body— just as in some kinds of meditation(冥想). This can help you relax and feel 181 (peace) in your heart.
According to Harvard Health, tai chi can be played by almost anyone, from healthy people to those who want to keep ft after operations. This is 182 its movements are all natural—the muscles(肌肉)are relaxed.
What makes tai chi even 183 (interesting) than others might be the philosophical(哲学的) ideas behind it. The words “tai chi” come from Taoism, which stand for inaction(无为), is a method 184 (solve) problems. That’s why tai chi movements are slow and soft. It is not used to fight an enemy—it is used to protect 185 (you). That doesn’t mean it is weak though. The idea of tai chi is to use softness to beat hardness actually.
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Zach’s school now had a soccer team, and he was excited to be a part of it. The team practiced 186 (crazy) and everyone worked hard. Little by little the team began to win their games. Then they 187 (invite) to take part in a soccer tournament (锦标赛). Zach really wanted his team to win the tournament, and he decided to do his best 188 (show) that they would win.
On the day the tournament began. Zach and his team got to the soccer field early. The coach told them to do 189 (they) best and play as well as they could. He warned that it wouldn’t be easy because the other teams were very strong. 190 , he also explained that even if the team failed at last, they should be proud 191 being here. Then the first games began. Zach and the team played against some very good teams that day and they almost lost a few 192 (time). But everybody kept working hard, and they managed to win. The more games they won, the 193 (difficult) the games became.
The final games in die tournament were held the next day. Zach and his team still had a chance to win the tournament, so they all played as hard as they could and they beat several teams. Then, came the final game. This time, they were up against the best soccer team in the tournament. Zach and his team gave the game their best efforts but they failed. Everyone was upset about losing, but the coach told them they had done 194 good job as a new team. They 195 (know) the coach was right and believed that their team would be back next year.
十一、交通（本大题共1小题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
In the United States, getting a driver’s licence (驾照) 196 one’s 16th birthday has long been considered a life milestone. In recent years, however, the country’s younger generations (代) have suggested that they are no longer interested in learning how to drive. I have some 197 (opinion) to share about this change.
To be honest, I think driving is 198 important skill. 199 you can drive, you will have one more option (选择) when you need to get around. There is no need for you to wait for a bus which may be 200 (crowd) or a taxi which may not immediately be available. Instead, you can set off straight away. And when it comes to traveling, a road trip is certainly 201 (good) than a seven-day package tour. You will enjoy more freedom. Instead of 202 (rush) from one place to another, you can enjoy each place of interest 203 (slow) and fully.
204 is always easier for young people to pick up a new skill. So the earlier you learn how to drive, the better. However, if you dislike the idea of driving on 205 (you) own or consider the driving test a nightmare (噩梦), don’t force yourself to follow this trend (趋势). If you are excited at the prospect (设想) of driving by yourself and think you are ready to become a careful driver, just go for it.
十二、方法与哲理（本大题共3小题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
China is a nation with a rich culture in handwriting (书法). “Even though the computer is 206 (wide) used today. Chinese people should not forget the skill of writing with hands,” said a Chinese government officer.
So far, the computer 207 (become) a very useful tool to help people to write. As people use computers more often than before, many people have forgotten how to write Chinese characters (字). People often make a number of 208 (mistake) in writing.
The Chinese character test shows that nowadays, many college students’ handwriting has got even 209 (bad) than before. Many college students do not know how to make words or sentences in Chinese characters in the right way. Not only kids but also many adults have met 210 same problem. They might be able to tell the general form (形式) of a character. 211 , if you ask them to spell out the character correctly (正确地), they can’t. On the other hand, they can type out the character on a computer without thinking 212 (two).
At present, China is trying its best to solve the problem. With the use of certain technologies, teachers can write their teaching contents (内容) and the students can reply by 213 (write) in the national language teaching course. We can also write letters 214 our family and friends instead of sending messages. This can help 215 (we) practice handwriting. Besides, there are many ways that we can try.
阅读下面的材料，在空白处填入一个适当的词，或填入括号内所给单词的正确形式（每空最多不超过三个单词）。
Happiness is important for everyone． Most people want to be happy, but few know how 216 (find) happiness． Money and success alone do not bring lasting happiness． Happiness depends on 217 (our)． Here are some secrets to help you find happiness．
The first secret is to enjoy the simple things in life． You should enjoy 218 (life) simple pleasures, such as reading 219 good book, listening to your favorite music, or spending time 220 close friends or relatives． If you have several good friends, you will feel ever 221 (happy) than before．
The 222 (two) secret to leading a happy life is to be active． Many people experience this by 223 (play) a sport． You can forget about your problems, 224 only think about the activity．
Finally, many people find happiness in helping others． People feel good when they bring kindness and 225 (warm) to others．
阅读下面的短文，在空格处填入一个适当的词或者使用括号内词语的正确形式填空。
We all know swimming is very popular in summer. People like swimming because water cools them down. However, if you swim in the wrong place, it may be 226 (danger). It’s reported that about sixty thousand people 227 (die) in the sea or lake in 2020. However, some people are still not careful when swimming. They often think they swim so well 228 nothing can happen to them.
229 accidents happen now and then, many people still choose swimming as 230 (they) favourite exercise. People like swimming in winter because it is good 231 human body. Winter swimming is helpful for the prevention and 232 (treat) of some diseases, but it may 233 (easy) make people catch a cold, and it is also unsafe if you go alone.
If you go swimming, remember 234 (follow) the two rules: don’t get into 235 water when you are alone and don’t swim in the place with a “No swimming” sign.
十三、科普知识与现代技术（本大题共1小题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Do you think you will have your own robots When we watch movies about the future, we sometimes see robots. They are usually like human servants. They help with the housework and do jobs like working in dirty or 236 (danger) places. Today there are already robots 237 (work) in factories. Some can help to build cars, and they do simple jobs over and over again. Fewer people will do such jobs in the future because they are 238 (bore), but robots will never get bored. Scientists are now 239 (try) to make robots look like humans and do the same things 240 we do. Some robots in Japan can walk and dance. They are fun to watch. 241 some scientists believe that we can make robots move like people, it will be difficult to make them really think like a human. For example, scientist James White thinks that robots will never be able 242 (know) where they are. But many scientists 243 (agree) with Mr. White. They think that robots will even be able to talk like humans in 25 to 50 years. Some scientists believe that there will be more robots in the future. However, they agree it may take 244 (hundred) of years. These new robots will have many different shapes. Some will look like humans, and others might look like animals. In India, for example, scientists made robots that look like snakes. If buildings fall down with people inside, these snake robots can help look for people under the buildings. This was not possible 20 years ago, but computers and rockets also seemed 245 (possible) 100 years ago. We never know what will happen in the future!
十四、自然（本大题共1小题）
阅读下面短文, 在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Paul was a rich young man. When his father died, he left Paul a 246 (beauty) forest manor (庄园). But before Paul could sell it for 247 lot of money, a lightning strike (雷击) caused a fire that destroyed (毁掉) it. Watching the beautiful green trees turn into ash (灰烬) overnight. Paul felt 248 (he) heart break.
In order to bring back the forest manor’s beauty. Paul tried to borrow money from a bank. But the bank refused him, for the bank didn’t believe he’d pay it back. Then he felt too upset to eat or drink. So he hid himself in his room for days. His wife was 249 (worry) about him and suggested he take a break outside.
Paul went for a 250 (walk). When he turned the 251 (one) corner, he saw a store with lots of people. They were 252 (line) up to buy charcoal (木炭) used for winter heating.
Then Paul’s eyes lit up. He 253 (run) home and hired (雇用) some charcoal workers to process the forest’s burnt trees into charcoal. As soon as his charcoal went on the market, it was sold out 254 (quick). Soon, he sold more than 1, 000 boxes of charcoal and made much money.
The following year in the spring, he used the money to buy a large number of little trees. After a few 255 (year), the forest manor that everyone thought had disappeared came to life again.
十五、动物（本大题共4小题）
语法填空
阅读下面短文，按照句子结构的语法性和上下文连贯的要求，在空白处填入一个适当的词或使用括号中词语的正确形式填空。
Mr Black is a 256 (farm). He lives 257 America. He has 258 (much)animals, such as dogs, cats and 259 (chicken)．He has 260 horse(马)and it works for him every day. Mr Black 261 (love)it a lot. One morning, John comes to Mr Black's home 262 wants to borrow the horse. He's lazy and he treats(对待)animals badly, 263 Mr Black says, “I'm sorry. My horse is ill today.” Mr Black takes him to the horse and says,“ 264 (look)at my horse！” The clever horse is lying(躺)on the grass. And it looks very tired and can't even stand 265 , so John can't borrow it.
Now more and more people like keeping pets. Many families see pets as 266 (they) family members like their daughters or sons. They think pets can stay with them when they are alone, because they are afraid 267 being lonely. On the other hand, some pets are brave. When some people are in danger, the pets can save them. Some guide dogs even 268 (successful) helped to send some old people to the hospital.
269 , other people are against keeping pets because of so many reasons. They think it is very wasteful 270 (spend) hundreds of dollars on pets. In their opinion, the money should 271 (use) to help the poor. Some people are also worried about the illness 272 pets may bring to them. Pets don’t know that people need a quiet environment, so their sounds become the 273 (big) problem in their lives.
How different the 274 (opinion) about pets are! I think keeping pets is 275 personal habit. But if you can’t deal with it well, that will make your neighbors dislike you.
阅读下面短文，按照句子结构的语法性和上下文连贯的要求，在空白处填入一个适当的词或使用括号中词语的正确形式填空。
Most people don't have interest in rainforests. First of all,they seem so far away from us. (two),they seem dark and dangerous. However,Jeff Corwin is different from most people. He has been interested in rainforests he was a child.
Rainforests produce much of the air we breathe every day. Jeff learned this fact in primary school. Since then,he has had one goal： (tell)people the importance of rainforests. ,he is most interested in the special animals living there.
Rainforests are home to half of the animal (group)in the world. Many of the animals there cannot live anywhere else. The rainforests are important to (this)animals,and they are important to the rainforests,too. They are good the forests,as each one plays a role in (keep)the rainforest healthy.
Jeff wants to help people understand the (value)information. He has started clubs for young people. The clubs teach ways to help protect rainforests. Jeff believes education is the (good)way to protect rainforests. When people learn more about rainforests,they will try to help save them.
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词（有提示词的，填入所给单词的正确形式）。
Now more and more pets are 276 (raise) by people. On one hand, pets can stay with them because people are afraid of 277 (be) lonely. On 278 other hand, some pets are brave. When some people are 279 danger, the pets can save them. Some guide dogs even 280 (successful) help send some old people to the hospital.
However, other people are against keeping pets because of many 281 (reason). Some people think it costs a lot of money to raise pets. Some people even say pets have 282 (bring) illness to people so far. Pets don’t know people need a quiet environment, so their sounds become the 283 (big) problem in people’s lives.
I think keeping pets is a 284 (person) habit. But 285 you can’t deal with it well, that will make your neighbors hate you.
参考答案
一、个人情况
【知识点】and/both… and…、do作助动词、一般现在时含be动词、个人经历、人称代词的宾格、介词短语、可数名词及其单复数、名词短语、指示代词、表泛指、表示所属、记叙文
【答案】
1．first
2．spell
3．friends
4．them
5．a
6．with
7．of
8．These
9．are
10．at
【详解】本文讲述了Becca Jones和她的学生们一起去动物救助中心，帮助这些动物找到它们的新家；
1．句意：Becca是我的名字。根据“My name is Becca Jones. Becca is my...name.”可知，Becca是名字，first name“名”，故填first；
2．句意：我的姓怎么拼？根据“It’s J-O-N-E-S, Jones.”可知，是拼写名字，spell“拼写”，助动词do后用动词原形，故填spell；
3．句意：我认为它们是我们的好朋友。主语they是复数，所以此处用名词复数形式，故填friends；
4．句意：我真的很想帮助它们找到新家。此处在动词后作宾语，用宾格，故填them；
5．句意：一天，我从动物中心带了一只狗去学校。此处泛指一只狗，dog首字母发辅音音素，故填a；
6．句意：他们和Bagel玩游戏。根据“They play games...Bagel.”可知，此处是play games with短语，意为“跟……玩”，故填with；
7．句意：他们还在动物中心写英语单词，画一些可爱的狗和猫的图片。根据“draw some cute pictures...dogs and cats at the Animal Center”可知，是画一些可爱的狗和猫的图片，of“……的”符合语境，故填of；
8．句意：这些动物很快就找到了新家。根据“animals”可知，此处应使用复数these，句首需大写首字母，故填These；
9．句意：学生们和我都很高兴。主语“The students and I”是复数，故填are；
10．句意：孩子们，如果你们想收养一只动物，请拨打650731-8822665给我。call sb at+电话号码“给某人打电话到……”，故填at。
【知识点】a/an的区别、and/both… and…、一般现在时含be动词、个人情况、人称代词的主格、介词短语、其他语法一致形式、形容词性物主代词、情态动词基本用法、特指某人或某物、第三人称单数作主语、表泛指、记叙文
【答案】
11．Am
12．Spell
13．A
14．My
15．The
16．In
17．Is
18．An
19．are
20．I
【分析】这篇短文中，格蕾丝介绍了自己的一些物品。最喜欢的颜色、食物以及自己的好朋友珍妮。
【详解】
11．考查be动词。句意：我是格雷斯。句子为一般现在时，主语I，因此be动词应为am。故填am。
12．考查动词。句意：我会拼我的名字，G﹣R﹣A﹣C﹣E。句中包含情态动词can，因此空处应为动词原形。故填spell。
13．考查冠词。句句意：这是一支钢笔。名词pen为可数名词的单数形式，且首音为辅音音素，因此空处为不定冠词a。故填a。
14．考查代词。句意：这是我的钢笔。空后pen为名词，因此空处应使用I对应的形容词性物主代词my。故填my。
15．考查冠词。句意：我非常喜欢这种颜色。结合语境，可知这里表示特指，因此应使用定冠词the修饰名词color。故填the。
16．考查介词。句意：这用英语说是什么？结合句意，可知这里表示"用英语说"，因此应为in。故填in。
17．考查be动词。句意：它是红色的。句子为一般现在时，主语it为第三人称单数，因此be动词为is。故填is。
18．考查冠词。句意：这是一个橙子。空后名词orange为可数名词的单数形式，且首音为元音音素，因此空处为不定冠词an。故填an。
19．查be动词。句意：珍妮和我是好朋友。句子为一般现在时，主语Jenny and I为复数形式，因此be动词为are。故填are。
20．考查代词。句意：我非常喜欢她。分析句子，可知空处为主语，因此应使用主格形式I。故填I。
【关键点拨】语法填空题要根据上下文语境，运用语法和词汇知识，反复推敲以求得解答。对于同义词和近义词的选项，在充分考虑到上下文具体语境下特别注意这些同义词和近义词搭配。
二、居住环境
【知识点】a/an的区别、一般现在时含be动词、一般现在时含实义动词、个人情况、其他语法一致形式、动词第三人称单数、可数名词及其单复数、名词性物主代词、名词所有格、家庭、朋友与周围的人、居住环境、第三人称单数作主语、表泛指、表示地点、方位、表示并列或选择关系、表示转折关系、记叙文
【答案】
21．but
22．tapes
23．in
24．a
25．Gina’s
26．and
27．hers
28．are
29．ruler
30．asks
【详解】本文是一篇记叙文。主要介绍了Kate和她姐姐的房间；
21．句意：我很整洁，但吉娜不是。根据“Gina is not”可知，前后两句形成转折关系，因此but符合句意，故填but；
22．句意：在我们的房间里，我的书和磁带在书柜里。根据“are”和“my books”可知，此空需要名词复数形式，结合英文提示，tapes符合句意，故填tapes；
23．句意：我的钥匙在书包里。根据“My keys are … my schoolbag”可知，钥匙在书包里，故填in；
24． 句意：我有一个闹钟。根据“clock”可知，是单数形式，因此需要一个冠词，而clock是以辅音音素开头的，因此a符合句意，故填a；
25．句意：吉娜的书到处都是——在她的床上、沙发上和椅子下面。根据“Gina”和“books”的关系可知，是所属关系，因此用名词所有格，结合英文提示，Gina’s符合句意，故填Gina’s；
26．句意：吉娜的书到处都是——在她的床上、沙发上和椅子下面。“on the sofa”与“under the chair”是并列关系，用and连接，故填and；
27． 句意：那架白色的飞机模型是她的。根据“The white model plane”可知，白色的飞机模型是她的，空格，空格后无名词，应填名词性物主代词作表语，故填hers；
28．句意：我的钥匙在哪里？根据“keys”可知，是复数，结合英文提示，are符合句意，故填are；
29．句意：我的尺子在哪里？根据is可知，此空应填单数形式，故填ruler；
30．句意：吉娜总是问。根据全文时态可知，是一般现在时，主语Gina是第三人称单数，因此动词也用三单形式，结合英文提示，asks符合句意，故填asks。
三、日常活动
【知识点】the+最高级（+比较范围）、一般过去时含实义动词、不定式作补足语、动名词作宾语、动词短语、家人和亲人、形容词作表语、形容词最高级变化规则、形容词短语、日常活动、派生法、表示时间、表示转折关系、记叙文、过去式变化规则
【答案】
31．to be 32．cooking 33．healthy 34．for 35．On 36．went 37．swimming 38．but 39．best 40．with
【分析】本文是一篇记叙文。主要介绍了作者家里的四口人以及他自己的基本生活情况。
【解析】31．句意：我的父母希望我们的家庭幸福健康。根据前面的“want”可知考查短语want to do sth“想要做某事”。故填to be。
32．句意：他擅长烹饪。根据前面的“He is very good at...”可知考查短语be good at doing sth“擅长做某事”。故填cooking。
33．句意：我们的父母要求我们吃好的食物，这样我们才能保持健康。根据“ask us to eat good food”可知，我们的父母要求我们吃好的食物，所以空处要表达的意思是“保持健康”。keep healthy意为“保持健康”。故填healthy。
34．句意：他们说垃圾食品对我们的健康有害。根据“They say junk food is bad... our health.”可知，此处考查短语be bad for“对……有害”。故填for。
35．句意：在周六早上，我们一家人经常去农贸市场购买新鲜的蔬菜和水果。根据句意此处要表达的意思是“在星期六早上”，在星期几用介词on，又因为句首单词首字母需大写。故填On。
36．句意：上周末，我们去了乡下。根据“Last weekend”可知，我们是“上周末”去了乡下，所以时态为一般过去时，动词需用过去式。故填went。
37．句意：我们做了很多活动，如游泳、爬山和在野外跑步。根据句意可知这里是列举周末做的一些活动，所以“游泳”要用名词形式swimming。故填swimming。
38．句意：我们很累，但很放松。因为空前后的两个词tired “疲惫的”和relaxed“放松的”在意思上是转折关系，所以需要填表示转折的连词but。故填but。
39．句意：我的父母认为最好的放松方式是锻炼。根据该空前的定冠词the可知此处要填形容词最高级形式best，表示“最好的”。故填best。
40．句意：我们总是与家人共度时光。根据“We always spend time... our families.”可知，此处要表达的意思是我们总是与家人共度时光。介词with意为“和……一起”。故填with。
【知识点】because引导的原因状语从句、一般过去时含实义动词、两者相比较（含than）、动名词作宾语、动词短语、可数名词及其单复数、形容词比较级变化规则、日常活动、表泛指、记叙文、过去式变化规则
【答案】
41．a
42．camping
43．more excited
44．because
45．up
46．exercising
47．pigs
48．ate
49．had
50．going
【分析】本文主要讲了作者和同学、老师去参加夏令营的故事。
【详解】
41．考查不定冠词。结合句意，在星期六，它是不错的____天，判断空格处词义为一，用不定冠词表示一个，辅音前用a，故答案为a。
42．考查动名词。go后动词要变为动名词，句意理解为我们和老师去夏令营了，故答案为camping。
43．考查形容词比较级。were为系动词，后跟形容词，根据than判断为比较级，句意理解为男孩比女孩更兴奋，故答案为more excited.
44．考查连词。结合句意，_____他们我们睡不着，判断空格处词义为因为，故答案为because。
45．考查副词。wake up为短语，意为醒来，句意理解为，第二天早上，我们起得很早，故答案为up。
46．考查动名词。exercise为动词，after为介词，后动词要变为动名词形式，句意理解为早上锻炼之后，我们都去看小猪，故答案为exercising.
47．考查可数名词复数。结合句意，早上锻炼之后，我们都去看小猪，判断空格处用可数名词复数表示类别，故但为pigs。
48．考查动词过去式。本文用一般过去时，谓语动词用过去式，句意理解为12：00的时候我们吃午饭，故答案为ate。
49．考查动词过去式。一般过去时中谓语动词用过去式，句意理解为然后，野营结束了，我们在夏令营玩得很高兴，故答案为had。
50．考查动名词。look forward to后跟动名词，句意理解为我期待着很快去另一个夏令营，故答案为going。
【关键点拨】通读全文，理解文章大意，紧密结合上下文判断句意，根据句意判断空格处词义，根据相关知识点写出词语的正确形式，完成后再次阅读查看语意是否正确。
【知识点】一般现在时含实义动词、不定式作主语、不定式作宾语、人称代词的宾格、介词短语、其他语法一致形式、副词的原级、动名词作宾语、动词短语、可数名词及其单复数、名词所有格、固定结构、形容词短语、日常活动、派生法、表示地点、方位、记叙文
【答案】
51．in 52．from 53．to go 54．for 55．looking/to look 56．take 57．them 58．minutes’ 59．swimming 60．really
【分析】本文主要介绍了布朗一家在纽约的生活情况。
【解析】51．句意：他们现在住在美国纽约。根据“They live ... New York, America now.”可知，live in sp.“住在某地”。故填in。
52．句意：布朗先生在办公室工作，他的工作时间是从上午9点到下午6点。根据“his work time is ... 9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.”可知，工作时间是从上午9点到下午6点，from ... to“从……到……”。故填from。
53．句意：他乘公共汽车上班要花30分钟。根据“It takes him 30 minutes ... to work by bus.”可知，it takes sb.+时间+to do sth.“某人做某事要花多少时间”，不定式作主语。故填to go。
54．句意：他上课从不迟到。be late for“迟到”，形容词短语。故填for。
55．句意：她在家，而且她喜欢照顾他们的儿子和女儿。根据like doing/to do sth.“喜欢做某事”可知，此处要用动名词/不定式作宾语。故填looking/to look。
56．句意：晚上，布朗先生和布朗太太经常在晚饭后散步。短文时态是一般现在时，主语是“Mr. Brown and Mrs. Brown”，故谓语动词要用原形。故填take。
57．句意：钢琴课使他们快乐和放松。根据“make”是动词可知，后要用they的宾格them。故填them。
58．句意：从家到学校步行大约50分钟。根据“It’s about 50 ... walk from home to school.”可知，此处指步行50分钟，用复数名词所有格，修饰名词。故填minutes’。
59．句意：有时他们跑步或游泳。go swimming“游泳，去游泳”，固定短语。故填swimming。
60．句意：他们在纽约的生活真得很幸福。根据“They ... have a happy life in New York.”可知，他们在纽约真得生活得很幸福，用副词really修饰动词。故填really。
【知识点】so… that引导的结果状语从句、一般过去时含实义动词、不可数名词、副词的比较级、动名词作宾语、名词所有格、序数词表示顺序、形容词短语、日常活动、特指某人或某物、表示方法、记叙文、过去式变化规则
【答案】
61．could 62．the 63．first 64．harder 65．strength 66．sharpened 67．trying 68．so 69．today’s 70．with
【分析】本文主要介绍了磨刀不误砍材工的道理，而伐木工却不明白这个道理，白白浪费气力。
【解析】61．句意：由于公司对他很好，这位伐木工人尽其所能地工作。由全文可知，该句为一般过去时，所以用can的过去式could，故填could。
62．句意：他的老板给了他一把斧头，并给他看了他应该工作的地方。分析句子可知，place后面是定语从句，所以此处表示特指，应用定冠词the，故填the。
63．句意：伐木工人第一天就砍倒了18棵树。根据“On his…day”可知，这里指在第一天，所以此处应用one的序数词first，故填first。
64．句意：在老板的鼓励下，伐木工人第二天更加努力了，但只能砍下15棵树。even后跟副词的比较级，故填harder。
65．句意：我一定是在失去力量。形容词性物主代词my后跟名词形式，形容词strong的名词形式为strength，意为“力量”，故填strength。
66．句意：“你上一次磨刀是什么时候？”他的老板问道。根据“When was the last time”可知，此处是一般过去时，动词应用过去式，sharpen“磨快”，动词。故填sharpened。
67．句意：我一直忙于砍树。be busy doing意为“忙于做某事”，故填trying。
68．句意：我们有时太忙了，以至于没有时间磨我们的“斧头”。该句为“so…that…”句型，意为“如此……以至于……”，故填so。
69．句意：在当今世界，似乎每个人都比以前忙碌，但却不像以前那么快乐。此处修饰名词，应用名词所有格形式，故填today’s。
70．句意：努力工作没有错。“There’s nothing wrong with…”意为“……没问题”，故填with。
四、情感与情绪
【知识点】a/an的区别、一般现在时含实义动词、人称代词的宾格、介词短语、副词的原级、动词短语、动词第三人称单数、可数名词及其单复数、基数词表示数量、家庭、朋友与周围的人、情感与情绪、表泛指、记叙文
【答案】
71．three
72．works
73．too
74．an
75．subjects
76．in
77．me
78．for
79．with
80．well
【详解】本文主要介绍了作者王勇的家庭信息，以及王勇对父母的感谢；
71．句意：我生活在一个幸福的家庭里，家里有三个人——我和我的父母。根据空后“my parents and I”可知，应是家里有三个人，故空处应是three“三”，基数词。故填three；
72．句意：我父亲在一中工作。根据上下文语境可知，句子应用一般现在时，主语“My father”是第三人称单数形式，故动词应用单三式。故填works；
73．句意：我妈妈也在一中工作。根据上文“My father… (work) at No.1 Middle School.”和空处所在的句子结构可知，应是妈妈也在一中工作，故空处应是too“也”，副词。故填too；
74．句意：她是一名英语老师。根据句意可知，空处的词表示泛指，且English以元音音素开头，故应用an。故填an；
75．句意：我在学校有很多科目，我最喜欢的科目是英语。subject“科目”，可数名词，因之前有many修饰，故名词应用复数形式。故填subjects；
76．句意：我经常在家用英语和妈妈交谈。in English“用英语”，固定短语。故填in；
77．句意：她教了我很多。空处的代词是作动词的宾语，应用宾格形式；I“我”，主格代词，对应的宾格代词是me“我”。故填me；
78．句意：我经常向她寻求帮助。ask sb. for help“向某人求助”，固定短语。故填for；
79．句意：我父亲也在家里帮我学数学。help sb. with sth.“在某方面帮助某人”，固定短语。故填with；
80．句意：所以我在这两门课上做得很好。do well in“在……方面做得好”，固定短语。故填well。
五、人际交往
【知识点】after引导的时间状语从句、不定式作主语、个人经历、人际交往、可数名词及其单复数、序数词表示顺序、形容词作表语、形容词最高级变化规则、现在完成时基本用法和结构、用在固定搭配中、记叙文、过去分词变化规则、过去进行时的基本用法和结构
【答案】
81．sitting
82．third
83．excited
84．to believe
85．seen
86．a
87．picture
88．cutest
89．After
90．without
【详解】本文主要讲了Carter在飞机上对坐在她旁边的陌生男子一直讲述她孙子的事情，最后她才意识到自己好像说得太多了；
81．句意：一个男人坐在她旁边的座位上。根据空前的“was”可知，句子为过去进行时，动词“sit”需变为现在分词“sitting”。故填sitting；
82．句意：我要飞往伦敦给我孙子过三岁生日。此处修饰后面的名词“birthday”，表示“第三”，因此用“three”的序数词“third”。故填third；
83．句意：我太激动了！此空修饰主语“I”，作表语，应用形容词“excited”。故填excited；
84．句意：这真的难以置信。根据句型结构“It is+形容词+to do sth”可知此处应用动词不定式“to believe”，作真正的主语。故填to believe；
85．句意：他是你见过的最讨人喜欢的孩子。空前有助动词“have”，因此动词“see”需变为过去分词“seen”，构成现在完成时。故填seen；
86．句意：让我看一下我的钱包。“看一下”用短语“take a look”，因此此空应用不定冠词“a”。故填a；
87．句意：我可以整天盯着他的照片看。根据前文“Yes, here it is.”可知，此处指刚拿出来的一张照片，因此用单数“picture”。故填picture；
88．句意：他用最可爱的声音说：“奶奶好。”根据空前的定冠词“the”可知此处应用形容词“cute”的最高级“cutest”。故填cutest；
89．句意：对于坐在她旁边的那个可怜的人来说似乎过了很长时间以后，Carter夫人才意识到也许她说得太多了。此空引导句子，应用连词，根据句子语境可知应用“after”引导时间状语从句，位于句首首字母需大写。故填After；
90．句意：她说：“我一直在讲啊讲，没让你说一句话。”根据上文“The man tried to say something but couldn’t get a word in”可知那个男人一句话也没说，因此此空应用“without”表示“没有”。故填without。
六、节日
【知识点】so… that引导的结果状语从句、the+最高级（+比较范围）、what引导的宾语从句、一般过去时含实义动词、不定式作补足语、中华传统节日、人称代词的宾格、介词短语、动名词作宾语、名词所有格、文化、表示时间、说明文、过去式变化规则
【答案】
91．for
92．people’s
93．most
94．from
95．what
96．live
97．him
98．that
99．laid
100．admiring
【分析】本文介绍了中国的中秋节和嫦娥奔月的故事，以及人们在中秋节期间的传统习俗；
【详解】
91．句意：几个世纪以来，中国人一直在庆祝中秋节和享用月饼。centuries为一段时间，其前应该用介词for。故填for；
92．句意：月饼承载着人们对他们所爱和想念的家人的祝福。此处作定语修饰名词wishes，应该用名词所有格。故填people’s；
93．句意：其中，嫦娥的故事最为感人。根据“Among them”可知，是三者或三者以上进行比较，应该用最高级，the most touching“最感人的”。故填most；
94．句意：他从女神那里得到了神药。根据“She gave him medicine”可知，神药是女神给的，因此此处表示从女神那里得到了神药，from“从”符合。故填from；
95．句意：她给他药是因为她想感谢他所做的一切。此句为宾语从句，作did的宾语，应该用what引导宾语从句。故填what；
96．句意：这种药可以使人永生。make sb do sth“让某人做某事”，此处用动词原形。故填live；
97．句意：嫦娥不肯给他，把药全吃了。介词to后跟宾语，人称代词用宾格。故填him；
98．句意：后羿非常伤心，每天晚上都对着月亮喊她的名字。分析句子可知，此句为so...that引导的结果状语从句，表示“如此……以致于”。故填that；
99．句意：他在花园里摆出她最喜欢的水果和甜点。此句时态为一般过去时，动词用过去式。故填laid；
100．句意：此后，人们开始了赏月和家人分享月饼的传统。of是介词，后跟动名词作宾语。故填admiring。
【知识点】after引导的时间状语从句、一般现在时含实义动词、不可数名词、不定式作状语、介词短语、动词第三人称单数、可数名词及其单复数、序数词表示顺序、文化、节日、表示时间、说明文
【答案】
101．first；
102．to buy；
103．their；
104．means；
105．on；
106．meal；
107．After；
108．food；
109．for；
110．days
【分析】
本文讲述了有关中国传统节日春节的习俗。春节在农历一月初一。在春节到来之前，人们去超市买东西，如鸡肉、鱼、水果、糖果和新衣服。他们打扫和装饰房子。倒贴福字等。
庆祝活动在农历新年前夜开始。全家聚在一起吃一顿大餐。节日期间，他们会去拜访亲戚朋友。围坐在一起，吃了很多美味的食物。中国北方的人经常吃饺子。南方的人经常吃年糕，因为年糕的意思是“一年比一年高”。庆祝活动持续15天，元宵节结束。
101．句意：它发生在农历正月初一。
考查序数词的用法。第一天用序数词first。故填：first。
102．句意：人们去超市买东西。
本题主要考查动词不定式的用法。根据句意，人们去超市的目的是为了买动西，动词不定式表目的。故填：to buy。
103．句意：他们打扫和装饰他们的房子。
本题主要考查形容词性物主代词的用法。根据句意可知，他们打扫他们的房子。空前有名词houses，故此处需用形容词性物主代词。主语为they。物主代词应用their。故填：their。
104．句意：它意味着“好运来”。
本题主要考查动词的用法。主要为it，谓语动词应用第三人称单数。故填：means。
105．句意：庆祝活动在农历新年前夜开始。
本题主要考查介词on的用法。表示在具体的某一天或者上下午。用介词on。故填：on。
106．句意：家人坐在一起吃大餐。
本题主要考查名词单复数的用法。空前有a big修饰，用单数形式。故填：meal。
107．句意：晚餐后，家人们坐在一起看电视或聊天。
本题主要考查介词的用法。根据句意可推测出，在晚餐后，才坐一起聊天看电视。故填：After。
108．句意：他们坐在一起吃美食。
本题主要考查名词的用法，food为不可数名词，美食故用“delicious food”。故填：food。
109．句意：北方人通常吃饺子做早餐。
本题主要考查介词for的用法。for breakfast表示作为早餐。故填：for。
110．句意：这个活动持续15天。
本题主要考查名词单复数的用法。空前有数字15，故此处应用名词复数。day的复数为days。
故填：days。
【知识点】although/though引导的让步状语从句、other/another/the other、一般现在时含实义动词、中华传统节日、人称代词的宾格、副词的原级、动词短语、动词第三人称单数、可数名词及其单复数、含情态动词的被动语态、形容词作定语、现在完成时基本用法和结构、第三人称单数作主语、说明文、过去分词变化规则、饮食
【答案】
111．traditional
112．stands/has stood
113．the
114．to make
115．be cut
116．mainly
117．styles
118．into
119．them
120．Although/Though
【分析】本文详细介绍了元宵节的传统小吃——元宵和汤圆，包括它们的制作过程、口感和食用注意事项。
【解析】
111．句意：黏黏的糯米团子是元宵节期间的中国传统小吃。根据空后的“Chinese snack”可知，空格处应填形容词，结合提示词，空格处应填形容词traditional“传统的”，用于修饰名词短语Chinese snack。故填traditional。
112．句意：几个世纪以来，馅料的甜味与幸福联系在一起，圆形的丸子象征着家庭团聚。主语“the round shape of the balls”表示单数，根据语境可知，时态既可以是一般现在时，也可以是现在完成时（has+动词过去分词），结合提示词，空格处可用动词stand的第三人称单数形式stands，也可以用has stood，故填stands/has stood。
113．句意：糯米团子主要有两种——一种叫元宵，另一种叫汤圆。根据“one is called yuanxiao and...other is called tangyuan”可知，此处使用one...the other...意为“一种……另一种……”，故填the。
114．句意：元宵在中国北方地区很受欢迎，比汤圆难做。根据“is more difficult...than tangyuan”可知，此处使用be difficult to do sth.“做……是困难的”，结合提示词，空格处应填动词make的动词不定式to make，故填to make。
115．句意：馅料可以切成小方块放入水中。主语The fillings和动词cut之间是被动关系，应用被动语态，空前的can是情态动词，含有情态动词的被动语态的结构是：情态动词+be+动词过去分词，动词cut的过去分词还是cut，故填be cut。
116．句意：通常元宵的馅料主要是白糖和芝麻。分析“filled with white sugar and sesame”可知，空格处是副词，用于修饰动词filled，结合提示词，main的副词形式mainly“主要地”符合语境，故填mainly。
117．句意：汤圆发展成许多样式，有些是肉馅的，有些是彩色的。many后接可数名词的复数形式，结合提示词，空格处应填名词style“样式”的复数形式，故填styles。
118．句意：现在它们甚至被制成像猪和大熊猫一样的许多形状。根据“they are even made...many shapes”可知，此处使用短语be made into意为“被制成”，故填into。
119．句意：由于元宵和汤圆的主要材料是糯米，它们都很难消化。介词of后接人称代词的宾格，结合提示词，空格处应填them“它们”，故填them。
120．句意：虽然它们很好吃，但不要吃太多。分析“...they are delicious, don’t eat too much.”可知，前后句是让步关系，连词although“虽然”和though“虽然”都符合语境，句首首字母大写，故填Although/Though。
【知识点】一般过去时含实义动词、不可数名词、不定式作状语、中华文化、可数名词及其单复数、程度副词、节日、说明文、过去式变化规则
【答案】
121．started
122．make
123．widely
124．development
125．countries
【详解】本文介绍了对联在明清时期的历史以及发展。随着文化的交流，对联也被引进到越南、韩国、日本等国家。贴对联的习俗流传至今。
121．句意：它开始于明朝。根据句中的时间“in the Ming Dynasty”可知，应使用一般过去时，即started。故填started。
122．句意：人们使用红纸来代替桃木符来制作对联。此处考查use sth. to do sth.“使用某物做某事”，动词不定式作目的状语，后跟动词原形。故填make。
123．句意：清朝之后，对联一度广泛流行。修饰形容词popular应用副词widely，意为“广受欢迎”。故填widely。
124．句意：随着国际文化交流的发展，对联也被介绍到越南、朝鲜、日本、新加坡和其他国家。此处考查固定表达with the development of...“随着……的发展”，所以应用名词形式。故填development。
125．句意：随着国际文化交流的发展，对联也被介绍到越南、朝鲜、日本、新加坡和其他国家。根据“Vietnam, Korea, Japan, Singapore and other...”可知，此处应用名词的复数形式，意为“其他国家”。故填countries。
七、著名人物
【知识点】because引导的原因状语从句、what引导的特殊疑问句、一般现在时含实义动词、不定式作主语、人称代词的宾格、动名词作宾语、动词第三人称单数、可数名词及其单复数、序数词表示顺序、形容词作表语、著名人物、说明文
【答案】
126．them；
127．What；
128．has ；
129．lovely；
130．of；
131．first ；
132．children；
133．to walk；
134．buying；
135．because
【分析】
试题分析：本文作者对芭比娃娃做了描绘，并介绍了芭比娃娃的创始人Ruth Handler。
126．be interested in对……感兴趣，介词in后需接宾格代词；根据句意语境和英文提示，可知填them。
127．look like看起来像……，需接宾语；根据句意语境和英文提示，可知填What。
128．she是三单人称，have需用三单形式has。根据句意语境和英文提示，可知填has。
129．and和，连接并列结构，其前也需用形容词；根据句意语境和英文提示，可知填lovely。
130．many kinds of许多种的，后接复数名词。根据句意语境和英文提示，可知填of。
131．the定冠词，后接序数词；one是基数词，根据句意语境和英文提示，可知填first。
132．lots of许多/大量，后接复数名词。根据句意语境和英文提示，可知填children。
133．It takes sb. some time to do sth.花费某人多长时间做某事，固定句式。根据句意语境和英文提示，可知填to walk。
134．spend sth. doing sth.花费金钱/时间/精力做某事；固定结构。根据句意语境和英文提示，可知填buying。
135．本句是原因状语从句，需用because引导；根据句意语境和英文提示，可知填because。
【知识点】a/an的区别、one of the +最高级+名词复数、till/until引导的时间状语从句、一般现在时含be动词、一般现在时的被动语态、不可数名词、不定式作宾语、副词的原级、动词短语、可数名词及其单复数、形容词最高级变化规则、著名人物、表泛指、记叙文
【答案】
136．the greatest
137．are shown
138．a
139．is
140．satisfaction
141．easily
142．until
143．novels
144．about
145．to read
【详解】本文主要介绍了查尔斯·狄更斯是一位伟大的作家，他的作品至今仍然畅销，并且在书店中占据显眼位置。
136．句意：他被誉为历史上最伟大的作家之一。one of+最高级+名词复数，表示“最……之一”。故填the greatest。
137．句意：他的作品至今仍然畅销，并且在书店中占据显眼位置。主语“works”和动词“show”之间是动宾关系，需用被动语态。根据“today”可知此处用一般现在时，主语是复数，be动词用are。故填are shown。
138．句意：我是一名教文学的老师。泛指一位老师用不定冠词，“teacher”是以辅音音素开头的，用不定冠词a。故填a。
139．句意：对于为什么我们仍然阅读狄更斯的作品这个问题一直心存疑虑。根据“often”可知此处用一般现在时，主语是单数“question”，故be动词用is。故填is。
140．句意：对于这个问题我给自己一些答案，但没有完全满意的。“complete”为形容词，修饰名词，satisfaction表示“满意”，为名词。故填satisfaction。
141．句意：我们读他的书是因为我们可以从他作品中轻松地学到一些经验。easily表示“容易地”，副词修饰动词“learn”。故填easily。
142．句意：我对答案的寻找一直没有停止直到有一天我的一个学生发了一条短信。not…until…表示“直到……才……”。故填until。
143．句意：我们仍然阅读狄更斯的小说。novel表示“小说”，此处用名词复数表一类。故填novels。
144．句意：因为它们告诉我很多关于人类的事情。about表示“关于”，短语tell sb. about sth.表示“告诉某人关于某事”。故填about。
145．句意：这就是为什么我们今天仍然需要阅读他的作品的原因。need to do表示“需要做”，空处应填动词不定式。故填to read。
八、通讯与媒体
【知识点】一般现在时的被动语态、一般过去时含实义动词、不定式作状语、反身代词、可数名词及其单复数、形容词的原级、用在固定搭配中、程度副词、表示转折关系、说明文、过去式变化规则、通讯与媒体
【答案】
146．to relax
147．widely
148．reasons
149．are found
150．but
151．the
152．as
153．themselves
154．pleased
155．won
【详解】本文主要介绍了世界上最受欢迎的应用程序之一——抖音；
146．句意：你曾经用手机看短视频来放松自己吗？此处在句中表示目的，用动词不定式形式。故填to relax；
147．句意：如果你有兴趣这样做，你一定或多或少听说过抖音——一个在世界各地都广为人知的移动应用程序。此处在句中修饰形容词，用副词形式。故填widely；
148．句意：事实上，世界各地的人们喜欢这款应用的原因各不相同。different修饰可数名词复数，故填reasons；
149．句意：当Tiktok与抖音(在中国，Tiktok被称为抖音)进行比较时，可以发现中美之间存在一些差异。本句主语是动作的承受者，时态是一般现在时，所以用一般现在时的被动语态。故填are found；
150．句意：例如，关于知识的短视频在中国很受欢迎，但在美国不太受欢迎。前后两句构成转折关系，用but连接。故填but；
151．句意：此外，在中国，喜欢制作舞蹈短视频的人大多是60后，而在美国，青少年似乎更喜欢制作舞蹈视频。in the 1960s“在20世纪60年代”，故填the；
152．句意：抖音在中国被认为是最大的知识、文化和艺术平台。be considered as“被认为……”，故填as；
153．句意：大约有5亿博主通过它表达自己，记录他们的生活，分享不同的故事。根据“About 500 million bloggers(博主) express...”可知，是博主们表达自己，用反身代词themselves，故填themselves；
154．句意：抖音的一位经理自豪而高兴地说：“现在我们每天有多达4亿的活跃用户。”此处在句中与proud并列，修饰人，pleased“高兴的”符合语境。故填pleased；
155．句意：在印度，TikTok甚至启动了一个教育项目，赢得了2亿多用户。时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式。故填won。
九、艺术
【知识点】till/until引导的时间状语从句、who引导的限制性关系从句、一般过去时的被动语态、不定式作宾语、介词短语、其他语法一致形式、副词的原级、动词短语、可数名词及其单复数、工作与职业、形容词作定语、派生法、现在完成时基本用法和结构、表泛指、记叙文、过去分词变化规则、音乐与舞蹈
【答案】
156．who
157．artists
158．a
159．played
160．until
161．was encouraged
162．mainly
163．to add
164．traditional
165．without
【分析】短文主要介绍了美国音乐制作人Brad Seippel如何将中国传统乐器融入现代音乐中。Seippel从12岁开始接触音乐，24岁在中国学习了琵琶。他的音乐主要是电子音乐，但他通过琵琶为他的音乐添加了独特的元素。他还提到了内蒙古的重金属乐队"九宝"，他们将蒙古喉唱和马头琴融入摇滚歌曲中，为音乐增添了民间风味。
【详解】
156．考查关系代词。句意：但也有音乐家弹奏这些乐器，并将它们与现代声音混合在一起。根据题干可知，本句是带有定语从句的复合句，先行词是musicians（音乐家），关系代词用who。故填who。
157．考查名词。句意：其中一位艺术家就是Brad Seippel。根据He is ...33﹣year﹣old music producer（他是......33岁的音乐制片人），可知他是一位艺术家，artist艺术家，one of +复数名词，表示"......之一"，此处应填名词复数形式。故填artists。
158．考查冠词。句意：他是一位33岁的音乐制片人。producer是可数名词单数，文中首次出现应加不定冠词，33（thirty﹣three）是辅音音素开头。故填a。
159．考查动词。句意：Seippel只有12岁时起就开始演奏音乐。根据空格前的has可知，本句用现在完成时，结构为has+过去分词。故填played。
160．考查连词。句意：直到24岁时在中国生活，他才开始学习弹琵琶。根据he did not learn to play the pipa （他没有学习弹琵琶），可知本句用固定结构not...until...表示"直到......才......"。故填until。
161．考查时态和语态。句意：年轻的时候，我受到父亲鼓励弹低音吉他。根据by可知，本句用被动语态，结构为be+过去分词，时间状语从句When I was young（我年轻的时候），可知主句时态用一般过去时，主语是I，be动词应该是was。故填was encouraged。
162．考查副词。句意：Seippel的音乐主要是电子的，听起来很现代。根据题干，此处是修饰动词is，用副词。故填mainly。
163．考查不定式。句意：我想在音乐中添加一些更鲜活的、更实体的东西。want to do sth.想要做某事。故填to add。
164．考查形容词。句意：中国音乐家也让传统音乐重新流行起来。修饰名词music用形容词。故填traditional。
165．考查介词。句意：我自己也看过很多次他们的现场表演，毫无疑问，它是一个强大的组合。根据it is a powerful mix（它是一个强大的组合），可知这是毫无疑问的，without doubt毫无疑问。故填without。
【关键点拨】语法填空题要根据上下文语境，运用语法和词汇知识，反复推敲以求得解答。对于同义词和近义词的选项，在充分考虑到上下文具体语境下特别注意这些同义词和近义词搭配。
【知识点】when引导的时间状语从句、一般现在时含实义动词、不定式作宾语、个人兴趣、个人经历、副词的原级、动词短语、动词第三人称单数、可数名词及其单复数、形容词作定语、形容词性物主代词、文化、派生法、艺术、表示并列或选择关系、表语从句、记叙文
【答案】
166．what
167．official
168．shows
169．when
170．to play
171．broken
172．Sadly
173．or
174．illness
175．her
【详解】本文主要讲述了嘉兴桐乡花鼓戏传承人屈娟如的经历以及她对花鼓戏的热爱。
166．句意：屈娟如就是这么干的。根据“That’s…Qu Juanru does.”可知，句子是表语从句，且空处作does的宾语，因此用what引导。故填what。
167．句意：她是一名演员，也是嘉兴市桐乡花鼓戏的正式传承人。根据“inheritor”可知，此处用形容词修饰名词，office的形容词是official“正式的”。故填official。
168．句意：这种艺术表现了水乡古镇的日常生活和中国南方的传统文化。“This kind of art”作主语，谓语动词用单数，时态为一般现在时，因此此处用“shows”。故填shows。
169．句意：在我14岁的时候，我的妈妈就去世了。根据“My mother died…I was 14.”可知，空后是时间状语，此处用when来引导时间状语从句，表示“当……2025--2026年人教版中考英语语篇：语境提示填空填空题综合分类能力提高练习
一、人与自我（本大题共10小题）
Making new friends
Pauline Lee
3 hours ago
Hi, I’m Pauline Lee and I’m 14 years old. I live in Singapore with my big 1 . I have a pet bird. It’s a 2 . Her name is Coco. She 3 speaks some Chinese! My favourite sport is 4 . I often play it with my friends after school. Do you want to be my friend
Peter Brown
2 hours ago
Hey there! My name is Peter Brown and I’m 13 years old. I’m 5 London, in the UK. Now, I live in Beijing with my 6 . My favourite 7 is Beijing roast duck. It’s great! I like music and I play the 8 in the school 9 . 10 you like to be my friend
It is Sunday morning. The weather is 11 and warm. Many boys and 12 are in the park. Some of them are 13 under a big tree. Some are 14 in a pool. Others are playing games 15 the hill.
综合填空。阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的词，或填入括号中岁给单词的正确行形式。
Steve is 16 (I) pen pal. He is an 17 (America) boy. He often writes to me and tells me something 18 his life. In his class, many 19 ( student) usually take a yellow school bus to school, but Steve often 20 (ride)a bike to school, sometimes walks to school. After school, he often plays basketball 21 soccer. Steve swims very 22 (good) and he goes swimming 23 (two) a week. He seldom watches TV on weekdays. He likes 24 (listen) to music in his free time. Steve is 25 happy boy.
Hello, I’m Lottie. I’m thirteen years old. I’m going to tell you about my 26 .
I 27 with my parents and my sister in England. My sister is 28 years old too. We are twin sisters. We are in the same grade but 29 classes. We both like reading so going to the library is 30 favourite thing. My mom is a nurse. She 31 in a hospital. My dad is a teacher, 32 he doesn’t teach children. He teaches other people who work with him. On weekdays, we often read books together 33 the evening. At 34 , we sometimes go to the zoo and visit many kinds of animals there. Sometimes we go to a 35 because my dad loves music.
It’s great living with my family.
My name is Alan Brown. I’m 36 English boy. My family are in Beijing now. My father and mother 37 teachers. I have a sister 38 I don’t have a brother. My sister and I go to the 39 school. We have a nice house. My room is big. There is a bed, a desk and a 40 in my room. 41 is my schoolbag It’s on the chair. I love 42 . I have a soccer ball and three baseballs. I often play soccer 43 my classmates after class. My sister likes reading books. She has many books. They are in 44 room. Our parents love us, and we love them, 45 .
[2022内蒙古赤峰中考]
From: Li Hua
To: Mr. Gao
Subject: Invitation
Dear Mr. Gao, Our class is planning to have a party to say goodbye to our middle school life. I’m writing to 46 you to join us. Please come to our classroom at 7:00 p. m. on June 30th. During 47 past three years, we have learned a lot from you, not only knowledge but also the way 48 solve problems in life. We will share the sweet memories and talk 49 our dreams at the party. All of us want to give thanks to you. Without your help, we won’t have so much wonderful time. We are 50 forward to your reply. Yours, Li Hua
根据下列短文内容，在文中空格处选上一个恰当的词，使短文完整、通顺。
Everyone 51 friends. There’s 52 old saying, “Friends are God’s way of taking care of us.” But how do you find real friendship (友情) and keep it
Today, young students 53 told some good ways to find friends by the American writer, Sally Seamans. Sally says finding friendship is just like planting a tree. You plant the seed (种子) and look 54 it carefully to make it grow well.
First, you should choose a friend. What makes a good friend It is not because a person has money or good look. A good friend should be kind and helpful. If something worries you, you can go to him or her. A good friend should listen to you and try his or her 55 to help you.
56 things do not always go well. Even the best friends also have fights. What should you do when you have a fight with 57 best friend You have to talk to him or her. If he or she doesn’t want to talk with you, you can write a letter 58 him or her.
Please remember that friendship is the 59 important thing in your life. It is worth 60 an effort to take care of it!
Last week’s talent show was really successful. 61 fact, it was the best one that I had ever seen. Among the students who were in the talent show, two of them made a deep impression (印象). One of them is Lin Dan. He won the first 62 . As far as I know, Lin Dan is 63 interesting and cool boy. In the talent show, he 64 play with six balls at the same time very well. As he stood on the stage (舞台) and played with the balls, all the students shouted excitedly. It seems that 65 all loved him.
The other one is Lin Yue, who is Lin Dan’s twin 66 . She is a quiet girl with curly hair. There 67 some differences between them, but they also have something in 68 . For example, they both like acting roles in plays. So in the talent show, Lin Yue dressed 69 as Snow White. Her excellent performance(表演) touched all the people’s 70 . Some students even cried after the show.
阅读短文，根据语篇要求填空，使短文通顺、意思完整。每空限填一词。
Dear Lisa,
How’s it going My father and I are on a vacation in New York now. People also call this city the Big Apple. It’s a good place 71 take a trip. The weather is warm and sunny today. We 72 visiting the Statue of Liberty right now. It’s 73 symbol of New York. It’s great, isn’t it My father is taking some photos there. In the afternoon, we want to go to the Central Park.
How 74 you Are you having a good time in Australia What’s the weather 75 there If you have time, write to me soon, please.
See you.
Yours,
Helen
根据短文内容，在文中空格处填上一个恰当的词，使短文完整、通顺。
No one can live without sleep. Experts believe that sleep is 76 food and water. Good health needs good sleep. Scientists have found that people who sleep for less than 6 hours and a half at night are more often ill than people 77 sleep for 8 hours.
How 78 hours do you sleep every night Most students have less than 8 hours of sleep every night. Some teachers complain that a few students feel sleepy or even fall asleep in class. These students can 79 concentrate(集中注意力）on their study.
Why are so many students short (缺少）of sleep Recently, a reporter did a survey in No. 21 Middle School. The result shows that there are two main 80 about this problem. One is that students have too much homework at night. Some students have to 81 up late to finish their homework till 11:00 p.m. The 82 reason is about the use of Internet. Some students are crazy about playing games on the phones.
Many parents worry about this problem. The Ministry of Education （教育部）has paid more attention 83 this problem and required that students in primary schools should 84 at least 10 hours a day, 9 hours for junior high and 8 hours for senior high. Schools are expected to give less homework to students 85 that they can have more time to sleep.
二、人与社会（本大题共15小题）
Confucius, a pioneer in the field of 86 （教育）. He was born in the year 551 B．C．He was a great thinker who had many wise ideas about human nature and behavior. His main ideas are about kindness and good manners. He was also a famous philosopher whose wise sayings have I 87 many people in d 88 countries. For example，one of his famous sayings, "He who learns but does not think is lost; he who thinks but does not learn is in d 89 ", tells us the 90 （重要性）of learning and thinking.
Today is November 8th. It’s Mary's 91 .She is thirteen years 92 . Jim, Mike, Kate and Bill 93 all her friends. They want to 94 some presents for Mary. So they go to the store next to the school. There are many things 95 he shop. They buy a big cake, a pencil case 96 some nice books. They also want to buy a T-shirt for Mary, 97 all the T-shirts are too expensive (贵) and they don't have too much 98 .
根据下列短文内容，在空格处填上一个恰当的词，使短文完整、通顺。
Hi! everybody. I’m Marc LeBlanc from Switzerland. Different countries have different 99 . Let me tell you about time opinions of our country. In Switzerland, it’s very important to 100 on time. We’re the 101 of clocks and watches, after all! If someone 102 you to meet them at 4:00, you’re 103 to be there at 4:00. If you’re even fifteen minutes late, your friend may get 104 . So I make 105 effort to be on time when I meet my friends.
I always leave the house early to avoid heavy traffic because I think it’s impolite to keep other 106 . Also, we never visit a friend’s house 107 calling first. We usually make plans to see friends. We usually plan to do something 108 , or go somewhere together.
阅读填空根据短文内容，在文中空格处填上一个恰当的词，使短文完整、通顺。
Music is good for us. According to the new study (研究) from the World Health Organization (WHO), music can 109 us happier and healthier. For example, when I feel tired, listening to some classical music helps me relax. When I’m down, I prefer pop music 110 of hope and energy (能量). 111 is easy for me to fall asleep with soft music. Some doctors have found a fact—people 112 love music may live longer.
Near my neighborhood, a man and 113 wife own a small music house with mood music (情调音乐). Teenagers like to spend time here while musicians are 114 different kinds of music. Sometimes, we are lucky to hear some famous singers sing songs written 115 themselves. The songs are 116 beautiful that we sing along with them. We communicate with one another in this special language. The most moving music is Chinese folk music. It 117 only reminds us of the old days but also brings us sweet memories.
Every one of us, rich or poor, young or old, may have at 118 one favorite song. Music will be together with us forever.
[2022吉林中考]
From: Jimmy To: Tom From: Tom To: Jimmy
Hi, Tom! Do you still remember our conversation about going to the cinema Well, the 119 Spider Man be shown next week. 120 going to see it together I’ve heard it’s very good. That sounds great! When would you like to go I’m busy this week, 121 I will be free next Monday. I can 122 the tickets online. They’re 123 , and we can save some money.
请阅读下面短文，根据语篇内容，在空白处填入恰当的单词，使短文通顺、连贯。每空一词。
Have you ever seen lions dancing in the streets The lions dance to the beat of a drum. Of course, they are not real lions. They are dancers in lion costumes. It is said that people 124 have or watch lions dancing in some important festivals will be very lucky in the coming year.
Usually, a lion is made up of two dancers 125 total. One dancer controls the head, and 126 other controls the tail.
“I think of it as a sport,” says Anthony Huang, a boy aged 16. 127 is a member of the New York Chinese Freemasons Athletic Club. Anthony performs as the lion’s head. “It was not easy for me to control the head at first, but now I get used 128 controlling it all. He say “Lion dancing is important to me 129 it really lifts me up.”
In the past, lion dancing was performed mostly by men. 130 it is different today. LionDanceMe is a lion dancing group in San Francisco, California. There 131 boys and girls on its team. They dance together.
“Anyone can take 132 lion dancing. You have to believe that you can do it,” says Ananda Tang-Lee, a 17-year-old girl.
Lion dancing will continue to evolve (发展). But a team’s sense of community 133 never change. “We call it a family, because we always have each other’s backs,” Ananda says.
[2022内蒙古通辽中考]All around the world, families celebrate special days together. Traditions for these days 134 been very different. Some of them may surprise you.
Families in most countries have a special day to celebrate mothers. In Serbia, this day is on 135 second Sunday before Christmas. On that day, children sneak (溜) into their mother’s bedroom and tie her feet with ribbon so that she can’t get out of bed. Then they shout, “Mother’s Day, Mother’s Day! What will you pay 136 get away ” Then the mother gives them presents so that the kids “free” her.
In China, they say that babies are one year old when they are born. After that, all children celebrate their birthdays on New Year’s Day because that’s when they grow a year 137 . Actual birthdays are usually celebrated with a big family meal. The tradition is that the “birthday boy” or “birthday girl” should fill their mouth with as 138 long noodles as they can and then eat them. This is because in Chinese culture, long noodles are a symbol of long life.
[2022广东中考]Would you like to start your day with a cup of tea？If the answer is 139 ， you may have the same habit as many people.
You may not know 140 popular tea is. Among all kinds of drinks, tea is one of the most popular two choices. People like it because it is 141 for their health.
Tea is mostly produced 142 Asian countries like China and India. Chinese people started to drink tea as early as 5，000 years 143 . At that time, people made tea in a simple way. They just put fresh tea leaves into hot 144 .
Tea wasn't introduced into Europe until the early 17th century. And now it has 145 popular in Europe and America. People there like to 146 tea with sugar or milk in it. As the population of tea drinkers gets larger, tea business is getting 147 important than before.
The first International Tea Day was on May 21st，2020.Since then，people have celebrated 148 every year. The Day makes people realize the importance of tea workers and tea culture.
根据下面短文内容，在短文的空格处填上一个恰当的词，使短文完整、通顺。每空一词，含缩略词。
Many people like to 149 a car when they go out. But for me, I love public transport (公共交通). In my city, public transport like the public bike, the subway and the bus is 150 . The traffic (交通) is always 151 during the rush hour (在交通高峰期) 152 weekdays. It’s easy for me to 153 a public bike to work in the morning. It takes me about twenty 154 to go to work.
I like drawing. Sometimes I go to an art center 155 my family by bus. The ride is never boring 156 we can have a talk on the bus.
根据下面短文内容，在短文的空格处填上一个恰当的词，使短文内容完整通顺，并将答案写在答题卡上的相应位置。
The Chinese character fu is a necessity in the Spring Festival celebrations. It expresses people’s best wishes for the coming new year. It’s recorded that people have 157 practiced this tradition since the Song Dynasty.
The character fu can be pasted (粘贴) either normally 158 upside down, because in Chinese, the “reversed fu ” and “fu arrives” sound similar to each other, both being pronounced as “fu dao le”.
There is a 159 about the origin of pasting the “reversed fu”. Zhu Yuanzhang, the 160 emperor of the Ming Dynasty, once used the character fu as a secret signal to punish (惩罚) a family for insulting (冒犯) 161 wife, Empress Ma. To avoid the disaster, the kind-hearted Empress Ma ordered every family in the capital to paste the character fu in front of their doors before the sun 162 the next day. Everyone followed her order, but one family posted the character upside down, because they couldn’t read or write.
The next day, when the emperor ordered his soldiers to check, they 163 the character fu everywhere, including the upside-down one. The emperor was very 164 and immediately ordered his palace guards to punish the family who had pasted the character differently.
Realizing the situation was not good, Empress Ma said to the emperor, “That family knew that you were coming to 165 them today so they pasted the character upside down on purpose (故意地). Doesn’t it have the same meaning as fu arrives ”
After hearing this, the emperor immediately set the family 166 . From then on, people began to paste the character fu upside down for the purpose of hoping for luck and honoring Empress Ma.
阅读填空根据短文内容，在文中空格处填上一个恰当的词，使短文完整、通顺。
The Chinese women’s football team showed their famous fighting spirit to end a 16-year wait to lift the Asian Cup.
167 February 6th 2022, the Chinese team played against the South Korean team. The team have lost 2 points in the final in India, so the girls 168 their decision to fight back. In the 93rd minute, Xiao Yuyi succeeded in getting the last point with the 169 of Wang Shanshan. The Chinese women’s football team won the Asian Cup. “We’ve put the past behind us and are looking to the future. 170 to all the fans who kept supporting the Chinese women’s football team, and we will 171 trying in the future.” Xiao wrote on social media（媒体）after the game. Because of her excellent performances, Wang Shanshan was honored the MVP. One Weibo user said, “I’m so excited. I am trying to keep my 172 , but it`s difficult not to cry. The women`s football team has great spirit and skills. I should 173 from them.”
The fighting spirit is always a tradition for these women football players. People even praised 174 as “Steel Roses”. 175 we all know, the Chinese women’s football team won the second place at the 1996 Olympics and the 1999 World Cup. Their spirit encourages us common people not 176 give up when we face difficulties.
[2022重庆中考B卷·改编]As students, you should study hard. More importantly, you should study in a smart way. Try these methods below.
Spaced Repetition
According to Ebbinghaus, you'll 177 easily if you don't review in time. After you read your study material for the first time, you'd better come back to it 6 hours later, then 24 hours later, 3 days later, 7 days later or even 14 days later and above. Repeat it 178 least 5 times, and you can almost remember everything.
Jim Kwik's Technique (方法)
According to Jim Kwik, an expert on reading and the memory (记忆), the key to understanding your reading material is to ask questions. You can put a line down the 179 of a piece of paper. On the left, take notes of key information, while on the right, write down 3 kinds of questions—how, when and why. Among the questions, the most important 180 is how you can use the key information. Connect it with the knowledge you've 181 known. And think about what real life problems you can solve by using it. This helps to keep the information in your mind.
The Feynman Technique
Studies show students can understand what they've learned better when they 182 someone else. The Feynman technique includes 4 basic steps. First, study. Second, teach what you've just learned to someone with zero knowledge of the subject in 183 words. Third, find out which parts you can explain well and which parts you can't. Then go back to the book and try to understand the topic once again. Fourth, repeat the steps above 184 you can explain the topic without looking at the book.
[2022重庆中考A卷]Miss Wang recently had a worrying experience.
One morning, just as she arrived at her 185 , Wang noticed some missed calls from her mother. “It must be something very important,” she thought to herself.
Right away, she called her mother 186 quite worriedly. To her surprise, Wang found her mother only wanted her charger (充电器), which Wang took to the office by mistake.
When Wang hurried home from her office, she found her mother’s 187 was still 70% charged. And her mother was worried that it would run out of power as she continued using it.
Now Wang realizes the seriousness of the problem. Her mother 188 eight hours a day playing games, reading news and watching short videos online. And her mother has problems like poor eyesight, headache and so on.
This story is not special and Wang’s mother is not 189 . She is just one in a growing population of the old who lose themselves in playing with phones. As the old have 190 chances to join in social activities, a smart phone is the best way to kill time.
But too much time on phone can cause many problems. “Be careful when using your phones, 191 you will be easily fooled!” Although the old are always warned like this, online frauds (欺骗) still happen to them. Now there are more family problems. Action should be taken.
For the old, they should control their screen time and get enough rest. The young, for their part, should often visit the old, and help them learn more about online safety so that they can 192 themselves. Also, the young can do more activities with the old like talking, walking and traveling, or encourage them to learn something at the universities for the aged.
[2022山西中考]
Kids’ Body Language Do you want to know your kids well If so, just start with their body language. We all talk, but most of the talking is body language. You may not notice it, 193 we use body language much more than we think. Usually kids’ body language is the same 194 adults’, and sometimes it sends a different message. Here are some examples. Let’s see what they mean.
Not standing straight. A kid 195 doesn’t stand straight may feel unhappy or just feel a bit down. He might not feel very good about himself, or 196 might just be thinking about something else! It’s not always easy to say, and most of the time he won’t tell you 197 is the matter. My advice: if there are no health problems, don’t care. Not looking you in the eye. A kid who doesn’t look you in the eye may not believe in himself, or he may be afraid 198 his elders. He may also feel uncomfortable looking at anybody. There 199 a few things that you can do. Try to do things with them that don’t require looking at you. You could also pretend(假装) not to notice it. My advice: 200 they are smart, friendly and polite, it’ll probably be OK.
If you are interested 201 kids’ body language, welcome to my corner. We will talk more about it from 8:00 202 9:00 p.m. on Monday.
[2021广东中考]
Many foreigners move to China because of a strong interest in its culture. One man has turned his interest into love and this love made 203 write many books about China. He is William, an American who has lived in China 204 33 years. His Chinese name is Pan Weilian. His Chinese friends 205 him “Lao Pan”．
In 1988，Lao Pan first came to China and 206 as a teacher at a university. But Lao Pan did not begin to understand China 207 he and his family took a 3 month drive around the country. These experiences in China gave him ideas for his books. Since then he has 208 thirteen books about China. These books give the world a fuller picture of China and Lao Pan is 209 of what he is doing.
Lao Pan's new book includes his forty seven 210 to his family back in America. The letters show China's development in different periods. Lao Pan often says he loves China 211 its people so much. He sees it as a life long task to let more Westerners know 212 China is like. He will continue telling the nation's stories to the world.
三、人与自然（本大题共2小题）
请阅读下面短文，根据语篇内容，在空白处填入恰当的单词，使短文通顺、连贯 。每空一词。
At the beginning of September, the Geneva(日内瓦) Natural History Museum in Switzerland held 213 special party. It was for a tortoise (乌龟) called Janus. It was his 25th birthday.
Quite a 214 visitors came to the party that day. There, they took photos with Janus and learned a lot 215 tortoises.
Usually, tortoises live longer 216 other animals. But Janus is different. He has two heads. 217 of that, he can’t live long in the wild(野外). 218 there is a danger, it’s impossible for Janus to get both his heads into the shell(壳). As a result, other animals will catch and kill 219 .
Luckily, the workers in the museum look 220 Janus very well. They feed him salad, wash him and take him for walks every day. Thanks to them, Janus may become 221 oldest tortoise with two heads in the world. “Life is precious(宝贵的). We 222 keep helping more animals like Janus in the future,” one of the museum workers said.
根据语篇要求填空，使短文通顺、意思完整。每空限填一词。
On May 29th, giant panda Ya Ya came back to the Beijing Zoo. It is exciting for us to hear the news. I believe she 223 want to leave the Beijing Zoo any more because there are many different kinds of animals here 224 monkeys, lions and giraffes and they all want to make friends with Ya Ya. Are you interested 225 pandas Do you love them 226 lot I think your answer is “Yes” 227 they are the symbol of China. Animals are our friends. We should learn to protect them from danger.
四、频度（本大题共1小题）
[2022四川泸州中考]
A: Hey, Jack, I plan to watch TV tonight. Do you want to join me
B: Sure. What do you want to 228
A: Well, what do you think of talk shows
B: I don’t mind 229 , but sometimes they can be a bit boring.
A: That’s true. Do you want to watch the news
B: Yes, I think 230 . Maybe we can watch that new talent 231 after the news. I usually can’t stand talent shows, but that one is quite funny.
A: OK, sure, but the soccer game starts 232 5:00 pm.
B: Oh, yeah, I want to watch that game, too.
五、位置（本大题共1小题）
[2022四川成都中考]
Bob, an exchange student from the UK, is at Li Ming's home in Chengdu. They are talking about the photos on the wall.
B—Bob　　　 L—Li Ming
B: What are you picking in the photo
L: Mulberries. Mulberries like these taste delicious.
B: Oh, really Are mulberries 233 fruit in Chengdu
L: Yes, there are a lot every May. You know Sichuan has a long history of silk culture. Silk from Chengdu became famous 234 as early as 2，000 years ago. I mean nearly all the people in the country knew it! And mulberry 235 are the main food for silkworms.
B: I see. Where did you pick the mulberries
L: Inside an ecological (生态的) park in Chengdu.
236 like picking mulberries and feeding silkworms are hot in May.
B: Wow! The ecological park 237 like a great place. What else can you do in the park
L: You can rent (租) a piece of land and grow crops or vegetables. Some experts will give you help if necessary. In this way, you can learn more about 238 .
B: That's a good way to 239 the life on the farm. It may help you forget the pressure in life and feel 240 .
L: That's true. It has many 241 .It also produces food for the city and makes the city greener.
B: Could you 242 me there this weekend I can't wait to visit the ecological park.
L: No problem.
六、颜色（本大题共1小题）
spell，color,key,yellow,green
A:What's this in English
B:It's a 243 ．
A: 244 it,please.
B:K-E-Y.
A:What 245 is it
B：It's 246 ．
A:Yellow What's this in English
B:It's a ruler.
A:What color is the ruler
B：It's 247 ．
参考答案
一、人与自我
【知识点】应用文、朋友、爱好
【答案】
1．family 2．parrot 3．even 4．tennis 5．from 6．parents 7．food 8．guitar 9．band 10．Would
【分析】本文主要是Pauline Lee和Peter Brown的自我介绍。
【解析】1．句意：我和我的大家庭住在新加坡。结合语境可知，14岁的Pauline应该与家人生活在一起，此处考查考family“家庭”，名词，my big family“我的大家庭”。故填family。
2．句意：它是一只鹦鹉。根据上文“I have a pet bird.”和下文“She … speaks some Chinese!”可知，此处是指一只会说话的鸟：鹦鹉；parrot“鹦鹉”，可数名词，此处用名词单数形式。故填parrot。
3．句意：她甚至会说一些中文！结合句末感叹号和语境可知，此处应用副词even“甚至”来强调出乎意料。故填even。
4．句意：我最喜欢的运动是网球。根据原文“My favorite sport is tennis.”可知，此处考查tennis“网球运动”，不可数名词。故填tennis。
5．句意：我来自英国伦敦。根据语境可知，此处是指Peter来自英国，考查be from“来自”，固定短语，其中from“来自”，介词。故填from。
6．句意：现在，我和父母住在北京。由语境可知，此处是指来自英国的13岁的Peter现在与父母生活在北京，考查parents“父母”，指父母双方，是名词复数形式。故填parents。
7．句意：我最喜欢的食物是北京烤鸭。根据下文“Beijing roast duck”可知，此处是指最喜欢的食物，考查food“食物”，常用作不可数名词。故填food。
8．句意：我喜欢音乐，我在学校乐队弹吉他。根据原文“…I play the guitar…”可知，此处是指Peter弹吉他，考查play the guitar“弹吉他”，固定搭配。故填guitar。
9．句意：我喜欢音乐，我在学校乐队弹吉他。根据上文“I like music”可知，此处是指Peter是学校乐队成员，考查band“乐队”，名词，此处用名词单数形式。故填band。
10．句意：你愿意成为我的朋友吗？根据“you like to be my friend”可知，此处考查would like to do sth.“想要做某事”，固定搭配，其中would是情态动词，这里表示委婉的语气，位于句首，首字母要大写。故填Would。
【知识点】可数名词及其单复数、形容词作表语、日常活动、现在分词变化规则、现在进行时的基本用法和结构、表示地点、方位、记叙文
【答案】
11．sunny；
12．girls；
13．reading；
14．swimming；
15．behind
【分析】
本文记叙了一个星期日的早晨，孩子们在公园里的活动情况。
11．
句意：天气晴朗温暖。阳光明媚的：sunny，形容词。故填sunny。
12．
句意：许多男孩和女孩在公园里。女孩：girl，可数名词，因之前有many修饰，故名词应用复数形式girls。故填girls。
13．
句意：他们中的一些人正在一棵大树下读书。阅读：read，动词；根据空前are的提示可知，句子应是现在进行时，构成形式为：be doing；read的现在分词是reading。故填reading。
14．
句意：一些人在游泳池里游泳。游泳：swim，动词；根据空前are的提示可知，句子应是现在进行时，构成形式为：be doing；swim的现在分词是swimming。故填swimming。
15．
句意：其他人在山后玩游戏。在……后面：behind，介词。故填behind。
【知识点】学校、日常活动、记叙文
【答案】
16．my；
17．American；
18．about；
19．students；
20．rides；
21．or；
22．well；
23．twice；
24．listening；
25．a
【分析】
本文主要讲述了作者的笔友史蒂夫的日常生活及学校生活方面的琐事。
16．本题考查：语境及形容词物主代词用法。分析：依据I是主格形式，此处要用形容词表示“我的”，所以相关形式为my，综合分析前后文及答案选项，可知此处填my 最恰当，完整句意为：Steve is my pen pal.史蒂夫是我的笔友。正确答案为：my
17．本题考查：语境及形容词用法。分析：依据此处要用形容词表示“美国的”，所以括号中给出单词的相关形式为American ，综合分析前后文及答案选项，可知此处填American 最恰当，完整句意为：He is an American boy.他是一个美国男孩。正确答案为：American
18．本题考查：语境及介词用法。分析：依据此处要用介词表示“关于”，所以括号中给出单词的相关形式为 about ，综合分析前后文及答案选项，可知此处填 about最恰当，完整句意为：He often writes to me and tells me something about his life.他经常给我写信，告诉我一些关于他的生活。正确答案为： about
19．本题考查：语境及可数名词复数。分析：依据此处要用可数名词复数表示“学生”，所以括号中给出单词的相关形式为 students ，综合分析前后文及答案选项，可知此处填students 最恰当。正确答案为：students
20．本题考查：语境及动词的第三人称单数用法。分析：依据此处要用动词的第三人称单数表示“骑自行车”，所以括号中给出单词的相关形式为rides ，综合分析前后文及答案选项，可知此处填rides最恰当，完整句意为：but Steve often rides a bike to school, sometimes walks to school.但是史蒂夫经常骑自行车上学，有时步行上学。正确答案为：rides
21．本题考查：语境及连词用法。分析：依据此处要用连词表示“或者，和”，所以括号中给出单词的相关形式为 or，综合分析前后文及答案选项，可知此处填 or最恰当，表示选择，完整句意为：After school, he often plays basketball or soccer.放学后，他经常打篮球或踢足球。正确答案为： or
22．本题考查：语境及副词用法。分析：依据此处要用副词表示“好”，所以括号中给出单词的相关形式为 well，综合分析前后文及答案选项，可知此处填 well最恰当，完整句意为：Steve swims very well and he goes swimming twice a week.史蒂夫游泳游得很好，他每周去游泳两次。正确答案为： well
23．本题考查：语境及数词用法。分析：依据此处要用数词表示“好”，所以括号中给出单词的相关形式为twice ，综合分析前后文及答案选项，可知此处填 twice 最恰当，twice a week.每周两次。完整句意为：Steve swims very well and he goes swimming twice a week.史蒂夫游泳游得很好，他每周去游泳两次。正确答案为：twice
24．本题考查：语境及动名词用法。分析：依据此处要用动名词表示“听”，所以括号中给出单词的相关形式为listening ，综合分析前后文及答案选项，可知此处填listening最恰当，like后面用动词ing形式表喜欢做某事。完整句意为：He likes listening to music in his free time.他喜欢在空闲时间听音乐。Steve is a happy boy.史蒂夫是一个快乐的男孩。正确答案为：listening
25．本题考查：语境及冠词用法。分析：依据此处要用冠词表示“一个”，所以括号中给出单词的相关形式为a ，综合分析前后文及答案选项，可知此处填a最恰当，happy发音以辅音字母h开头，故用a，完整句意为：He likes listening to music in his free time.他喜欢在空闲时间听音乐。Steve is a happy boy.史蒂夫是一个快乐的男孩。正确答案为：a
【知识点】个人情况、家庭、朋友与周围的人、记叙文
【答案】
26．family
27．live
28．thirteen
29．different
30．our
31．works
32．but
33．in
34．weekends
35．concert
【详解】本文主要介绍了作者一家人的情况。
26．句意：我要告诉你我的家庭。根据下文的介绍可知，作者主要介绍她的家庭，family“家庭”。故填family。
27．句意：我和我的父母以及我的妹妹住在英国。根据“with my parents and my sister in England”可知是住在英国，live“居住”，句子用一般现在时，主语是I，谓语动词用原形。故填live。
28．句意：我妹妹也十三岁了。根据“I’m thirteen years old”可知她也是13岁，thirteen“十三”。故填thirteen。
29．句意：我们在同一个年级，但是在不同的班级。根据“but...classes”可知转折词后表示在不同的班级，different“不同的”。故填different。
30．句意：我们都喜欢阅读，所以去图书馆是我们最喜欢的事情。根据“We both like reading...”可知去图书馆是我们最喜欢的事情，修饰名词用形容词性物主代词our“我们的”。故填our。
31．句意：我妈妈是一名护士，她在一家医院工作。根据“she...in a hospital”可知是在医院工作，work“工作”，句子用一般现在时，主语是she，谓语动词用单三。故填works。
32．句意：我爸爸是一名教师，但他不教孩子。前后是转折关系，用but连接。故填but。
33．句意：在工作日，我们经常在晚上一起读书。in the evening“在晚上”。故填in。
34．句意：在周末，我们有时去动物园，在那里参观许多种动物。根据“go to the zoo...”可知是周末去动物园，at weekends“在周末”。故填weekends。
35．句意：有时我们去听音乐会，因为我爸爸喜欢音乐。根据“my dad loves music”可知爸爸喜欢音乐，所以会去音乐会，concert“音乐会”，a后加名词单数。故填concert。
【知识点】家庭、朋友与周围的人、记叙文
【答案】
36．an；
37．are；
38．but；
39．same；
40．schoolbag；
41．Where；
42．sports；
43．with；
44．her；
45．too
【分析】
本文是Alan Brown对自己以及家庭成员的介绍。艾伦·布朗是一个英国男孩，现在在北京。他的爸爸和妈妈是老师。艾伦有一个姐姐，喜欢运动。我有一个足球和三个棒球。他们的父母爱他们，他们也爱他们的父母。
36．
句意：我是一个英国男孩。由“boy”是可数名词单数，应用不定冠词；根据空格后单词“English”是元音音素开头，可知一个英国男孩使用“an”，故填an。
37．
句意：我的爸爸和妈妈是老师。本句是主系表结构，由主语“My father and mother”是复数，可知be动词使用复数，故填are。
38．
句意：我有一个姐姐，但我没有哥哥。此句是并列句，空格处应填并列连词，由句意可知，前后句是转折关系，故填but。
39．
句意：我姐姐和我上同一所学校。the same相同的，固定搭配，一般修饰可数名词单数；由“My sister and I go to the…school.”可知同一所学校，故填same。
40．
句意：我的房间里有一张床，一张书桌和一个书包。根据下文“… is my schoolbag ”可知，我的房间里除了有一张床，一张书桌，还有一个书包。故填schoolbag。
41．
句意：我的书包在哪里？根据下文答句“It’s on the chair.”可知询问书包在哪里，句首单词首字母需大写，故填Where。
42．
句意：我喜欢运动。根据下文“I have a soccer ball and three baseballs. I often play soccer … my classmates after class.”可知，作者喜欢运动，故填sports。
43．
句意：下课后我经常和同学们踢足球。分析句子成分可知，空格处须填介词作状语；with和，介词，play soccer with和……一起踢足球；故填with。
44．
句意：它们在她的房间里。根据上文“She has many books.”可知，在她的房间里，空格处修饰名词“room”，应用形容词性物主代词her；故填her。
45．
句意：我们的父母爱我们，我们也爱他们。根据“Our parents love us, and we love them,…”可知空格处应用“也”，too也，一般用于句末，用逗号与主句隔开。故填too。
【知识点】应用文、日常活动、计划与安排
【答案】
46．invite；
47．the；
48．to；
49．about；
50．looking
【详解】本文是一封邀请函，邀请老师参加毕业派对。
46．句意：我写信邀请您加入我们。根据“Invitation”可知，这是一封邀请函，所以此处是指邀请。invite “邀请”，动词；又因空前有动词不定式符号“to”，其后跟动词原形。故填invite。
47．句意：三年来，我们从你身上学到了很多。根据“During...past three years,”可知，此处需用定冠词表示特指，“the”符合语境。故填the。
48．句意：不仅是知识，还有解决生活问题的方法。固定短语the way to do sth.“做某事的方法”。故填to。
49．句意：我们将在晚会上分享甜蜜的回忆，畅谈我们的梦想。此处是指谈论梦想。固定短语talk about“谈论”。故填about。
50．句意：我们期待您的回复。固定短语look forward to“期待做某事”，此处需用现在分词“looking”与空前be动词“are”构成现在进行时。故填looking。
【知识点】家庭、朋友与周围的人、说明文
【答案】
51．needs；
52．an；
53．are；
54．after；
55．best；
56．But；
57．your；
58．to；
59．most；
60．making
【分析】
本文是一篇说明文。文章主要讲了如何发现真正的友情并保持友谊。
51．
句意：每个人都需要朋友。根据空前的“every”和空后的“friends”可知，应该是每个人都需要朋友，时态是一般现在时，复合不定代词“everyone”作主语时，谓语动词用第三人称单数形式，所以空缺处用动词need“需要”的第三人称单数形式needs，故填needs。
52．
句意：有句老话。根据空后的“old saying”可知，空缺处应该用不定冠词表泛指，“old”是以元音音素开头的单词，所以空缺处用不定冠词an，故填an。
53．
句意：今天，美国作家Sally Seamans告诉年轻学生一些找朋友的好方法。根据空前的主语“young students”和后文的“by the American writer, Sally Seamans”可知，应该是被告诉，用一般现在时的被动语态，构成：主语+am/is/are+动词过去分词，主语“young students”是复数，所以空缺处用be动词的复数are，故填are。
54．
句意：你种下种子，细心照料，让它长得好。根据空后的“it carefully to make it grow well”可知，应该是细心照料，动词短语look after意为“照顾，照料”，故填after。
55．
句意：一个好朋友应该善于倾听并尽力帮助你。固定搭配try one’s best to do sth“尽某人最大努力做某事”，故填best。
56．
句意：但事情并不总是进展顺利。根据空后的“things do not always go well”可知，空缺处表转折关系，用连词but，位于句首，首字母大写，故填But。
57．
句意：当你和最好的朋友吵架时，你应该做什么？根据空前的“What should you do when you have a fight with”可知，应该是和你最好的朋友吵架，用形容词性物主代词your“你的”，故填your。
58．
句意：你可以给他或她写信。固定搭配write a letter to sb“给某人写信”，故填to。
59．
句意：请记住，友谊是你生命中最重要的东西。根据空前的“friendship is the”和空后的“important thing in your life”可知，应该是友谊是最重要的东西，形容词最高级the most important“最重要的”，故填most。
60．
句意：值得努力去呵护友谊！根据固定搭配be worth doing sth“值得做某事”和make an effort to do sth“努力做某事”可知，空缺处应该用make的动名词making，故填making。
【知识点】个人经历、学校、家庭、朋友与周围的人、记叙文
【答案】
61．In；
62．prize；
63．an；
64．could；
65．they；
66．sister；
67．are；
68．common；
69．up；
70．hearts
【分析】
本文主要介绍了上周的才艺展示很成功。林丹获得了一等奖，双胞胎妹妹林月的表演也很精彩。
61．
句意：事实上，这是我看过的最好的表演。In fact“事实上”，固定搭配，放句首，首字母大写。故填In。
62．
句意：他赢得了一等奖。根据“He won the first…”可知是一等奖，the first prize“一等奖”，固定搭配。故填prize。
63．
句意：据我所知，林丹是一个有趣的酷男孩。名词boy前加不定冠词表泛指，interesting是以元音音素开头的单词，用an。故填an。
64．
句意：在才艺表演上，他可以同时很好地打六个球。根据“he…play with six balls at the same time very well”可知此处表示他过去的能力，用could。故填could。
65．
句意：似乎他们都喜欢他。句中缺少主语，根据“As he stood on the stage (舞台) and played with the balls, all the students shouted excitedly”可知此处指代“all the students”，代词用主格they“他们”。故填they。
66．
句意：另外一个是林月，她是林丹的双胞胎妹妹。根据“She is a quiet girl with curly hair”以及“who is Lin Dan’s twin…”可知是双胞胎妹妹，妹妹：sister，由语境可知是一个妹妹，名词用单数。故填sister。
67．
句意：他们之间有很多的不同点。There be“有”，固定用法，句子描述一般情况，用一般现在时，主语是some differences，be动词用are。故填are。
68．
句意：但是他们也有一些共同点。have sth. in common“在某方面有相同点”,固定搭配。故填common。
69．
句意：在才艺表演上，林月装扮成白雪公主。dress up as..“装扮成……”，固定搭配。故填up。
70．
句意：她的表演触动了所有人的心灵。根据“Some students even cried after the show”可知她的表演打动了别人，touch one’s heart“触动某人的心灵”，因为是很多人，故名词用复数hearts。故填hearts。
【知识点】个人经历、家人和亲人、应用文
【答案】71．to 72．are 73．a 74．about 75．like
【分析】本文主要是作者向朋友介绍了自己和父亲在纽约度假的情况，并询问朋友在澳大利亚过得怎么样。
【解析】71．句意：这是一个旅游的好地方。根据“a good place...take a trip”可知是旅游的好地方，用动词不定式作定语。故填to。
72．句意：我们现在正在参观自由女神像。根据“right now”可知句子用现在进行时，主语是We，be动词用are。故填are。
73．句意：这是纽约的象征。a symbol of“……的象征”。故填a。
74．句意：你怎么样？how about“……怎么样”。故填about。
75．句意：那里的天气怎么样？what’s the weather like“天气怎么样”。故填like。
【知识点】个人情况、日常活动、说明文
【答案】
76．like；
77．who；
78．many；
79．not##hardly；
80．reasons；
81．stay；
82．other；
83．to；
84．sleep；
85．so
【分析】
本文是一篇说明文，讨论目前青少年的睡眠时间不够等问题。
76．
句意：专家认为，睡眠就像食物和水。根据“No one can live without sleep.”可知，睡眠像食物和水一样重要，be like“像”，故填like。
77．
句意：科学家发现，晚上睡眠少于6个半小时的人比睡眠8个小时的人更容易生病。本句是定语从句，先行词是people指人，引导词在从句中作主语，故填who。
78．
句意：你每晚睡几个小时？根据“Most students have less than 8 hours of sleep every night.”可知，此处对数量提问，hours是可数名词复数，how many多少，故填many。
79．
句意：这些学生不能集中精力学习。根据“Some teachers complain that a few students feel sleepy or even fall asleep in class.”可知，学生不能集中，用not/hardly表示否定，故填not/hardly。
80．
句意：结果表明，造成这一问题的主要原因有两个。根据“Why are so many students short (缺少）of sleep ”可知，此处表示“原因”，可用reason表示，此前有two修饰，使用名词复数，故填reasons。
81．
句意：有些学生不得不熬夜直到晚上11点才完成作业。stay up late“熬夜很晚”，用于have to do sth短语中，使用动词原形，故填stay。
82．
句意：另一个原因是关于互联网的使用。根据“The result shows that there are two main…”可知，是两个原因，one…the other…“一个……另一个……”，故填other。
83．
句意：教育部已经对这个问题给予了更多的关注，要求小学生每天至少睡10小时，初中9小时，高中8小时。pay attention to“关注，注意”，故填to。
84．
句意：教育部已经对这个问题给予了更多的关注，要求小学生每天至少睡10小时，初中生9小时，高中生8小时。根据“students in primary schools should…at least 10 hours a day”可知，此处表示“睡觉”，可用sleep表示，should后加动词原形，故填sleep。
85．
句意：学校希望给学生少布置作业，这样他们就可以有更多的时间睡觉。“they can have more time to sleep”是目的，so that“以便，为了”，故填so。
二、人与社会
【知识点】著名人物、说明文
【答案】
86．education；
87．influenced；
88．different；
89．danger；
90．importance
【分析】
这篇短文主要介绍了伟大的教育家——孔子，介绍了他的一些教育理念。
86．句意：孔子是教育领域的先驱。根据下文He was born in the year 551 B. C. He was a great thinker who had many wise ideas about human nature and behavior. His main ideas are about kindness and good manners.可知上文是说教育界的先驱。education的意思是“教育”，根据句意，故填education。
87．句意：他也是一位著名的哲学家，他的智慧之言影响了许多不同国家的人。这里是完成时，其结构是have done的形式。influence的意思是“影响”，过去分词是influenced，根据句意，故填influenced
88．句意：他也是一位著名的哲学家，他的智慧之言影响了许多不同国家的人。different+名词复数，表示不同的……。different countries不同的国家；根据句意，故填different。
89．句意：学而不思则罔。这里是孔子的名言，be in danger表示处于危境。根据句意，故填danger。
90．句意：告诉我们学习和思考的重要性。the importance of….表示……的重要性。根据句意，故填importance。
【知识点】个人经历、记叙文、购物
【答案】
91．birthday；
92．old；
93．are；
94．buy；
95．in；
96．and；
97．but；
98．money
【分析】
短文大意：短文记叙了玛丽的四个好朋友去商店为她买生日礼物的事情。
91．句意：今天是玛丽的生日。名词所有格Mary's后接名词；根据句意结构和上下文提示，可知填birthday。
92．句意：她13岁了。“基数词 + years + old”表示多少岁，根据句意结构和上下文提示，可知填old。
93．句意：吉姆、迈克、凯特和比尔都是她的朋友。本句是主系表结构，主语由and连接是并列主语，属于复数人称，系词需用are；根据句意结构和上下文提示，可知填are。
94．句意：他们想给玛丽买些礼物。want to do想要做某事；gifts礼物，根据句意结构和上下文提示，可知填buy。
95．句意：商店里有很多东西。in the shop在商店里，根据句意结构和上下文提示，可知填in。
96．句意：他们买了一个大蛋糕，一个铅笔盒和一些好书。a big cake, a pencil case和some nice books是并列的事物，需用and连接；根据句意结构和上下文提示，可知填and。
97．句意：他们还想给玛丽买一件T恤，但所有的T恤都太贵了。本句前后是转折关系，需用but连接；根据句意结构和上下文提示，可知填but。
98．句意：而且他们没有太多的钱。much很多的，后接不可数名词；根据上文but all the T-shirts are too expensive和上下文提示，可知填money。
【知识点】文化、说明文
【答案】
99．customs；
100．be；
101．capital；
102．invites##asks；
103．expected##supposed；
104．mad##angry；
105．an；
106．waiting；
107．without；
108．interesting
【详解】
〖导语〗
本文是一篇说明文。文章介绍的是瑞典“守时”的风俗习惯。
99．
句意：不同的国家有不同的习俗。根据下一句中的“time opinions of our country”可知本文谈论的是时间这一习俗。“习俗”用名词custom，形容词different后接复数名词。故填customs。
100．
句意：在瑞典，准时是非常重要的。句型It’s+形容词+to do sth.表示“做某事是怎么样的”，因此to后接动词原形。“准时”可用be on time。故填be。
101．
句意：毕竟，我们是钟表之都！结合常识及人文地理知识，瑞典是钟表之都，因此the后接名词capital，意为“都城”。故填capital。
102．
句意：如果有人邀你在4点时见面，那你就应该在4点准时到达。invite sb. to do sth.表示“邀请某人做某事”，ask sb. to do sth.表示“要求某人做某事”。if引导的条件状语从句中，根据“主将从现”原则，从句应用一般现在时，主语为someone，谓语动词应用第三人称单数形式，即用invites或asks。故填invites/asks。
103．
句意：如果有人邀你在4点时见面，那你就应该在4点准时到达。结合语境，可知此处意为“应该”，可用be expected to do或be supposed to do。故填expected/supposed。
104．
句意：甚至，如果你迟到了15分钟，你的朋友可能会生气。get在此为连系动词，意为“变得”，后接形容词。结合语境，此处应指朋友会“生气”，可用形容词mad或angry。故填mad/angry。
105．
句意：所以当我和朋友见面时，我尽力准时。make an effort to do sth.表示“尽力做某事”。故填an。
106．
句意：我为了避开交通拥堵，总是早早出发，因为我觉得让别人等待是很不礼貌的。keep sb. doing sth.表示“让某人一直做某事”。结合语境，可知此处表示让别人“等待”，用动词wait的动名词waiting。故填waiting。
107．
句意：我们也从来没有不提前打电话告知就直接到朋友的家里去。结合语境，可知此处应是表示“没有做某事”，可用介词短语without doing sth.来表示。故填without。
108．
句意：我们经常计划做一些有趣的事情，或者一起去某个地方。不定代词something后接形容词作后置定语，结合语境，此处应是表示做一些“有趣的”事情。故填interesting。
【知识点】艺术、说明文
【答案】
109．make；
110．full；
111．It；
112．who；
113．his；
114．singing；
115．by；
116．so；
117．not；
118．least
【分析】
很多人都喜欢音乐，有一项研究也表明，音乐可以使人们更快乐、更健康。音乐的类型有很多，不同的人喜欢的类型也是不一样的。短文中作者给我们介绍了他不同时刻喜欢的不同音乐，还提到了他家附近的一个音乐馆。
109．句意：根据世界卫生组织的一项新研究，音乐能使我们更快乐、更健康。根据句意和空后us happier and healthier可知，这里应表示“使…怎么样”，应用使用动词make，空前有情态动词can，故这里填动词原形make。
110．句意：当我情绪低落的时候，我喜欢充满希望和能量的流行音乐。根据句意和空后的of可知，这里考查短语full of…充满…。故这里填full。
111．句意：对于我来说听轻音乐很容易就能睡着。这句话使用的句型是It is+形容词+for sb. to do sth.“对于某人来说做某事是…的”，其中It是形式主语，真正的主语是动词不定式。故这里应填It。
112．句意：一些医生发现了一个事实—喜爱音乐的人可能更长寿。根据句子结构可知，…love music是一个定语从句，修饰名词people，指人，故应填关系代词who，在从句中作主语。
113．句意：在我住的附近，一个男人和他的妻子拥有一个小的音乐屋，里面有情调音乐。根据句意可知，这个空指代那个男人的妻子，故应填形容词性物主代词his，意为“他的”。
114．句意：青少年们喜欢来这里消磨时间，同时音乐家唱着各种各样的音乐。根据句意musicians are… different kinds of music可知，这里应表示“演唱…”，while引导的时间状语从句中使用的是现在进行时，故这里填现在分词singing。
115．句意：有时候我们会非常幸运听到一些著名的歌手演唱他们自己写的歌。根据句意songs written“被写的歌”，这里应填介词by，表示“被…”。
116．句意：这些歌曲如此优美以至于我们都会跟着一起唱。根据句意和句子结构可知，这句话中使用的是句型so…that…如此…以至于…，引导结果状语从句，故这里填so。
117．句意：它不仅使我们想起了过去的好时光，而且给我们带来了甜美的回忆。根据句意可知，这句话中使用了连词短语not only…but also，意为“不但…而且…”，因此这里应填not。
118．句意：我们每一个人，不管富有还是贫穷，年轻还是年老，可能都至少有一首最喜欢的歌。根据句意可知，这里考查的是短语at least，意为“至少”，故这里应填least。
【点睛】
这篇短文的话题是音乐，是一个学生们都非常熟悉的话题，因此文意比较容易理解。题型是根据文意在空格上填写适当的单词，题目中没有给出关于单词的任何提示，学生们只能通过上下文的意思进行猜测，还需要注意单词的适当形式。做题时，应先通读短文，将空格隔过去，了解文章的大概意思；然后再确切理解每句话想要表达的内容，填写适当的单词。句子的结构、固定短语等，也是解题的关键。例如第3小题，这句话使用的句型是It is+形容词+for sb. to do sth.“对于某人来说做某事是…的”，其中It是形式主语，真正的主语是动词不定式。故这里应填It。再如第9小题，而且给我们带来了甜美的回忆。根据句意可知，这句话中使用了连词短语not only…but also，意为“不但…而且…”，因此这里应填not。
【知识点】应用文、计划与安排、通讯与媒体
【答案】
119．movie；
120．What about；
121．but；
122．book；
123．cheap
【详解】本文是Jimmy和Tom相约去看《蜘蛛侠》电影的信息。
119．句意：电影《蜘蛛侠》下周上映。根据“Spider Man be shown”可推断，《蜘蛛侠》是一个电影的名字，movie“电影”，此空应填名词单数形式，故填movie。
120．句意：一起去看这部电影怎么样？此处是一个提出建议的句子，结合going可知，此空可填what about，what about doing sth“做某事怎么样”，故填What about。
121．句意：我这周很忙，但是下周一我有空。“I’m busy this week,”与“I will be free next Monday”是转折关系，故填but。
122．句意：我可以在网上订票。根据“the tickets online”可知，此处指在网上订票，book“预订”，情态动词can后接动词原形，不填book。
123．句意：它们很便宜，我们可以节省一些钱。根据“the tickets online”及“we can save some money”可知，网上订票便宜，可以节省一些钱，形容词cheap“便宜的”作表语，故填cheap。
【知识点】中华文化、记叙文、音乐与舞蹈
【答案】
124．who/that 125．in 126．the 127．He 128．to 129．because 130．But 131．are 132．up 133．will
【分析】本文主要介绍了舞狮的相关信息。
【解析】124．句意：据说，在一些重要的节日里跳或看到舞狮的人在新的一年里会很幸运。根据“It is said that people ... have or watch lions dancing in some important festivals will be very lucky in the coming year.”可知，此句为定语从句，先行词指人，从句缺主语，故关系词用who/that。故填who/that。
125．句意：通常，一只狮子由两名舞者组成。in total“总共”，介词短语。故填in。
126．句意：一个舞者控制头部，另一个控制尾部。根据“One dancer controls the head, and ... other controls the tail.”可知，one ... the other“一个……，另一个……”。故填the。
127．句意：他是纽约华人共济会体育俱乐部的成员。根据“Anthony Huang, a boy aged 16”可知，此处指Anthony Huang“他”是纽约华人共济会体育俱乐部的一名成员，he“他”，句首首字母大写。故填He。
128．句意：一开始控制头部对我来说并不容易，但现在我习惯了控制一切。get used to doing sth.“习惯于做某事”，固定短语。故填to。
129．句意：舞狮对我来说很重要，因为它能让我精神振奋。前后为因果关系，此处表示原因，应用because连接。故填because。
130．句意：但今天情况不同了。根据“In the past, lion dancing was performed mostly by men.”和“it is different today.”可知，前后句为转折关系，应用转折连词but，句首首字母大写。故填But。
131．句意：队里有男孩也有女孩。there be表示“有”；主语“boys and girls”为复数，时态为一般现在时，be动词用are。故填are。
132．句意：任何人都可以学舞狮。根据“Anyone can take ... lion dancing.”可知，此处考查短语take up“开始从事，开始学习”。故填up。
133．句意：但团队的社区意识永远不会改变。根据“Lion dancing will continue to evolve (发展).”可知，此处时态为一般将来时，结构为will do。故填will。
【知识点】节假日活动、节日、说明文
【答案】
134．have；
135．the；
136．to；
137．older；
138．many
【详解】本文介绍了在特殊的日子里，一家人都会在一起庆祝，并举例说明母亲节和孩子的生日是如何庆祝的。
134．句意：这些日子，传统已经非常不同了。根据“Traditions for these days…been very different.” 可知，此处是现在完成时，结构是have/has been，主语Traditions是复数，故用助动词have。故填have。
135．句意：在塞尔维亚，这一天是圣诞节前的第二个星期天。空后的second是序数词，其前应加定冠词the。故填the。
136．句意：故你要付多少钱才能脱身？根据“What will you pay…get away ”可知，付钱的目的是脱身，故用动词不定式表目的。填to。
137．句意：在那之后，所有的孩子都在新年那天庆祝他们的生日，因为那是他们长大一岁的时候。根据“that’s when they grow a year…”可知，孩子们在新年会长大一岁，应用形容词old的比较级older。故填older。
138．句意：传统上，“生日男孩”或“生日女孩”应该在嘴里塞满尽可能多的长面条，然后吃掉它们。根据“the ‘birthday boy’ or ‘birthday girl’ should fill their mouth with…”可知，吃面条时，若想将嘴巴填满，应该吃很多面条；many“许多”，修饰名词noodles。故填many。
【知识点】文化、说明文、饮食
【答案】
139．yes；　
140．how；　
141．good；　
142．in；　
143．ago；　
144．water；　
145．become；　
146．drink；　
147．more；　
148．it　
【详解】本文介绍了茶的相关信息。
139．考查副词。句意为：如果答案是肯定的，你可能和很多人有相同的习惯。根据语境并结合句意可知应填yes。
140．考查宾语从句。句意为：你可能不知道茶有多受欢迎。根据语境可知，设空处引导宾语从句，表示“多么”，故填how。
141．考查形容词。句意为：人们喜欢它，因为它对身体健康有好处。be good for 意为“对……有好处”，符合句意。
142．考查介词。句意为：茶叶主要产自中国和印度等亚洲国家。根据句意可知，此处应表示“在某地”，且countries为大地点，故填in。
143．考查副词。句意为：早在5，000年前中国人就开始饮茶了。结合语境可知，此处表示“以前”，且位于时间段后，故填ago。
144．考查名词。句意为：他们只是把新鲜的茶叶放进热水里。根据生活常识可知，沏茶时要把茶叶放进热水里。故填water。
145．考查动词。become popular意为“流行起来；受欢迎”，符合语境。由设空前的has及语境可知应填过去分词become。
146．考查动词。句意为：那里的人们喜欢喝加糖或牛奶的茶。根据句意可知，此处表示“喝茶”；like to do sth.意为“喜欢做某事”。故填drink。
147．考查形容词的比较级。句意为：随着饮茶人数的增加，茶叶生意变得比以前更重要了。根据空后的than before可知，此处应表示“更……”，故填more。
148．考查代词。句意为：从那以后，人们每年都庆祝它。根据语境可知，设空处应指代前文的International Tea Day。故填it。
【知识点】交通、爱好、记叙文
【答案】149．drive/take 150．everywhere 151．busy 152．on 153．ride 154．minutes 155．with 156．because
【分析】本文介绍了作者喜欢乘坐公共交通出行。
【解析】149．句意：许多人出门时喜欢开车。根据“Many people like to...a car when they go out.”可知，此处是drive/take a car“开车”，like to do sth.“喜欢做某事”，动词不定式作宾语。故填drive/take。
150．句意：在我所在的城市，公共自行车、地铁和公共汽车等公共交通工具随处可见。根据“public transport like the public bike, the subway and the bus is…”可知，此处指公共交通工具到处都是，everywhere“处处，到处”符合语境。故填everywhere。
151．句意：在工作日的交通高峰期，交通总是很繁忙。根据“during the rush hour”可知，此处指在交通高峰期，交通很繁忙，busy“繁忙的”，形容词作表语。故填busy。
152．句意：在工作日的交通高峰期，交通总是很繁忙。此处是短语on weekdays“在工作日”。故填on。
153．句意：早上骑公共自行车上班对我来说很容易。根据“a public bike”可知，此处是骑公共自行车，ride“骑”；It’s adj. for sb. to do sth.“做某事对某人来说……”，用动词不定式作主语。故填ride。
154．句意：我上班大约需要二十分钟。根据“It takes me about twenty…to go to work.”可知，此处指上班需要大约二十分钟，minute“分钟”，twenty修饰可数名词复数形式。故填minutes。
155．句意：有时我和家人乘公共汽车去艺术中心。根据“Sometimes I go to an art center…my family”可知，此处指和家人一起去艺术中心，应用介词with“和”。故填with。
156．句意：乘车从不无聊，因为我们可以在公共汽车上聊天。根据“The ride is never boring…we can have a talk on the bus.”可知，乘车不无聊，因为可以在公共汽车上聊天，用because引导原因状语从句。故填because。
【知识点】中国历史、历史人物、记叙文
【答案】
157．already 158．or 159．story 160．first 161．his 162．rose 163．found 164．angry 165．visit 166．free
【分析】本文主要讲述了贴 “倒福” 的历史故事。
【解析】157．句意：据记载，自宋朝以来，人们就已经实践了这一传统。本句是陈述句，且时态是现在完成时，句中成分齐全，所以应填副词，already “已经” 常与现在完成时连用，且符合语境，故填already。
158．句意：“福”字可以正常粘贴，也可以倒过来粘贴，因为在汉语中，“倒福”和“福到”发音相似，都读作“福到”。either...or...“要么……要么……”，固定短语，此处指要么正常贴，要么倒过来贴，故填or。
159．句意：关于贴“倒福”的起源，有一个故事。下文讲述的是贴 “倒福”的故事，且a后跟单数名词，所以空处用story表示“故事”，故填story。
160．句意：明朝第一任皇帝朱元璋曾经用“福” 字作为暗号来惩罚冒犯他妻子马皇后的一个家庭。根据“Zhu Yuanzhang”及常识可知，朱元璋是明朝第一任皇帝，first“第一”，表顺序。故填first。
161．句意：明朝第一任皇帝朱元璋曾经用“福”字作为暗号来惩罚个冒犯他的妻子马皇后的一个家庭。根据“Zhu Yuanzhang”可知，此处指朱元璋的妻子，所以用his修饰，故填his。
162．句意：为了避免这场灾难，善良的马皇后命令京城的每家每户在第二天太阳升起之前在门前贴上“福” 字。根据“before the sun ... the next day”可知，应是太阳升起之前，rise “上升”，时态是一般过去时，所以此处用过去式，故填rose。
163．句意：第二天，当皇帝命令他的士兵检查时，他们发现到处都是“福”字，包括那个颠倒的。根据“ordered his soldiers to check”可知，应是检查时发现，find“发现”，时态是一般过去时，所以此处用过去式，故填found。
164．句意：皇帝非常生气，立即命令他的侍卫惩罚那个贴了不同福字的家庭。根据“ immediately ordered his palace guards to punish the family who had pasted the character differently.”可知，他应该很生气，所以让侍卫惩罚那个家庭，angry “生气的”，形容词作表语，故填angry。
165．句意：那家人知道你今天要来看他们，所以他们故意把这个字贴反了。根据“... so they pasted the character upside down on purpose (故意地)”及语境可知，应是知道要来拜访，所以故意贴反了，visit“拜访”，to后跟动词原形，故填visit。
166．句意：皇帝听到后，立即释放了这家人。根据“That family knew that you were coming to... them today so they pasted the character upside down on purpose (故意地). Doesn’t it have the same meaning as fu arrives ”可知，应是听了之后，释放了他们。set sb. free “释放某人”，故填free。
【知识点】体育、夹叙夹议、方法与哲理
【答案】
167． On
168． made
169． help
170． Thanks
171． keep##continue
172． cool
173． learn
174． them
175． As
176． to
【详解】本文主要讲述了中国女足时隔16年再一次夺得了亚洲冠军，女足精神鼓励我们在面对困难时不要放弃。
167．句意：2022年2月6日，中国队对阵韩国队。“February 6th 2022”是具体的某一天，故其前介词应用on，句首首字母大写。故填On。
168．句意：该队在印度最后输了两分，所以女孩们决定反击。make one’s decision“决定”，固定短语；根据上句的时间状语“…February 6th 2022,”可知，句子应是一般过去时，故动词应用过去式made。故填made。
169．句意：第93分钟，肖裕仪在王姗姗的帮助下获得了最后一分。with the help of“在……的帮助下”，固定短语。故填help。
170．句意：多亏了所有一直支持中国女足的球迷，我们将在未来继续努力。thanks to“多亏”，固定短语，句首首字母大写。故填Thanks。
171．句意：多亏所有一直支持中国女足的球迷，我们将在未来继续努力。分析句子结构可知，空处应是谓语动词；根据前句“to all the fans who kept supporting the Chinese women’s football team,”语境和空后“in the future”可知，应是我们将在未来继续努力，故空处应是keep/continue“继续”，动词；句子是一般将来时，will后加动词原形。故填keep/continue。
172．句意：我太激动了。我试图保持冷静，但很难不哭。根据后句“but it`s difficult not to cry.”可知，应是试图保持冷静，keep one’s cool表示“保持冷静”。故填cool。
173．句意：我应该向他们学习。learn from sb.“向某人学习”，固定短语，should后接动词原形。故填learn。
174．句意：人们甚至称赞他们为“钢铁玫瑰”。承接前句“The fighting spirit is always a tradition for these women football players.”句意可知，空处应是them“他们”，指女足队员，动词后接人称代词宾格。故填them。
175．句意：众所周知，中国女足在1996年奥运会和1999年世界杯上获得第二名。as we all know“众所周知”，固定搭配，句首首字母大写。故填As。
176．句意：他们的精神鼓励我们普通人当我们面对困难时不要放弃。encourage sb. not to do sth.“鼓励某人不做某事”，是动词不定式的否定形式。故填to。
【知识点】方法与哲理、说明文
【答案】
177．forget；　
178．at；　
179．middle；　
180．one；　
181．already；　
182．teach；　
183．other；　
184．until　
【详解】本文介绍几种事半功倍的学习方法。
177．考查动词。句意为：根据艾宾浩斯(的说法)，如果你不及时复习，你会很容易忘记。根据下文的描述可知，此处表示“忘记”；结合空前的you'll可知设空处填动词原形，故填forget。
178．考查固定搭配。句意为：重复至少5次，你几乎可以记住所有的东西。固定搭配at least意为“至少”，故填at。
179．考查名词。句意为：你可以在一张纸的中间画一条线。根据下一句可知此处表示“中间”；结合the和of可知此处应填名词；名词middle意为“中间”，符合语境。故填middle。
180．考查代词。句意为：在这些问题中，最重要的一个是你如何使用关键信息。此处应用代词one指代。
181．考查副词。句意为：将其与你已知的知识联系起来。结合语境及空前的you've可知此处应填副词already，意为“已经”。
182．考查动词。句意为：研究表明，当学生教别人时，他们可以更好地理解自己学到的东西。根据下文的“Second, teach what you've just learned to someone with zero knowledge of the subject…”可知此处表示“教”；设空所在句的时态为一般现在时，且从句的主语they为复数，故填teach。
183．考查形容词。句意为：第二，把你刚刚学到的东西用别的话教给一个对这门学科一无所知的人。由语境及空后的名词words可知此处应填other。
184．考查连词。句意为：第四，重复以上步骤，直到你不用看书就能解释题目。until意为“直到……为止”，引导时间状语从句，符合语境。故填until。
【知识点】夹叙夹议、家庭、朋友与周围的人、通讯与媒体
【答案】
185．office；
186．back；
187．phone；
188．spends；
189．alone；
190．fewer；
191．or；
192． protect
【详解】本文通过王小姐和她母亲的经历告诉我们老人现在过度使用手机，这样会引起很多问题，所以作者建议年轻人要多拜访老人，老人也要多做一些其他活动。
185．句意：一天早上，她刚到办公室，就注意到她妈妈的一些未接电话。根据“When Wang hurried home from her office”可知她到达了办公室，office“办公室”。故填office。
186．句意：马上，她很着急的给妈妈回了电话。根据“she called her mother...”以及上文可知，看到妈妈的未接电话，会回电话，call sb. back“给某人回电话”。故填back。
187．句意：王小姐从办公室赶回家时，发现妈妈的手机还有70%的电量。根据“she found her mother’s...was still 70% charged”以及上文可知她妈妈的手机还有电，phone“电”，指她妈妈的手机，名词用单数。故填phone。
188．句意：她的母亲每天花八个小时玩游戏、阅读新闻和在线观看短视频。根据“eight hours a day playing games...”可知是花费时间做某事，主语是人，用spend“花费”，描述一般情况，用一般现在时，主语是第三人称单数，谓语用第三人称单数。故填spends。
189．句意：这个故事并不特别，王的母亲并不是唯一的例子。根据“This story is not special”以及“She is just one in a growing population of the old who lose themselves in playing with phones”可知王小姐的母亲不是唯一的一个沉迷手机的例子，alone“单独的”。故填alone。
190．句意：由于老年人参加社交活动的机会较少，智能手机是打发时间的最佳方式。根据“a smart phone is the best way to kill time”可知他们用手机打发时间，因为他们参加社交活动的机会相较于年轻人来说更少，故此处用比较级，修饰可数名词复数用fewer“更少”。故填fewer。
191．句意：使用手机时要小心，否则很容易上当！根据“Be careful when using your phones...you will be easily fooled”可知此处是结构“祈使句+or+陈述句”，表示“用手机时要小心，否则很容易被欺骗”。故填or。
192．句意：对于年轻人来说，他们应该经常拜访老年人，并帮助他们更多地了解网络安全，以便他们能够保护自己。根据“help them learn more about online safety so that they can...themselves”可知让老人了解网络安全，这样老人能保护自己，protect“保护”，情态动词can后加动词原形。故填protect。
【知识点】应用文、文化、方法与哲理
【答案】
193．but；
194．as；
195．who/that；
196．he；
197．what；
198．of；
199．are；
200．if；
201．in；
202．to
【详解】本文是一篇应用文，介绍孩子们的肢体语言，并针对不同情况给出一些建议。
193．句意：你可能没有注意到，但我们使用肢体语言的次数比我们想象的要多。前后两句构成转折关系，用but连接，故填but。
194．句意：通常孩子们的肢体语言和成年人的是一样的，有时它传递的是不同的信息。the same as“与……相同”，故2025--2026年人教版中考英语语篇：综合填空题综合分类能力提高练习
一、人与自我（本大题共6小题）
Are you free on Saturdays and Sundays？ Are you good at 1 （swim）？ Our club needs a teacher to teach 2 （child） from 8 to 10 years old．It is 3 （interest） to study with them．Please call Leo at 5968- 4437．
Are you busy after school？ No？ Can you 4 （speak） English？ Yes？ Then we need you to help some 5 （America） students．Now they are learning Chinese 6 Beijing．But their Chinese is not 7 （well）．They are friendly 8 you can make friends with them．Please email Mr Liu at helpingus@gmail．com．
Can you play 9 guitar or the drums？ Do you have time this Wednesday？ 10 （we） music club will have a party that day and we want you to join us．I'm sure you will have a great time playing with us．Please call me at 3253-1143．
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Dear Lihua,
My name is Alice Green. My 11 (one) name is Alice. I am from England. I am 12 eleven-year-old girl. I have a big family. I have a sister. We are students and we go to school 13 Monday to Friday. We don’t have 14 (lesson) on Saturdays or Sundays.
My father and mother are teachers. They say 15 (Chinese) is a great country. They also say Chinese people are very friendly. We all want to travel there one day. I think Chinese history is very 16 (interest).
I have some hobbies (业余爱好). I often learn Chinese after school 17 I want to talk with Chinese people 18 (good). I am also a sport lover. I like 19 (play) soccer and basketball. What do you like
Let’s be friends. Please write to 20 (I) soon.
Yours,
Alice
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
46 year old Zhang Hong reached the top of Qomolangma 21 May 24, 2021, which made him the first blind person from Asia to conquer (征服) the world's highest mountain.Before 22 (head) for Qomolangma, Zhang had conquered three mountains above 6，000 meters.
Born in Chongqing, Zhang became blind at the age of 21 because of glaucoma (青光眼)．Both his father and uncle lost their sight due to the same disease, so Zhang knew exactly what life would be like for blind people from an early age.He lost hope and wanted to die, but 23 (lucky), he was saved by his wife.“I felt so 24 (hope) then.But my wife was always there and encouraged me.Without her by my side, I couldn't have pulled myself together，” Zhang recalled.
In 2015, by accident, he heard of the blind American mountaineer Weihenmayer, who climbed Qomolangma.This gave him the idea of having 25 try, too.He then started to climb the mountains together with his guide.He did a lot of training, including rock climbing and walking on snow and ice.
Zhang also met many other mountaineers from all over the world.They all encouraged him even though they 26 (speak) different languages. Zhang could feel their warmth through hugs and pats on 27 (he) shoulders. Zhang said climbing Qomolangma taught him many things, like how 28 (trust) people.Finally he made it to the top of Qomolangma.He said, “Through this experience, I come to realize that we will never know what we can achieve 29 we try.”
“I can't see the world, but I want the world to see me,” Zhang said.“I've got so much energy from my family and these 30 (climb). Now I'd like to share that energy with others and encourage other disabled people.”
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或用括号内单词的正确形式填空。
In our family, everyone helps out around the house. Sharing housework makes our family closer and 31 (happy).
We want 32 (keep) our house clean and tidy. Every morning, my younger sister Lingling and I make the bed by 33 (our). When we finish breakfast, Lingling carries all the 34 (dish) to the kitchen. My special job is taking care of Coco, our lovely pet dog. I fill our dog Coco’s bowl 35 food.
In 36 evening, we often do some teamwork. When the sun 37 (set) over our neighbourhood, Lingling and I take turns walking Coco. Lingling loves watering flowers in our house, 38 she is not tall enough to reach the top of the shelf. So I water the flowers on the top. I’m so proud 39 my role as the older brother.
My sister and I 40 (learn) a lot through housework already. Last month, when my mom was sick, all the housework 41 (do) by my sister and me. Housework isn’t just work. It shows love for our family.
Tomorrow is my 42 (sister) birthday. And it is her 43 (eleven) birthday. At the moment I 44 (prepare) a gift for her. I want to give her a surprise, so I am doing it 45 (secret). I hope she will like it. I love my family.
阅读短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或用括号内所给词的正确形式填空，使短文通顺、连贯。
My uncle Jason is a fireman. Today I visited him at the fire station. It was a nice day full 46 new things to see and learn!
The fire station looks like a house. The most exciting part is the garage (车库). There are 47 number of fire trucks in it, ready for calls. The garage is also a place for firemen to exercise. They must stay strong 48 (save) people. For the safety of firemen, special masks (面罩), coats and helmets (头盔) are always necessary. But having them on is like wearing a winter coat in summer, both heavy 49 hot!
When Uncle Jason showed me his bedroom, an emergency call 50 (sudden) came in—a fire in a house! He and some other firemen rushed out as soon as possible. When they 51 (return), Uncle Jason told me they saved a family’s pet and put out the fire.
Firemen work in shifts (轮班) and each shift lasts twenty-four 52 (hour). On busy days, they may spend all night fighting fires. They also help people in many other ways. Last night, an old couple found a snake in their house and Uncle Jason 53 (send) to offer help.
Uncle Jason says the hardest part for him is being away from 54 (he) family. He misses them when he’s at work, but he loves helping people as a fireman.
It’s fun meeting my uncle at his workplace. In my heart, he has become 55 (great) than ever before. I’m so proud of him!
读下面短文, 在空白处填入一个适当的单词或用括号内单词的正确形式填空
Tony is a 15-year-old boy. He 56 (make) seven model planes since two years ago. Today is Sunday, Tony 57 (do) his homework now. After that, he 58 (throw) himself into the work of making model 59 (plane) right away.
Last month, Tony made a model plane on 60 (he) own. He flew it 61 (successful). His model plane is 0.8 meters wide 62 weighs about 35 kilograms. This is the 63 (large) one he has ever made and he thinks it the most wonderful one.
When he was making the plane, Tony 64 (meet) many difficulties. “But the biggest difficulty is that the people around me couldn't understand me well,” Tony said. “When I said I was going to make 65 model plane, many people thought it was impossible. But I decided 66 (keep) on working hard. That is because once I start something, giving up is not a 67 (choose) for me.” A model plane competition 68 (hold) in his town 69 May 1st, 2024. He won the 70 (one) place.
When talking about his future, he said he dreamed of becoming a plane engineer.
二、人与社会（本大题共21小题）
阅读短文，在空白处填入不多于三个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形试。
Dear Zhao Xue,
I 71 (be) very happy to get your e-mail. From your e-mail, I know you always eat rice, vegetables and chicken. I think they are 72 (health) food. Chicken is your favorite. My brother, David, likes it, 73 . You often eat hamburgers at KFC 74 your friends. And I often go there, too.
I live in London, England. I like fish and hamburgers very much. Every morning, I have some 75 (bread), milk and 76 egg for breakfast at home. 77 lunch, I often have some fish, vegetables and a hamburger at school with my good friend, Jane. In the evening, I have dinner with my family. My mother 78 (get) nice food for us. I like China very much and I want 79 (go) on a trip with 80 (I) parents in China. Can you tell me something about Chinese cities
Anna
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Guangchang is a beautiful place in Jiangxi. It is called 81 hometown of white lotus (莲花) because white lotus grows widely here. The white lotus is not only beautiful but also very 82 (use). For example, the seeds from them are used for cooking and traditional Chinese medicine.
In 1994, scientists 83 (find) an interesting fact. The environment in space can help develop new and better seeds, 84 they sent some lotus seeds to space. After the seeds came back to Earth, scientists studied 85 (they) carefully. Finally, a new type of lotus called “Space Lotus 36” was born. This new plant has more 86 (flower) and larger seedpods (莲蓬).
The white lotus is very important to Guangchang. It 87 (great) helps people here live a better life. A lot of delicious food and cultural products come 88 white lotus. The local government holds the Lotus Tourism and Culture Festival every year. Many visitors come 89 (enjoy) the lotus flowers, taste lotus food, and learn about lotus culture. 90 great the white lotus is!
阅读下面短文，根据语境、中文、首字母或所给单词的提示，在空白处填入一个恰当的词，要求所填的词意义准确、形式正确、使短文意思完整，行文连贯。
Li Bai was a great poet in the Tang Dynasty. He loved nature, especially big mountains and rivers. When he was 24 years old, he 91 (leave) home and traveled to Chengdu and Mount Emei, and then down the Yangtze River.
Li Bai wrote lots of poems about the beautiful mountains. He also wrote a lot about the 92 (月亮). These poems are loved by many Chinese people, f 93 example Thoughts on a Tranquil Night (《静夜思》).
In his forties, Li Bai met another great poet, Du Fu, in Luoyang. They two became close friends. They traveled together for some time, visited other poets and had a great time. Li Bai gave Du Fu a lot of inspiration in the art of poetry. But 94 (they) poems were different. Li Bai’s poems were 95 (usual) about nature, while Du Fu wrote many poems to express the feelings of the ordinary people. They will always be remembered.
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Zhang Lu is a translator (翻译官) in China. She is famous as a Chinese most beautiful translator. Zhang Lu 96 (be) born in 1977, Shandong. Her mother worked in a hospital, 97 her father worked in a railway station. She was talented in English 98 she was young. She still studied hard in English at school, her desk was always full of English 99 (newspaper) and English books. When she was listening to BBC in the early morning, others were still sleeping in bed. She worked in the Ministry of foreign affairs (外交部) 100 the age of twenty-three. Since then, she 101 (tell) lots of Chinese stories in English to help the foreigners know more about Chinese culture. She says if you want 102 (learn) English well and be 103 good translator, you should study hard and keep learning Chinese stories and beautiful articles, then you can tell 104 (interest) Chinese stories to foreigners, at the same time, improving your English.
We should learn English 105 (good) like Zhang Lu. Wherever we go, we will continue showing our Chinese stories and making Chinese voice heard.
[2023浙江金华一模·改编]
Dear Julie，
As you know, I reached Paris a week ago, but there was a problem with my luggage(行李). 106 (unlucky), it had been sent to Lisbon instead of Paris.Yesterday, someone called me from the airport and told me to go there and fetch it.That's why I wasn't at home 107 you phoned.At that time I was trying to find my suitcases (手提箱) among those which had arrived from Portugal.It 108 (take) me the whole afternoon to do that.
The family who I am staying with at the moment are very 109 (friend)．They have also introduced me to all of their friends.I share a room 110 Jane, who is about my age.Every morning her mother wakes 111 (we) up with cups of tea.Herbie, Jane's father, is also 112 nice man.He lets Jane and me do nearly all the 113 (thing) we want to do.
Tomorrow will be my first day at the language school and I am really looking forward to it.They have 114 (tell) me to be there at 9 o'clock.I will take a placement test in the morning.When I know the result tomorrow afternoon, I will give you a call.Well, that's all for now.Please 115 (write) to me soon.I'd like to know what is going on at home.
Love，
Claire
阅读下面短文，在短文的空格处填入一个恰当的词（含缩略词），使短文意义完整、通顺。
Many students like 116 games on the phone very much. But 117 Monday to Friday, they must go to school. Soon Saturday and Sunday they 118 at home and play games all day. They don’t know it’s bad for 119 eyes. Usually children like to eat fish, meat and chicken. They don’t like vegetables 120 fruit. They don’t know eating more vegetables and fruit is better (更好) than eating meat. At school, children only do a few minutes of sports or 121 do any sports. The teachers must know it’s not good for their health. We always think of ways to keep healthy. First, we must eat 122 of vegetables and fruit. Then, we must do sports for an hour every day. In the end, we must go to bed and get up 123 .
根据短文及首字母提示，写出所缺单词，并注意使用适当形式。(每空限填一词)
Once there was a little boy named Timmy. Timmy was b 124 which meant he couldn’t see anything. He always felt sad because he thought he could do n 125 without being able to see.
One day, his teacher e 126 him to try new things. So Jimmy decided to learn how to play the piano. At first, it was difficult because he couldn’t see the keys, but he kept practising. Finally he was able to play a beautiful song, he was so happy that a s 127 appeared on his face.
Jimmy found that not being able to see didn’t mean he couldn’t do anything. He could still fight a 128 his weakness and make his dream come true. With hard work and determination, anything is possible!
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
I used to study at a Canadian high school.Personally, comparing the lifestyles in the two countries, I like the lifestyle in China better.I feel that life in Canada is a lot 129 (slow) than that in China.
In China, most people are busy and have a lot of things to do every day.There are more fun places to enjoy like restaurants and 130 (market)．But in Canada, there is almost nothing I can do on the weekend.
In my eyes, Canadians are always very relaxed.My classmates work hard at school, 131 they also have hobbies.For example, my best friend plays soccer and another friend takes choir (合唱团) lessons.Even if they are not very good 132 it, they are always active in what they do.My best friend is 133 good example.She didn't play soccer very well at first.But she kept 134 (practice) it happily every day.
For adults, 135 (they) work is slow from what I have seen.After I asked for my student visa (签证), it came back three months later! Once I 136 (buy) a phone card for my mobile phone online.In China, the service is very fast, and I can get an item within three days.But in Canada, I waited for over two weeks! It 137 (real) made me annoyed.
I have to say that life in Canada is quite different 138 that in China.
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
If you love reading books, you must know something about the book The Adventures of Tom Sawyer by Mark Twain. The book is very successful. And it is popular among kids at home 139 abroad. Even if I am an adult now, I’m still a fan of this book. I 140 (read) the book for many times. After re-reading the book 141 (recent), I have learned an important lesson 142 Tom Sawyer.
In our daily lives, we are often given some boring or 143 (tire) tasks. Have you ever wanted to complain(抱怨) I think most people have. Tom Sawyer, however, had a different thought when he was given a boring task. One day, Aunt Polly told Tom to paint the fence(篱笆). Tom 144 (do) his job when his friend Ben Rogers happened to pass by. Instead of complaining, Tom introduced the task and told that he felt “excited” about it. “Only one in 145 thousand — maybe even two thousand — boys can do this!” Tom said.
Tom’s words made Ben become interested in the task. He even 146 (give) Tom his apple so that he could have a chance 147 (paint) the fence. If Tom had thought about nothing but complaining, he would have had a bad day painting the fence.
This story teaches me a valuable lesson: Complaining is 148 (use).
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Lu Xun is one of the greatest Chinese writers of the 20th century. Besides his famous stories, he also wrote many influential (有影响力的) articles about the life of Chinese people.
Born in a 149 (wealth) family in 1881, Lu Xun had a happy childhood. 150 (unlucky), his father became seriously ill and died in 1896. From that tine on, his family were no longer accepted by their relatives and friends. These early 151 (experience) deeply influenced his writing.
When he studied at university in 1899, he already believed that Chinese society had to change and become modern. In 1902, he went to study in Japan. There, he began writing articles 152 several Chinese student magazines to make a living. He showed a gift for writing and translating and he even wrote several books, though none was popular. He returned to China in 1909 because 153 (he) family was in need of money.
After working for several years as 154 teacher in Beijing, Lu Xun again returned to writing. In 1918, he created his famous short story Diary of a Mad Man 155 was the first Chinese novel to use the everyday language. So it came out to be a great success. And his other novels, such as The True Story of Ah Q and Kong Yiji, 156 (read) by Chinese young people in that period.
Although successful, Lu Xun still worried greatly about China’s future. In 1926, he moved to Shanghai and gave up 157 (write) stories in order to focus on articles which could call on people to fight for a better country.
Since his death in 1936, Lu Xun’s influence 158 (grow) with time. Today, many of his writings are included in school textbooks and his works are valued by millions around the world.
阅读下面短文，根据语境、首字母或所给单词的提示，在每空中填入适当的词，每空最多不超过两个词，要求所填的词意义准确、形式正确，使短文意思完整、行文连贯。
Today is Wednesday. It’s World Environment Day and it’s a 159 my birthday.
My dad gives me a gift. It’s a blue bike. My dad 160 (work) for the environmental protection (环境保护). He hopes I can ride the bike to school. I like the bike a lot. But that’s not all. He wants to give me another gift. Then we go to the park. There are some cleaners doing some 161 . My dad and I join 162 (they). Dad says it’s my 163 (two) gift. I feel very happy about that. We work together and have a meaningful day.
There is a flower shop near the park. When we finish cleaning, we go to the shop. We buy some beautiful flowers there, 164 the day after tomorrow is my mother’s birthday.
165 getting home, we plant the flowers in the yard. “Mum, please come here. We have a birthday gift for you,” I say. Mum is excited 166 (see) the flowers and says, “Thank you, my son.”
Dad teaches me a lot 167 my birthday. I know that a good environment is the best gift for anyone. I hope I can do something for the environment. As we know, green 168 (hill) and clear waters (青山和绿水) are as good as mountains of gold (金) and silver (银).
阅读下面短文,在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Last summer, I 169 (spend) my vacation with my parents. We 170 (go) to a holiday resort (度假村). After we stopped the car there, we climbed the mountain first. It was a little cold on the mountain. Luckily, we 171 (take) our clothes with us. It didn’t take 172 (our) a long time to get to the top (顶部), just half 173 hour.
We had lunch on the top of the mountain. When we finished 174 (eat) food, it was two o’clock. At that time, we found a small animal in the tree, but we didn’t know its name. My parents were 175 (interesting) in it.
After going back to the resort, we were tired 176 we felt very happy. We had beef soup, some 177 (potato) and gongbao chicken for dinner. The food in the resort was quite delicious. 178 about 8 o’clock p.m., we had a party. I played the guitar, and then I danced with others. We also played games.
We really had so much fun there. We hope we can go there again one day.
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Albert Einstein is a genius (天才). This story about him shows that he's also humorous.
Einstein often received 179 (invite) to explain his ideas at different universities.On these trips, his driver Hans often said to him, “It's a pleasure to drive a genius like you, Dr.Einstein.”
One evening, on their way to 180 university, Einstein said, “I'm so tired.I wish I could avoid giving my lecture (讲座) tonight, Hans, but I don't want to make my listeners 181 (disappoint)．”
“I know what to do,” said Hans.“I can give the lecture for you.You can trust 29 (I). I've listened to your lecture so many times that I've learnt it by heart.No one 182 (know) you at this university, so they won't find out.”
So, they changed places.At the university, Hans was 183 (lead) to the front of the hall.Einstein took a seat, listened to Hans give his lecture 184 difficulty, and joined in the applause (鼓掌) at the end.
However, before Hans left, a man shouted, “I'd like 185 (ask) you a question.” He then asked such a difficult question that Hans had no idea what he was talking about.
Einstein turned pale.“Oh, no！” he thought.“Now we're in trouble.” 186 Hans just laughed and said, “That's such an easy question that even my driver can answer it.Hans, please…” Einstein stood up and answered the question 187 (perfect)．
They left the university, with Einstein driving. A little later, Hans offered to drive.“No,” laughed Einstein.“It's a pleasure to drive a genius like you, Hans.”
Driving after drinking alcohol(酒精) is very dangerous. You should know your driving skills can be affected by just one or two drinks. Even if you drink below the legal limit(法定上限), you can still be taken away 188 a police officer thinks your driving has been affected by alcohol.
It 189 (take) a long time for the body to get rid of the alcohol. So if you drink too much in the evening, you might find that your driving skills are still 190 (affect) the next morning.
In a test with 191 (profession) drivers, if they drank too much, they were hardly able to drive the car！So the only way to be sure you are safe is that you don't drink at all.
One in three of the drivers killed in road 192 (accident) have levels of alcohol which are over the legal limit, and they are the biggest cause of d 193 among young men. More than half of the people stopped 194 the police have a blood alcohol level of more than twice of the legal limit. It is important to remember that driving after drinking doesn't just affect yourself. If you cause 195 accident, it can affect a lot of other people, 196 / spe li/ the person you might kill or injure.
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Vienna Cammarota is 197 Italian. She has been interested in China for more than 20 years. A Chinese student stayed in her home and told her a lot about the country’s rich culture.
About two years ago, Vienna set off from Venice. She decided to go to China 198 foot although she was over 70 years old then. This meant she would travel about 22,000 kilometers and walk through fifteen 199 (country). The journey was full of challenges, 200 she didn’t feel afraid at all. She carried only a backpack with a lot of passion.
In this August, Vienna 201 (final) arrived in China. It was a long trip. Vienna’s trip was 202 (inspire) by Marco Polo. The Italian explorer traveled to China along the ancient Silk Road more than 700 years ago. For her, the journey was more than following in the footsteps of Marco Polo. She wanted to see the impact (影响) of China’s Belt and Road Initiative. By sharing her experiences, she now hopes her travels will help people around the world to see the true 203 (beautiful) of China.
Vienna plans to spend two years in China. She will visit key stops along the ancient Silk Road, including Dunhuang and Xi’an. She is also 204 (excite) to visit Suzhou. The city was described as the Venice of the East by Marco Polo. Vienna is proud of 205 (she). She thinks she is an ambassador (大使) of cultural exchange. She wants people to know about the Silk Road, and also wants to send a message to women of her age—It’s never too late 206 (go) after your dreams.
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
This summer I read 207 book called The art of racing in the Rain by Garth Stein. It tells a 208 (touch) story told through the eyes of a dog named Enzo.
Enzo 209 (live) with his owner Denny, a professional car racer and experiences the ups and 210 (down) of life with him. He sees Denny work hard to succeed and go through the unexpected death of his wife.
The book shows the heartwarming relationship between Enzo and Denny. Denny treats Enzo as a close friend and family member, telling 211 (he) his secret of racing in the rain. Enzo is loyal (忠诚的) to his owner, always supporting and comforting Denny in his own way during the darkest periods of Denny’s life. I 212 (move) after I see their special relationship.
While reading, I discover that the art of racing in the rain is a metaphor (比喻). When it “rains” in life, unexpected challenges 213 (sudden) come, just like how a car skids (打滑) during a race. What can you do Denny, a master of racing in the rain, teaches me a lot about such challenges.
Stein writes in the book: “There is only dishonor (丢脸的) in not racing because you are afraid to lose. ” From his words, I learn that we should be brave when facing challenges instead of 214 (run) away from them. Besides, we need to look on the bright side because, as Stein says, “The car goes where your eyes go.” This means that 215 we view difficulties influences the result.
The Art of Racing in the Rain is a book 216 life, courage and love. It touches me and teaches me a lot.
阅读短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或用括号内所给词的正确形式填空，使短文通顺、连贯。
When I finished my primary school last summer, my family and I took 217 trip to four cities in the south of China.
First, we came to Nanjing by plane. It took us an hour to fly there. 218 11:30, we went to a restaurant to have lunch. The food tasted delicious. In the afternoon we went to the Sun Yat sen Mausoleum. We heard a lot of 219 (story) about Sun Yat sen.
The next day, we came to Suzhou to visit Zhouzhuang. It is an old place. It 220 (have) a history of about 900 years. The houses there are along the river. People always wash 221 (they) clothes by the river and the river is still clear.
On the 222 (three) day, we came to Hangzhou and we visited the West Lake. It was very beautiful. As we all know, Hangzhou is famous for silk and tea, so we bought some 223 (beauty) silk and nice tea.
On the last day, we visited Shanghai. We watched cars 224 (come) and going all day long. The night view (景色) in Shanghai was hard 225 (forget). Everything was excellent. We visited the TV tower. You could see the city from the high tower.
This trip took us four days 226 we went back home by train.
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入恰当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Have you heard of wallball Wallball is a simple sport to play. You only need a ball 227 wall, so you can play anywhere at any time.
As the name shows, wallball is about hitting a small ball against wall. To do this, keep your hand open and use your palm (手掌) to hit it. Usually, gloves 228 (need), but you can choose not to wear them. You can use either of your 229 (hand) to hit the ball.
Two players take turns to hit the ball. One player bounces (弹起) the ball once and hits it against the wall. Then 230 other player hits it back to the wall. If a player fails to hit the ball to the wall before it bounces twice, this player will lose one point.
The player that reaches 11,15 or 21 points first wins the game. Before starting, make sure how many points you want 231 (reach). If you win two games first, you’ll win the match. But if the game score is 1-1, one more game is often played.
“Last month, we 232 (have) several matches against other schools. Every match was 233 (exciting) than I thought. I can’t wait for the next year’s match! It makes 234 (I) crazy,” said James, a wallball lover from the UK.
More and more people today become interested 235 wallball. Some clubs have built colorful courts (球场). However, you can 236 (certain) set up your own court at home. If you like wallball, get started.
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Every country has its own special customs and etiquette (礼仪).
In Japan, people usually bow to greet each other. A small bow might 237 (mean) a simple hello, while a deeper and longer bow shows more respect. 238 you enter a Japanese house or some private places, you have to take off your shoes.
In France, friends and people 239 know each other often greet with a kiss on both cheeks. French people also pay a lot of attention to table manners. For example, your hands should be kept on the table but not your elbows, and you should use the right 240 (knife) and forks in the right order.
In Saudi Arabia, because of their religious beliefs, people have to dress properly. Men usually wear long 241 (tradition) robes (长袍). Women need to cover their bodies and heads when they are 242 public. Their greetings are more formal and sometimes include special religious words.
In India, it is very important 243 (respect) old people. Young people often touch the feet of the elders to show their respect. Also, in some cases, the left hand 244 (think) to be not clean, so people 245 (main) use the right hand to eat and to give or receive things.
Knowing and respecting these different customs and etiquette helps us make friends with people from other countries and avoid 246 (make) mistakes in communication. It makes us understand more about different cultures in the world and makes cross-cultural communication better.
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
One day, both brothers were fighting so much as if they were ready to kill each other any minute.When their dad saw them like this, he 247 very loudly.
Seeing their father's reaction (反应) like this, both brothers forgot about the fight and asked their father why he laughed.
The father said, “You are fighting so much over a small piece of land.Leave 17 , come with me and I will show you a priceless treasure (宝藏)．But if you continue to 18 , then I will take neither of you to the treasure.”
Both sons made an agreement for the treasure.No matter what 19 , they would not fight and would go on the journey with their father.
After leaving their home, both sons 248 a bus with their father.They traveled for about ten hours and then reached a village.
The father took them to a very big house.When they entered the house, what they saw surprised them.Crying, the father said, “You may not remember, but when you were young, I fought a lot with my 249 brother for this house.At that time, I won, but I lost my elder brother forever because he cut ties with me and left to live in a place far 22 . Then time changed, and one day we also had to desert (舍弃) this house.”
The sons were listening 23 . Just then the father said, “Tell me which seat we were sitting on when we came here.Would that seat be ours forever？”
Both sons said together, “How can the bus seat be ours forever？”
The father said, “The bus journey continues and passengers on the seat keep changing.Someone else must be sitting there before us and tomorrow someone else will 250 on the seat which belongs to (属于) us for a while.”
Remember that the seat of the bus whose passengers keep changing every day.Don't sacrifice (牺牲) your 251 for that seat.
247．A．cried B．laughed C．shouted
248．A．those B．these C．it
249．A．talk B．act C．fight
250．A．ended B．happened C．broke
251．A．got on B．got off C．took on
252．A．happier B．elder C．slower
253．A．away B．from C．to
254．A．carefully B．excitedly C．angrily
255．A．stand B．sit C．sleep
256．A．advice B．chance C．relationship
根据下面短文内容，在短文的空格处填上一个恰当的词，使短文完整、通顺。
Hi, I’m Mike, a China Daily writer from the US. Here, I have a group of readers of your 252 to help work out your problems.
Question: I don’t have anyone to play with after class. I’m very lonely (孤独) and shy, and it’s hard to make 253 with my classmates. What can I do Abo Brown, 13, London Dear Abo, I’m sorry that you feel lonely. Please don’t 254 . Many people feel lonely, too. On the one hand (一方面), it can be nice to be alone sometimes. No one tells you what to do or think. You can be free to just be yourself. 255 on the other hand, it’s good to have a friend or two to talk to when you feel sad. Think about joining an after-school club. Your school has clubs for sports, art and other interests. The kids in the clubs will be interested 256 the same things as you. If you join one, it’s not 257 for you to make friends. Mike, 13, New York Dear Abo, I have many friends. When other classmates are playing games, you could go and 258 them, “Can I play with you ” Maybe they are happy to have you. Then you can make friends with that group. You can also talk with people. If you are too shy to talk, just listen to what they are talking about. A good listener is 259 a good friend! Zhao Zhuoyang, 13, Shanghai
三、人与自然（本大题共3小题）
阅读短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或用括号内所给词的正确形式填空，使短文通顺、连贯。
Happy Rain on a Spring Night
Good rain knows its time right;
It will fall when comes spring.
With wind it steals in night;
Mute, it moistens each thing.
O’er wild lanes dark cloud spreads;
In boat a lantern looms.
Dawn sees saturated reds;
The town’s heavy with blooms.
(Translated by Xu Yuanchong)
This famous poem was written by a famous poet Du Fu (712-770) when he was living and farming in Chengdu. His farming experience 260 (teach) him to be thankful to nature.
The first word, “good”, shows his 261 (happy) and love for the spring rain. The rain is good 262 it “knows” the right time to come. When the rain comes, it appears during the night 263 making any noise. Unlike the thunder (雷) and lightning of summer storms, the spring rain finishes 264 (it) task being known.
In the 265 (three) couplet (对句), the poet describes a 266 (peace) scene (场景) to us. In the night sky, the cloud looks dark and heavy. It’s a sign that it will rain 267 (heavy) during the night. The light from the riverboat 268 (make) the dark scene a bit livelier. At last, the poet starts to imagine 269 next morning. He thinks the city of Chengdu will become beautiful when all of the flowers bloom (盛开) after the rain.
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或用括号内单词的正确形式填空。
It's one of southern Africa's 11 (hot) places, and there is often no water. Then people have to get water from plants. 12 they are ill, they have no hospitals to go to. People have to get medicine from plants, too.
They are the San, 13 last people living in the Kalahari Desert. The San people have another name—bushmen. 14 (they) lifestyle is very simple. They live in small groups of 25 to 50. They live in huts—little “houses”. These houses are 15 (make) of wood and grass. There are no schools for the children.There are lots of things they have to learn so 16 they can live in a 17 (danger) place. In the evening, the group of people often sit around a fire and tell 18 (story).
The Kalahari Desert is a big area of bushland in southern Africa.It 19 (have) two parts. There is 20 (little) rain in the southern part than in the 21 (north) part, so the south is drier. There are fewer plants and animals there, and it's more difficult for people 22 (live). But when it rains at the end 23 the summer, the land 24 (become) greener and more beautiful. For a few weeks, there are 25 (million) of little flowers and even butterflies!
阅读下面短文。按照句子结构的语法性和上下文连贯的要求, 在空格处填入一个适当的词或使用括号中词语的正确形式填空。
There are four seasons in a year. It is difficult for me 270 (pick) the best season because they are all special to me.
Spring is a good season because it is not too cold 271 too hot. If you take a walk in a park, you’ll see plants beginning to grow. Birds start to sing early in the morning. People often say, “A year’s plan 272 (start) with spring”.In such a lovely season, every day is hopeful for 273 (I).
Summer is great because children can have 274 long time to relax. The summer holiday is in this season. Many 275 (tradition) outdoor activities are still popular. For example, relaxing in the pool and enjoying ice cream 276 (be) my favorite activities.
Autumn is also a wonderful season because of colorful leaves. 277 you have a walk with your friends in a park, you will see many beautiful leaves falling from trees.
Winter is a nice season because everything is covered with snow and looks so beautiful. You can have fun making 278 (snowman) in winter.
Now you know why I can’t choose just one of the seasons as my favorite. I’m just interested 279 every single one of them.
参考答案
一、人与自我
【知识点】学校、日常活动、记叙文
【答案】
1．swimming；
2．children；
3．interesting；
4．speak；
5．American；
6．in；
7．good；
8．and/so；
9．the；
10．Our
【详解】
1．be good at doing sth为固定搭配，意为“擅长做某事”。
2．根据from 8 to 10 years old和下文中的them可知填children。
3．根据“it is+adj．+to do sth”可知此空应用形容词，interesting意为“有趣的”，符合语境。
4．根据情态动词Can可知填speak。
5．根据students可知填形容词American。
6．in Beijing意为“在北京”，符合语境。
7．根据is可知good（好的）符合语境。
8．句意为：他们很友好，并且/所以你可以和他们交朋友。根据句意可知此处表示顺承或结果，and和so均符合句意。
9．“play+the+乐器”表示“演奏某种乐器”。
10．根据music club可知此处应用形容词性物主代词，且设空位于句首，故填Our。
【知识点】家人和亲人、爱好、记叙文
【答案】
11．first 12．an 13．from 14．lessons 15．China 16．interesting 17．because 18．well 19．playing 20．me
【分析】本文介绍了爱丽丝以及家庭成员的个人信息，爱好等情况。
【解析】11．句意：我的名字是爱丽丝。根据“My name is Alice Green”可知设空处应说名字是爱丽丝，first name“名字”。故填first。
12．句意：我是一个11岁的女孩。根据“eleven-year-old girl”可知此处泛指一名女孩，且“eleven-year-old”为元音音素开头的单词。故填an。
13．句意：我们是学生，我们从星期一到星期五上学。根据“Monday to Friday”可知考查from…to“从……到”。故填from。
14．句意：我们星期六和星期天不上课。lesson“课”，此处泛指类别用复数。故填lessons。
15．句意：他们说中国是一个伟大的国家。根据“is a great country”可知设空处填国家，China“中国”符合语境。故填China。
16．句意：我认为中国历史很有趣。根据“is”可知后填形容词作表语，interesting“有趣的”。故填interesting。
17．句意：我经常在放学后学习汉语，因为我想和中国人好好交谈。根据“I want to talk with Chinese people”可知设空处后解释原因，because“因为”符合语境。故填because。
18．句意：我经常在放学后学习汉语，因为我想和中国人好好交谈。修饰动词talk，用所给词的副词形式well“好”。故填well。
19．句意：我喜欢踢足球和打篮球。根据“like”可知后接动名词，故填playing。
20．句意：请尽快给我回信。“to”为介词，后接人称代词宾格形式。故填me。
【知识点】个人经历、说明文
【答案】21．on
22．heading
23．luckily
24．hopeless
25．a
26．spoke
27．his
28．to trust
29．unless/before/until/till
30．climbers
【分析】本文主要介绍了亚洲首位登顶珠穆朗玛峰的盲人张洪的故事。
【解析】21．考查介词。句意为：46岁的张洪于2021年5月24日登顶珠穆朗玛峰，这使他成为亚洲首位征服世界最高峰的盲人。空后是具体的一天，此处应用介词on。
22．考查非谓语动词。句意为：在前往珠穆朗玛峰之前，张洪已经征服了三座(海拔)6，000米以上的山峰。介词before后应用动名词，故填heading。
23．考查副词。句意为：……但幸运的是，他被妻子救了下来。根据he was saved by his wife可知此处指“幸运的是”，应用副词luckily作状语。
24．考查形容词。句意为：当时我感到非常绝望。根据“But my wife was always there and encouraged me.”可知此处指“绝望的”，应用形容词作表语，故填hopeless。
25．考查冠词。句意为：这也让他萌生了尝试的想法。固定搭配have a try意为“尝试”。故填a。
26．考查动词的时态。句意为：即使他们说不同的语言，但他们都鼓励他。根据They all encouraged him可知此处用一般过去时，故填过去式spoke。
27．考查代词。句意为：张洪可以通过拥抱和拍拍他的肩膀感受到他们的温暖。空后是名词，此处用形容词性物主代词his。
28．考查非谓语动词。句意为：张洪说攀登珠穆朗玛峰教会了他很多东西，比如如何信任人们。此处应用“疑问词＋动词不定式”结构。故填to trust。
29．考查连词。句意为：……除非我们尝试，否则/在我们尝试之前我们永远不知道我们能取得什么成就。/……直到我们尝试后才知道我们能取得什么成就。根据语境可知此处应用unless引导条件状语从句或用before/until/till引导时间状语从句。
30．考查名词。句意为：我的家人和这些登山者已经给了我如此多能量。此处指“登山者”，these后加可数名词复数，故填climbers。
【知识点】劳动实践、家人和亲人、情感与情绪、记叙文
【答案】31．happier 32．to keep 33．ourselves 34．dishes 35．with 36．the 37．sets 38．but 39．of 40．have learnt/have learned 41．was done 42．sister’s 43．eleventh 44．am preparing 45．secretly
【分析】本文讲述了作者和家人共同分担家务。这让他的家庭更加亲密，更幸福。
【详解】31．句意为：分担家务使我们的家庭更加亲密、更加幸福。happy“高兴的，幸福的”，根据连词and前closer，可知此处用形容词的比较级。故填happier。
32．句意为：我们想保持我们的房子干净整洁。keep“保持”，want to do sth“想要做某事”，故填to keep。
33．句意为：每天早上，我的妹妹玲玲和我自己铺床。our“我们的”，是形容词性物主代词，by oneself“自己”，此处用反身代词。故填ourselves。
34．句意为：当我们吃完早餐，玲玲把所有的盘子端到厨房。dish“盘子”，是名词， 有all修饰，用复数名词。故填dishes。
35．句意为：我给我们的狗可可的碗里装满了食物。fill...with...“把……装满……”，故填with。
36．句意为：在晚上，我们经常做一些团队合作。in the evening“在晚上”，故填the。
37．句意为：当太阳落在我们附近时，我和玲玲轮流陪可可散步。set over“转移”，根据“take”可知，此处用一般现在时，主语the sun是第三人称单数形式，谓语用第三人称单数形式。故填sets。
38．句意为：玲玲喜欢给我们家的花浇水，但是她不够高，够不着架子的顶部。结合句意，前一句表示玲玲喜欢给我们家的花浇水，后一句表示她不够高，够不着架子的顶部，前后表示转折关系，因此用连词but。故填but。
39．句意为：我为我作为哥哥的角色感到骄傲。be proud of“为……感到骄傲”。故填of。
40．句意为：我和妹妹通过做家务已经学到了很多东西。learn“学习”，根据“already”可知，此处用现在完成时，主语my sister and I是复数形式，谓语用复数形式。故填have learnt/have learned。
41．句意为：上个月，当我妈妈生病的时候，所有的家务都是我和妹妹做的。do“做”，根据“last month”可知，此处用一般过去时，根据“by my sister and me”可知，此处用被动形式，主语all the housework是第三人称单数形式，谓语用第三人称单数形式，故填was done。
42．句意为：明天是我妹妹的生日。sister“妹妹”，修饰名词birthday，用名词所有格。故填sister’s。
43．句意为：这是她11岁生日。eleven“十一”，是基数词，修饰名词birthday，用序数词。故填eleventh。
44．句意为：此刻我正在为她准备一份礼物。prepare“准备”，根据“at the moment”可知，此处用现在进行时，主语是I，谓语用am preparing。故填am preparing。
45．句意为：我想给她一个惊喜，所以我在偷偷地做。secret“偷偷的，秘密的”，是形容词，修饰动宾短语doing it，用副词。故填secretly。
【知识点】个人经历、记叙文
【答案】46．of 47．a 48．to save 49．and 50．suddenly 51．returned 52．hours 53．was sent 54．his 55．greater
【分析】本文讲述了作者参观消防员叔叔杰森工作的消防站的经历。
【详解】46．句意为：今天是个充满新鲜事物可看可学的好日子！根据“full...new things”可知，full of“充满”。故填of。
47．句意为：里面有许多消防车，随时待命。根据“number of fire trucks”可知，a number of“许多”，修饰可数名词复数。故填a。
48．句意为：他们必须保持强壮才能救人。根据“They must stay strong...people.”可知，此处表示目的，应用动词不定式作目的状语。故填to save。
49．句意为：但是戴上它们就像在夏天穿冬衣，又重又热！根据“both heavy...hot”可知，both...and...“既……又……”。故填and。
50．句意为：当杰森叔叔带我参观他的卧室时，突然接到一个紧急电话——房子着火了！根据“an emergency call...came in”可知，此处应用副词修饰动词came，sudden的副词形式为suddenly。故填suddenly。
51．句意为：当他们回来时，杰森叔叔告诉我他们救了一家人的宠物，扑灭了大火。根据“Uncle Jason told me they saved a family’s pet and put out the fire.”可知，此处描述的是过去发生的事情，应用一般过去时，动词用过去式returned。故填returned。
52．句意为：消防员轮班工作，每班持续24小时。根据“twenty-four...”可知，此处应用名词复数形式hours，表示“24小时”。故填hours。
53．句意为：昨晚，一对老夫妇在他们家里发现了一条蛇，杰森叔叔被派去帮忙。根据“Last night, an old couple found a snake in their house and Uncle Jason...to offer help.”可知，此处描述的是过去发生的事情，应用一般过去时，且主语Uncle Jason与动词send之间是被动关系，应用一般过去时的被动语态，主语是第三人称单数，be动词用was。故填was sent。
54．句意为：杰森叔叔说他最难的部分是离开家人。根据“being away from...family”可知，此处应用形容词性物主代词his修饰名词family，表示“他的家人”。故填his。
55．句意为：在我心中，他变得比以往任何时候都更伟大。根据“than ever before”可知，此处应用形容词的比较级形式greater，表示“更伟大的”。故填greater。
【知识点】个人经历、工作与职业、精神品质、记叙文
【答案】56．has made 57．is doing 58．will throw 59．planes 60．his 61．successfully 62．and 63．largest 64．met 65．a 66．to keep 67．choice 68．was held 69．on 70．first
【分析】本文讲述了15岁男孩托尼制作模型飞机的经历，包括他的成果、遇到的困难以及在比赛中获奖的故事，展现了他对成为飞机工程师梦想的追求。
【详解】56．句意为：自两年前以来，他已经制作了七架模型飞机。根据“since two years ago”可知，句子时态为现在完成时“have/has+动词过去分词”，主语He是第三人称单数，助动词用has，make的过去分词是made。故填has made。
57．句意为：今天是星期天，托尼现在正在做作业。根据“now”可知，句子时态为现在进行时“am/is/are+动词现在分词”，主语Tony是第三人称单数，助动词用is，do的现在分词是doing。故填is doing。
58．句意为：之后，他将立即投入到制作模型飞机的工作中。根据前文“Today is Sunday, Tony is doing his homework”可知，投入制作模型飞机是完成作业后将要发生的动作，需用一般将来时“will do”。故填will throw。
59．句意为：之后，他将立即投入到制作模型飞机的工作中。model plane“模型飞机”，前面没有限定词，应用复数。故填planes。
60．句意为：上个月托尼自己制作了一架模型飞机。on one’s own“独自”，此处需用he的形容词性物主代词形式his“他的”。故填his。
61．句意为：他成功地飞行了它。根据“He flew it… .”可知，此处应填形容词successful的副词形式为successfully“成功地”，做状语，修饰动词flew。故填successfully。
62．句意为：他的模型飞机宽0.8米，重约35公斤。前后表示并列关系，此处应用并列连词and“和”。故填and。
63．句意为：这是他做过的最大的一个，他认为这是最棒的一个。根据“he has ever made”可知，此处是托尼制作的所有模型飞机中的最大一架，需用形容词large的最高级形式为largest。故填largest。
64．句意为：当他制作这架飞机时，托尼遇到了许多困难。根据“When he was making the plane”可知，这里讲述过去发生的事情，用一般过去时，谓语动词用过去式为。故填met。
65．句意为：当我说我要制作一架模型飞机时。根据“When I said I was going to make…model plane”可知，应填一个不定冠词，泛指一架模型飞机，model以辅音音素开头，应用不定冠词a。故填a。
66．句意为：但我决定继续努力。decide to do sth“决定做某事”。故填to keep。
67．句意为：那是因为一旦我开始做某事，放弃对我来说不是一个选择。根据“giving up is not a…for me.”可知，不定冠词a后需接名词单数，硬体动词choose的名词形式为choice“选择”。故填choice。
68．句意为：2024年5月1日，他的镇上举办了一场模型飞机比赛。根据“May 1st, 2024.”可知，时态为一般过去时，主语A model plane competition与动词hold之间是被动关系，所以此空需用一般过去时的被动语态“was/were+动词过去分词”。主语A model plane competition是单数，be动词用was，hold的过去分词为held。故填was held。
69．句意为：2024年5月1日，他的镇上举办了一场模型飞机比赛。具体日期“May 1st, 2024”前需用介词on。故填on。
70． 句意为：他获得了第一名。根据“He won the…place.”和所给单词可知，需用one的序数词为first“第一”，作定语，修饰名词place，win the first place表示“获得第一名”。故填first。
二、人与社会
【知识点】应用文、饮食
【答案】
71．am
72．healthy
73．too
74．with
75．bread
76．an
77．For
78．gets
79．to go
80．my
【分析】本文是安娜给赵雪的回信，主要介绍了安娜自己的饮食习惯；
【详解】
71．句意：我很高兴收到您的电子邮件。根据“I”和语境可知，此句为一般现在时，be动词用am，故填am；
72．句意：我认为它们是健康食品。根据“food”可知，前面应用形容词修饰名词，作定语，故填healthy；
73．句意：我哥哥大卫也喜欢它。根据“Chicken is your favorite. My brother, David, likes it,”可知，哥哥也喜欢汉堡，空格前有逗号，应用too表示“也”，故填too；
74．句意：你经常和朋友一起去肯德基吃汉堡。根据“your friends”可知，这是指与朋友一起吃汉堡，with表示“与，和”，故填with；
75．句意：每天早上，我在家吃一些面包、牛奶和一个鸡蛋作为早餐。根据“some”和所给单词可知，后跟可数名词复数或不可数名词，bread意为“面包”，不可数名词，故填bread；
76．句意：每天早上，我在家吃一些面包、牛奶和一个鸡蛋作为早餐。根据“egg”可知，指一个鸡蛋，表示泛指，egg是以元音音素开头，用an修饰，故填an；
77．句意：午餐，我经常和我的好朋友简在学校吃一些鱼、蔬菜和汉堡。根据“lunch”可知，指午餐时，for lunch表示“在某餐”，句子首字母应大写，故填For；
78．句意：我妈妈为我们准备了美味的食物。根据“My mother…(get) nice food for us.”可知，指妈妈为我们准备食物，此句为一般现在时，主语My mother是第三人称单数，谓语动词用三单形式，故填gets；
79．句意：我非常喜欢中国，我想和我的父母一起去中国旅行。根据“want”可知，want to do sth.表示“想做某事”，故填to go；
80．句意：我非常喜欢中国，我想和我的父母一起去中国旅行。根据“with…(I) parents”可知，指和我的父母，此空后面是名词，前面应填形容词性物主代词，故填my。
【知识点】城市、说明文
【答案】81．the 82．useful 83．found 84．so 85．them 86．flowers 87．greatly 88．from 89．to enjoy 90．How
【分析】本文是一篇说明文，介绍了江西广昌作为白莲之乡，其白莲的用途、经太空培育出的新品种“太空莲36号”，以及白莲对当地生活、经济和文化的重要影响。
【详解】81．句意为：它被称为白莲之乡，因为这里广泛种植白莲。“hometown of white lotus”是特指的“白莲之乡”，前面需要加定冠词“the”。故填the。
82．句意为：白莲不仅美丽，而且非常有用。“use”是动词，此处需要形容词作表语，“use”的形容词形式是“useful”，意为“有用的”，符合语境。故填useful。
83．句意为：1994年，科学家们发现了一个有趣的事实。根据时间状语“In 1994”可知，句子时态为一般过去时，“find”的过去式是“found”。故填found。
84．句意为：太空环境有助于培育新的更好的种子，所以他们把一些莲子送上了太空。根据“The environment in space can help develop new and better seeds, ...they sent some lotus seeds to space.”可知，前半句说明太空环境的作用，后半句是据此采取的行动，前后是因果关系，“so”意为“所以”，符合语境。故填so。
85．句意为：种子回到地球后，科学家们仔细研究了它们。“study”是动词，后面需要宾格代词作宾语，“they”的宾格形式是“them”。故填them。
86．句意为：这种新植物有更多的花和更大的莲蓬。“more”后面接可数名词复数形式，“flower”的复数是“flowers”。故填flowers。
87．句意为：它极大地帮助这里的人们过上了更好的生活。“help”是动词，需要副词修饰，“great”的副词形式是“greatly”，意为“极大地”，符合语境。故填greatly。
88．句意为：许多美味的食物和文化产品都来自白莲。“come from”是固定短语，意为“来自”，符合语境。故填from。
89．句意为：许多游客前来欣赏莲花、品尝莲花食品、了解莲花文化。此处用动词不定式作目的状语，“to enjoy”表示“为了欣赏”，符合语境。故填to enjoy。
90．句意为：白莲多么了不起啊！这是一个感叹句，修饰形容词“great”要用感叹词“How”，“How + 形容词 + 主语 + 谓语！”是感叹句的常用结构。故填How。
【知识点】中华文化、历史、文学、著名人物、记叙文
【答案】
91．left
92．moon
93．(f)or
94．their
95．usually
【详解】本文主要向我们介绍著名的诗人李白，以及李白和杜甫诗歌风格的差异。
91．句意：24岁时，他离开家，到成都和峨眉山旅行，然后沿江而下。本句时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填left。
92．句意：他还写了很多关于月亮的文章。moon“月亮”，在介词后作宾语，故填moon。
93．句意：这些诗歌受到许多中国人的喜爱，例如《静夜思》。for example“例如”，固定短语，故填(f)or。
94．句意：但是他们的诗是不同的。此处作定语修饰“poems”，用形容词性物主代词形式，故填their。
95．句意：李白的诗通常是关于自然的，而杜甫写了很多诗来表达普通人的感情。此处在句中作状语，用副词形式，故填usually。
【知识点】其他著名人物、记叙文、语言与文化
【答案】
96．was 97．and 98．when 99．newspapers 100．at 101．has told 102．to learn 103．a 104．interesting 105．well
【分析】本文主要介绍了中国著名翻译家张璐的故事。
【详解】96．句意：张璐，1977年出生于山东。根据“in 1977”可知时态是一般过去时，主语是第三人称单数，be动词用was。答案是was。
97．句意：她母亲在医院工作，父亲在火车站工作。根据“Her mother worked in a hospital,…her father worked in a railway station.”可知前后句子是并列关系，答案是and。
98．句意：她年轻时就有英语天赋。根据“She was talented in English…she was young.”可知此处缺少表时间的从属连词，用when引导时间状语从句，答案是when。
99．句意：她在学校里仍然努力学习英语，她的桌子上总是放满了英语报纸和英语书籍。根据“her desk was always full of English…and English books.”可知此处要用复数名词表类别，答案是newspapers。
100．句意：她23岁时在外交部工作。根据“at the age of”在……岁时，可这此处填介词at。答案是at。
101．句意：从那时起，她用英语讲了很多中国故事，帮助外国人更多地了解中国文化。根据“Since then”可知时态是现在完成时，构成是have/has done，主语是she，助动词用has。答案是has told。
102．句意：如果你想学好英语，成为一名优秀的翻译，你应该努力学习，不断学习中国故事和美丽的文章，然后你可以告诉外国人有趣的中国故事，同时提高你的英语水平。want to do sth.“想要做某事”。答案是to learn。
103．句意：如果你想学好英语，成为一名优秀的翻译，你应该努力学习，不断学习中国故事和美丽的文章，然后你可以告诉外国人有趣的中国故事，同时提高你的英语水平。此处表泛指，translator是单数名词，good以辅音音素开头，不定冠词a符合题意。答案是a。
104．句意：如果你想学好英语，成为一名优秀的翻译，你应该努力学习，不断学习中国故事和美丽的文章，然后你可以告诉外国人有趣的中国故事，同时提高你的英语水平。根据“then you can tell…Chinese stories to foreigners”可知，此处用形容词作定语，修饰名词，interest变为修饰物的形容词interesting。答案是interesting。
105．句意：我们应该像张璐一样学好英语。根据“learn”动词可知，此处要用副词修饰动词。答案是well。
【知识点】学习和语言、应用文、旅行、日常活动
【答案】
106．Unluckily
107．when/as
108．took
109．friendly
110．with
111．us
112．a
113．things
114．told
115．write
【详解】
106．根据it had been sent to Lisbon instead of Paris可知，这里应用副词修饰整句话，表示“不幸的是”；设空置于句首，首字母要大写；
107．根据语境可知，此处表示“当你打电话的时候我不在家”，且phoned为终止性动词，故填when/as；
108．根据上文可知此句为一般过去时；
109．空处应填形容词作表语，根据语境可知应填friendly；
110．share sth with sb表示“与某人共用某物”，符合语境；
111．空处作动词wakes的宾语，应用人称代词的宾格形式；
112．此处表示泛指，且nice的发音以辅音音素开头，故填a；
113．根据空前的all the可知，空处应填可数名词的复数形式；
114．根据has和语境可知，此处应用现在完成时，故填told；
115．根据Please及句子结构可知此处为祈使句，应用动词原形。
【知识点】说明文、饮食
【答案】116．playing 117．from 118．stay 119．their 120．or 121．never 122．lots/kinds 123．early
【分析】本文主要讲述了学生的日常活动及饮食问题。首先指出很多中学生在周末看电视过度、不爱吃蔬菜和水 果、做体育运动的时间过短甚至从不做体育运动这三个问题，呼吁学生们一定要多吃蔬菜和水果、多做体育 运动、看电视要有度。
【解析】116．句意：许多学生非常喜欢在手机上玩游戏。根据“games on the phone”可知，此处考查play games“玩游戏”，like doing sth.“喜欢做某事”。故填playing。
117．句意：但是从星期一到星期五，他们必须去上学。from…to…“从……到……”，固定短语。故填from。
118．句意：很快，星期六和星期天他们待在家里玩一整天的游戏。stay at home“待在家里”，固定短语，本句是一般现在时态，主语是they，谓语动词用原形。故填stay。
119．句意：他们不知道这对眼睛不好。根据主语they及语境可知，此处指“对他们的眼睛不好”，所以用形容词性物主代词their作定语。故填their。
120．句意：他们不喜欢蔬菜和水果。否定句中连接两个并列的成分，用or。故填or。
121．句意：在学校里，孩子们只做几分钟的运动或从来不做任何运动。根据“only do a few minutes of sports or...do any sports”可知，any用于否定句中，设空处表达否定含义，never“从不”符合语境。故填never。
122．句意：首先，我们必须吃各种/很多蔬菜和水果。根据“we must eat ... of vegetables and fruit.”可知，空处与of连用构成短语修饰名词vegetables and fruit，可以是lots of“很多”，也可以是kinds of“各种各样的”。故填lots/kinds。
123．句意：最后，我们必须早睡早起。根据“go to bed and get up”可知，此处指早睡早起，副词early“提早”修饰动词get up。故填early。
【知识点】个人经历、哲理感悟、记叙文
【答案】124．(b)lind 125．(n)othing 126．(e)ncouraged 127．(s)mile 128．(a)gainst
【分析】短文主要讲述了一个叫Timmy的小男孩，他是一个盲人，经过努力克服自己的弱点，实现自己的梦想的故事。故事告诉我们只要努力和决心，一切皆有可能！
【解析】124．句意：Timmy是个盲人，也就是说他什么也看不见。根据“which meant he couldn’t see anything.”及首字母提示可知，Timmy什么都看不见，可推测他是个盲人,应用blind“失明的，盲的”作表语。故填(b)lind。
125．句意：他总是感到悲伤，因为他认为他什么也做不了，因为他看不见。根据“…without being able to see”及首字母提示可知，此处指他看不见就什么也做不了，应用表示否定的复合不定代词nothing与之搭配，do nothing“什么都不做”符合语境。故填(n)othing。
126．句意：一天，他的老师鼓励他尝试新事物。此处缺动词作谓语，全文时态为一般过去时。结合“…him to try new things”及首字母提示可知，此处应用动词encourage“鼓励”的过去式与之搭配，encourage sb. to do sth.“鼓励某人做某事”符合语境。故填(e)ncouraged。
127．句意：他的脸上终于露出了笑容。结合空前不定冠词a及语境可知，此处缺名词作主语，又根据“Finally he was able to play a beautiful song, he was so happy…”及首字母提示可知，此处指他能弹奏美妙的歌曲，他的脸上露出了笑容，应用名词smile的单数形式，表示“笑容”。故填(s)mile。
128．句意：他仍然可以战胜他的弱点，使他的梦想成真。结合语境及首字母提示可知，此处应用介词against与之搭配，fight against“与……作斗争”符合语境。故填(a)gainst。
【知识点】中华文化、外国文化、时间管理、记叙文
【答案】129．slower
130．markets
131．but
132．at
133．a
134．practicing
135．their
136．bought
137．really
138．from
【分析】本文主要介绍了加拿大的生活和中国的生活的差别。
【解析】129．考查形容词比较级。句意为：我觉得加拿大的生活比中国的生活慢得多。根据is及than可知这里应该用slow的比较级slower。
130．考查名词。句意为：(中国)有更多的可享受的有趣的地方，比如餐馆和市场。根据此句中的restaurants and可知要用可数名词market的复数形式。
131．考查连词。句意为：我的同学们在学校学习努力，但是他们也有爱好。根据语境可知前后两个分句为转折关系，故填连词but。
132．考查介词。句意为：即使他们不是很擅长，他们对自己所做的事情总是很积极。根据句意可知此处表示“擅长某事”，应用be good at sth.结构，故填介词at。
133．考查冠词。句意为：我最好的朋友是一个很好的例子。根据句意可知此处泛指“一个很好的例子”，good的发音以辅音音素开头，故填不定冠词a。
134．考查非谓语动词。句意为：但是她每天坚持开心地训练。keep doing sth.意为“坚持做某事”，为固定搭配，故填practicing。
135．考查代词。句意为：对于成年人来说，据我所见，他们的工作(节奏)很慢。根据空后的work可知此处应用形容词性物主代词their。
136．考查动词的时态。句意为：一次我在网上为我的手机购买了一张电话卡。根据语境可知此处指发生在过去的事情，应用一般过去时，故填buy的过去式bought。
137．考查副词。句意为：这确实使我很生气。此处应用副词修饰动词made，故填形容词real的副词形式really。
138．考查介词。句意为：我不得不说加拿大的生活和中国的生活相当不一样。be different from意为“和……不一样”，为固定搭配，故填from。
【知识点】文学名著、记叙文
【答案】139．and
140．have read
141．recently
142．from
143．tiring
144．was doing
145．a
146．gave
147．to paint
148．useless
【知识点】著名人物、说明文
【答案】
149．wealthy 150．Unluckily 151．experiences 152．for 153．his 154．a 155．which/that 156．were read 157．writing 158．has grown
【分析】本文主要介绍中国著名作家鲁迅的生平。
【解析】149．句意：鲁迅于1881年出生在一个富裕的家庭，他有一个快乐的童年。修饰“family”用所给词的形容词wealthy“富有的”，作定语。故填wealthy。
150．句意：不幸的是，他的父亲得了重病，于1896年去世。根据“his father became seriously ill and died in 1896.”可知，应说不幸，unluckily“不幸地”，为副词，修饰这个句子。故填Unluckily。
151．句意：这些早年的经历深深地影响了他的写作。根据“These early”可知，后文填名词复数，指的是这些经历，experiences“经历”。故填experiences。
152．句意：在那里，他开始为几家中国学生杂志写文章以谋生。根据“several Chinese student magazines”可知，是为几家报纸写文章，for“为了”符合语境。故填for。
153．句意：由于家里缺钱，他于1909年回到中国。根据“family”可知，设空处应填所给词的形容词性物主代词，his“他的”，这里指的他的家里缺钱。故填his。
154．句意：在北京当了几年教师之后，鲁迅又回到了写作中。根据“teacher”可知，这里是名词单数，泛指当了一名老师，且是辅音音素开头的单词。故填a。
155．句意：1918年，他创作了著名的短篇小说《狂人日记》，这是第一部使用日常语言的中国小说。根据“was the first Chinese novel to use the everyday language.”可知，后文是定语从句，先行词是物，在从句中作主语，关系代词which/that符合题意。故填which/that。
156．句意：他的其他小说，如《阿Q正传》和《孔乙己》，在那个时期被中国的年轻人阅读。read“读”，根据“The True Story of Ah Q and Kong Yiji,”可知，主语是两本书，应该是被年轻人阅读，该句是一般过去时。故填were read。
157．句意：1926年，他搬到上海，放弃了写故事，专注于呼吁人们为一个更好的国家而奋斗的文章。write“写作”，根据“gave up”可知，后填动名词，gave up doing“放弃做某事”。故填writing。
158．句意：自1936年去世以来，鲁迅的影响与日俱增。grow“增长”，根据“Since his death in 1936, Lu Xun’s influence”可知，该句是现在完成时，主语“Lu Xun’s influence”是单数。故填has grown。
【知识点】其他节日、哲理感悟、家人和亲人、记叙文
【答案】159．(a)lso 160．works 161．cleaning 162．them 163．second 164．because 165．After 166．to see 167．on 168．hills
【分析】本文讲述了周三世界环境日这天也是作者生日，爸爸送蓝色自行车，还带作者去公园和清洁工一起打扫卫生当作另一份礼物，之后去花店为妈妈生日买花，作者从中体会到良好环境是珍贵礼物，希望为环保出力。
【详解】159．句意为：今天是周三。它是世界环境日，也是我的生日。根据“Today is Wednesday. It’s World Environment Day and”及首字母提示可知，前文提到是世界环境日，这里补充说明也是生日，also表示“也”，用于肯定句中，故填(a)lso。
160．句意为：我的爸爸为环境保护工作。根据“for the environmental protection (环境保护).”及所给词可知，句子陈述客观事实，用一般现在时，主语My dad是第三人称单数，动词第三人称单数形式是works，故填works。
161．句意为：有一些清洁工在做清洁工作。根据“There are some cleaners doing some”可知，这里说清洁工在做清洁相关事，“do some+动词-ing形式，表示“做某事”，clean的-ing形式是cleaning，故填cleaning。
162．句意为：我的爸爸和我加入了他们。根据“My dad and I join”可知，join是动词，后需接宾语，they的宾格形式是them，故填them。
163．句意为：爸爸说这是我的第二份礼物。根据“Dad says it’s my”及所给词可知，这里说在公园做清洁是另一份礼物，表示“第二”用序数词，two的序数词是second，故填second。
164．句意为：我们在那里买了一些漂亮的花，因为后天是我妈妈的生日。根据“the day after tomorrow is my mother’s birthday.”可知，前后句存在因果关系，后句解释买花原因，because意思是“因为”，引导原因状语从句，故填because。
165．句意为：到家后，我们在院子里种花。根据“getting home, we plant the flowers in the yard.”及语境可知，这里表示是先到家，然后种花，after表示“在……之后”，句首首字母大写，故填After。
166．句意为：妈妈看到花很兴奋，说：“谢谢你，我的儿子。”根据“Mum is excited”及所给词可知，be excited to do sth.是固定搭配，意思是“做某事很兴奋”，故填to see。
167．句意为：在我的生日这天，爸爸教了我很多。根据“my birthday.”可知，on my birthday表示“在我生日这天”，“在具体某一天”用介词on。故填on。
168．句意为：正如我们所知，青山和绿水就像金山银